Design-Build Project Delivery vs Traditional Procurement Methods
VerifiedAdded on 2023/06/13
|122
|38376
|338
Report
AI Summary
This report provides an overview of innovative project delivery methods for infrastructure, with an international perspective, focusing on the road sector. It contrasts traditional Design-Bid-Build methods with more progressive approaches like Design-Build (DB), Design-Build Operate Maintain (DBOM), and Design-Build Finance Operate (DBFO). The study, incorporating data from countries like Australia, Canada, England, Finland, New Zealand, Sweden, and the USA, highlights the advantages and disadvantages of various maintenance contract types, including traditional, hybrid, long-term, and Performance Specified Maintenance Contracts (PSMC). The report emphasizes the importance of partnering, lump sum contracts, and quality-based contractor selection for maximizing innovation in infrastructure projects. It concludes that adopting innovative methods requires a paradigm shift but is essential for keeping pace with societal changes and improving infrastructure management.

Pekka Pakkala
Finnish Road
Enterprise
Helsinki 2002
Finnish Road
Enterprise
Innovative Project Delivery
Methods for Infrastructure
An International Perspective
Finnish Road
Enterprise
Helsinki 2002
Finnish Road
Enterprise
Innovative Project Delivery
Methods for Infrastructure
An International Perspective
Secure Best Marks with AI Grader
Need help grading? Try our AI Grader for instant feedback on your assignments.

Pekka Pakkala
Innovative Project Delivery Methods for
Infrastructure
An International Perspective
Finnish Road Enterprise
Headquarters
Helsinki 2002
Innovative Project Delivery Methods for
Infrastructure
An International Perspective
Finnish Road Enterprise
Headquarters
Helsinki 2002

Cover: Tapio Kalliomäki
ISBN 952-5408-05-1
Oy Edita Ab
Helsinki 2002
Finnish Road Enterprise
Opastinsilta 12 B
P.O.Box 73
FIN-00521 HELSINKI
Tel. + 358 20 444 11
ISBN 952-5408-05-1
Oy Edita Ab
Helsinki 2002
Finnish Road Enterprise
Opastinsilta 12 B
P.O.Box 73
FIN-00521 HELSINKI
Tel. + 358 20 444 11

PAKKALA, Pekka: Innovative Project Delivery Methods for Infrastructure –
An International Perspective. Helsinki 2002. Finnish Road Enterprise, Headquarters.
ISBN 952-5408-05-1
Executive Summary
Many countries around the world are attempting to answer the key
challenges to the construction and maintenance of the infrastructure
networks that are essential to the economic stability within their respective
countries. Society is rapidly changing and public clients are trying to meet
the critical needs of this fast-paced society. Aging infrastructures, cost
escalation, limited resources, productivity, acute regional development,
environmental issues, and sprawling growth are causing concern to the
management and administration of infrastructure networks. These are
strong incentives for seeking alternative and innovative means to procure
the main foundations of society and maintain economic stability.
This study, called “Innovative Project Delivery Methods For Infrastructure -
An International Perspective”, attempts to demonstrate practices and
methods that can be utilized by client organizations to more effectively
secure products and services. The goal is to share some of the most
innovative or at least the most progressive methods used in several
countries. It is important to distinguish between the delivery methods used
for “Capital Projects” and “Maintenance Contracts”. The details contained in
this report are from data and information gathered mostly from the road
sector, but they have implications that can be utilized in other infrastructure
sectors, as well. The countries included in this study are Australia, Canada
(Alberta, British Columbia & Ontario), England, Finland, New Zealand,
Sweden, and the USA.
Capital Projects
Most countries use traditional methods (Design-Bid-Build) to procure capital
investment projects, and all countries seem to be continuing with this
process, except for England, which uses alternative or innovative methods
extensively. The innovative or progressive methods identified in this study
are listed as follows:
• Design-Build (DB)
• Design-Build Operate Maintain (DBOM)
• Design-Build Finance Operate (DBFO)
• Full Delivery or Program Management
Figure 4 in the introduction section displays these methods quite well and
indicates some of the attributes included in these methods. Other innovative
aspects that could be used in conjunction with traditional and innovative
procurement methods are as follows:
An International Perspective. Helsinki 2002. Finnish Road Enterprise, Headquarters.
ISBN 952-5408-05-1
Executive Summary
Many countries around the world are attempting to answer the key
challenges to the construction and maintenance of the infrastructure
networks that are essential to the economic stability within their respective
countries. Society is rapidly changing and public clients are trying to meet
the critical needs of this fast-paced society. Aging infrastructures, cost
escalation, limited resources, productivity, acute regional development,
environmental issues, and sprawling growth are causing concern to the
management and administration of infrastructure networks. These are
strong incentives for seeking alternative and innovative means to procure
the main foundations of society and maintain economic stability.
This study, called “Innovative Project Delivery Methods For Infrastructure -
An International Perspective”, attempts to demonstrate practices and
methods that can be utilized by client organizations to more effectively
secure products and services. The goal is to share some of the most
innovative or at least the most progressive methods used in several
countries. It is important to distinguish between the delivery methods used
for “Capital Projects” and “Maintenance Contracts”. The details contained in
this report are from data and information gathered mostly from the road
sector, but they have implications that can be utilized in other infrastructure
sectors, as well. The countries included in this study are Australia, Canada
(Alberta, British Columbia & Ontario), England, Finland, New Zealand,
Sweden, and the USA.
Capital Projects
Most countries use traditional methods (Design-Bid-Build) to procure capital
investment projects, and all countries seem to be continuing with this
process, except for England, which uses alternative or innovative methods
extensively. The innovative or progressive methods identified in this study
are listed as follows:
• Design-Build (DB)
• Design-Build Operate Maintain (DBOM)
• Design-Build Finance Operate (DBFO)
• Full Delivery or Program Management
Figure 4 in the introduction section displays these methods quite well and
indicates some of the attributes included in these methods. Other innovative
aspects that could be used in conjunction with traditional and innovative
procurement methods are as follows:
Secure Best Marks with AI Grader
Need help grading? Try our AI Grader for instant feedback on your assignments.

• Partnering
• Value Engineering
• Constructability Reviews
• Incentive and Disincentives
• Performance Specifications
• Multi-parameter Bidding (A+B+Quality)
• Lane Rental
More details on capital investment projects are discussed in the “Capital
Project Delivery Methods” section.
Maintenance Contracts
Maintenance procurement is quite a different aspect because the
infrastructure is already in place, but it needs to be maintained properly and
rehabilitation and/or improvements need to be provided before any major
deformation or deterioration occurs that effects safe usage. Previously, most
organizations retained in-house staff for most maintenance activities, but
now many client organizations must procure these services and products
from the private sector.
Earlier practices for procurement of maintenance were via yearly or multi-
year agreements, using separate contracts for each activity and with a labor
rate or unit price. More recently, there are innovative methods of procuring
maintenance activities for all products and services under one contract and
for a long term. The more innovative types of contracts are also beginning to
specify “outcome-based criteria”, which provides the contractor with more
flexibility, innovation potential, and cost savings measures for the client
organization. The contract mechanism is via a “Lump Sum” contract for all
these products and services over the duration of the contract period, and by
using a “quality-based contractor selection method” to ensure the success
of the project. More details can be found in the “Maintenance Procurement”
section.
Innovative maintenance contracts can be categorized by the following:
• Traditional 3 – 5-year duration
• Hybrid type contracts (Combination of Lump Sum and Unit Price -
Schedule of Rates)
• Longer term maintenance contracts (some are for 10 years)
• Performance Specified Maintenance Contracts (PSMC – Outcome-
Based Criteria)
• Value Engineering
• Constructability Reviews
• Incentive and Disincentives
• Performance Specifications
• Multi-parameter Bidding (A+B+Quality)
• Lane Rental
More details on capital investment projects are discussed in the “Capital
Project Delivery Methods” section.
Maintenance Contracts
Maintenance procurement is quite a different aspect because the
infrastructure is already in place, but it needs to be maintained properly and
rehabilitation and/or improvements need to be provided before any major
deformation or deterioration occurs that effects safe usage. Previously, most
organizations retained in-house staff for most maintenance activities, but
now many client organizations must procure these services and products
from the private sector.
Earlier practices for procurement of maintenance were via yearly or multi-
year agreements, using separate contracts for each activity and with a labor
rate or unit price. More recently, there are innovative methods of procuring
maintenance activities for all products and services under one contract and
for a long term. The more innovative types of contracts are also beginning to
specify “outcome-based criteria”, which provides the contractor with more
flexibility, innovation potential, and cost savings measures for the client
organization. The contract mechanism is via a “Lump Sum” contract for all
these products and services over the duration of the contract period, and by
using a “quality-based contractor selection method” to ensure the success
of the project. More details can be found in the “Maintenance Procurement”
section.
Innovative maintenance contracts can be categorized by the following:
• Traditional 3 – 5-year duration
• Hybrid type contracts (Combination of Lump Sum and Unit Price -
Schedule of Rates)
• Longer term maintenance contracts (some are for 10 years)
• Performance Specified Maintenance Contracts (PSMC – Outcome-
Based Criteria)

The advantages and disadvantages of using PSMC type contracts are
summarized as follows:
ADVANTAGES DISADVANTAGES
• Cost savings
• Fully integrated client services
• Transferring risks
• Innovation
• Better asset management
• Better level of service
• Partnering potential
• Developing a new industry
• Benefits of economy of scale
• Costly tendering for PSMC
• Longer tendering period for
PSMC
• Reduction of competition
(social justice), usually for
large contractors
• Uncertainty of long term
relationships
• Mobilization issues need to be
addressed
• Loss of control & flexibility
For the benefit of the Tekes INFRA National Technology Program, the
maintenance sector could maximize the potential for innovation via:
• Long-term Agreements - longer than 7 years
• Partnering is essential (both Client & Sub-Contractors)
• Lump Sum Contracts
• Using quality-based Contractor selection methods
• Providing most of the Sub-Contractors with similar long-term
agreements or at least sharing the risks/rewards (or forming alliances)
• Ability to use innovation throughout the length of the contract
Realistically, there are many aspects and details involved when considering
a change to these more innovative methods, and it can be considered as a
paradigm change. Change usually seems to be difficult, but sometimes it is
a necessary part of keeping pace in today’s society. The remainder of this
report includes more details and hopefully describes the merits of these
innovative practices.
summarized as follows:
ADVANTAGES DISADVANTAGES
• Cost savings
• Fully integrated client services
• Transferring risks
• Innovation
• Better asset management
• Better level of service
• Partnering potential
• Developing a new industry
• Benefits of economy of scale
• Costly tendering for PSMC
• Longer tendering period for
PSMC
• Reduction of competition
(social justice), usually for
large contractors
• Uncertainty of long term
relationships
• Mobilization issues need to be
addressed
• Loss of control & flexibility
For the benefit of the Tekes INFRA National Technology Program, the
maintenance sector could maximize the potential for innovation via:
• Long-term Agreements - longer than 7 years
• Partnering is essential (both Client & Sub-Contractors)
• Lump Sum Contracts
• Using quality-based Contractor selection methods
• Providing most of the Sub-Contractors with similar long-term
agreements or at least sharing the risks/rewards (or forming alliances)
• Ability to use innovation throughout the length of the contract
Realistically, there are many aspects and details involved when considering
a change to these more innovative methods, and it can be considered as a
paradigm change. Change usually seems to be difficult, but sometimes it is
a necessary part of keeping pace in today’s society. The remainder of this
report includes more details and hopefully describes the merits of these
innovative practices.

FOREWORD
Tekes (National Technology Agency of Finland) initiated a new National
Technology Program in January 2001, called INFRA. The INFRA program
was created to assist in the development of a more sustainable,
competitive, and innovative environment for the infrastructure sectors.
These sectors, sometimes referred to as public works, consist mainly of
transport, communications, utilities, and other physical networks. Some
aspects of infrastructure includes design, construction, raw materials,
production, maintenance and upkeep, improvements, and possibly removal
after its life cycle is exhausted.
This project is mostly funded by Tekes, the Finnish Road Administration
(Finnra) and the Finnish Road Enterprise, and partially by VR-Track Ltd.,
The Association of Finnish Local and Regional Authorities, and The Central
Association of Earthmoving Contractors in Finland (SML). This specific
project is managed by the Finnish Road Enterprise, and its content is mainly
focused on project delivery processes for the road sector. Other sectors of
infrastructure use these same traditional or innovative methods in their
procurement of transportation networks and projects, and the project
delivery methods discussed in this report can be utilized by most public
infrastructure projects. However, it should be understood that most of the
content in this report is focused on issues and studies from the road sector.
Part of the INFRA program’s objective is to formulate and improve project
delivery processes that are expected to create a more competitive setting,
which leads to improved management, quality, innovative products and
services, partnering initiatives, and a more sustainable environment. This
lead to the development of the vision for this project. Global changes and
previous studies have demonstrated that creating an innovative
procurement delivery system leads to improvements. For example, the
building technology sector has demonstrated improvements and innovation
as a result of clients’ innovative project delivery systems. These similar
concepts could be adapted to the infrastructure sector.
There are several project delivery models utilized in transportation projects
throughout the world, but the “traditional“ project delivery model seems to be
the most broadly accepted practice and most extensively used. The type of
project delivery model used by the public entity can have a significant effect
on the ability to adapt new, not fully-tested technologies, the degree of
management burden, financing, and indirectly, the competitive market. As
society has progressed, increased pressure and accountability have been
placed on public administrations to provide a safe, reliable and functional
transport infrastructure, while effectively maintaining budget and financial
constrictions. This needs to be accomplished despite possible staffing
reductions, an aging infrastructure, and the need to account for future
technologies (such as Information Technology) that are not presently
available, but may be available in the years ahead.
Hence, this project was developed in order to seek out and evaluate the
most innovative project delivery systems in use by the most progressive
countries, not only for new construction projects, but especially for
Tekes (National Technology Agency of Finland) initiated a new National
Technology Program in January 2001, called INFRA. The INFRA program
was created to assist in the development of a more sustainable,
competitive, and innovative environment for the infrastructure sectors.
These sectors, sometimes referred to as public works, consist mainly of
transport, communications, utilities, and other physical networks. Some
aspects of infrastructure includes design, construction, raw materials,
production, maintenance and upkeep, improvements, and possibly removal
after its life cycle is exhausted.
This project is mostly funded by Tekes, the Finnish Road Administration
(Finnra) and the Finnish Road Enterprise, and partially by VR-Track Ltd.,
The Association of Finnish Local and Regional Authorities, and The Central
Association of Earthmoving Contractors in Finland (SML). This specific
project is managed by the Finnish Road Enterprise, and its content is mainly
focused on project delivery processes for the road sector. Other sectors of
infrastructure use these same traditional or innovative methods in their
procurement of transportation networks and projects, and the project
delivery methods discussed in this report can be utilized by most public
infrastructure projects. However, it should be understood that most of the
content in this report is focused on issues and studies from the road sector.
Part of the INFRA program’s objective is to formulate and improve project
delivery processes that are expected to create a more competitive setting,
which leads to improved management, quality, innovative products and
services, partnering initiatives, and a more sustainable environment. This
lead to the development of the vision for this project. Global changes and
previous studies have demonstrated that creating an innovative
procurement delivery system leads to improvements. For example, the
building technology sector has demonstrated improvements and innovation
as a result of clients’ innovative project delivery systems. These similar
concepts could be adapted to the infrastructure sector.
There are several project delivery models utilized in transportation projects
throughout the world, but the “traditional“ project delivery model seems to be
the most broadly accepted practice and most extensively used. The type of
project delivery model used by the public entity can have a significant effect
on the ability to adapt new, not fully-tested technologies, the degree of
management burden, financing, and indirectly, the competitive market. As
society has progressed, increased pressure and accountability have been
placed on public administrations to provide a safe, reliable and functional
transport infrastructure, while effectively maintaining budget and financial
constrictions. This needs to be accomplished despite possible staffing
reductions, an aging infrastructure, and the need to account for future
technologies (such as Information Technology) that are not presently
available, but may be available in the years ahead.
Hence, this project was developed in order to seek out and evaluate the
most innovative project delivery systems in use by the most progressive
countries, not only for new construction projects, but especially for
Paraphrase This Document
Need a fresh take? Get an instant paraphrase of this document with our AI Paraphraser

maintenance type contracts. The project duration is from January 1, 2001
through December 31, 2001. Considering the budget and time constraints, it
is not practical nor possible to evaluate all countries, but rather to
strategically incorporate and analyze the most progressive ones. That is the
process and objectives that were adapted in this study.
The research approach to this project was to gather as much written details
via reports, technical papers, conferences, internet searches, and contacts
throughout the industry. It is important to understand that there is only a
limited amount of information available through these sources, and it was
necessary to hold informal interviews/meetings with the appropriate
authorities in the progressive countries included in this study, which are
Australia, Canada (Alberta, British Columbia & Ontario), England, Finland,
New Zealand, Sweden, and the USA. The goal was to uncover innovative
practices for both capital and maintenance contracts, evaluate the best
practices, outline the lessons learned, and determine which methods might
be appropriate as a model in Finland. As part of the Tekes project, the
objective was to determine which delivery mechanisms would stimulate
innovation in the infrastructure sector.
through December 31, 2001. Considering the budget and time constraints, it
is not practical nor possible to evaluate all countries, but rather to
strategically incorporate and analyze the most progressive ones. That is the
process and objectives that were adapted in this study.
The research approach to this project was to gather as much written details
via reports, technical papers, conferences, internet searches, and contacts
throughout the industry. It is important to understand that there is only a
limited amount of information available through these sources, and it was
necessary to hold informal interviews/meetings with the appropriate
authorities in the progressive countries included in this study, which are
Australia, Canada (Alberta, British Columbia & Ontario), England, Finland,
New Zealand, Sweden, and the USA. The goal was to uncover innovative
practices for both capital and maintenance contracts, evaluate the best
practices, outline the lessons learned, and determine which methods might
be appropriate as a model in Finland. As part of the Tekes project, the
objective was to determine which delivery mechanisms would stimulate
innovation in the infrastructure sector.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
This project would not have been possible without the support of many
Finnish organizations and especially Tekes, which launched the INFRA
National Technology Program in January 2001. It is also necessary to
express appreciation for the support provided by the Finnish Road
Administration (Finnra) and the Finnish Road Enterprise, and also to VR-
Track Ltd., The Association of Finnish Local and Regional Authorities, and
The Central Association of Earthmoving Contractors in Finland (SML).
It is also appropriate and correct to provide recognition to my innovative and
pro-active colleague, Mr. Markku Teppo, to whom I am personally grateful.
Not only is financial support needed, but also the cooperation of many
organizations that participated throughout the world. I would personally like
to express my warm thanks and appreciation to all the organizations (listed
below) and people that participated and provided their valuable time and
effort in order to share in the need to develop innovative practices and
processes. It is so important to share views and opinions that would
hopefully lead to better care and management of the infrastructure network.
Thanks to all who provided their valuable input and expertise.
This report will be made available to all the organizations contributing to the
“outcomes” of this report, and they are mentioned below:
Australia
Egis Consulting
New South Wales - Roads & Traffic Authority
Transfield Services
John Holland Pty. Ltd.
VIC Roads
ARRB Transport Research
Geopave (Vic Roads)
Sinclair Knight Merz Pty. Ltd.
Tasmania DIER
Stornoway Maintenance
Canada
Ministry of Transportation Ontario
IMOS Inc.
Alberta Transportation
Ledcor Industries Ltd.
Ministry of Transportation British Columbia
JJM Construction Ltd.
Emcon Services Inc.
This project would not have been possible without the support of many
Finnish organizations and especially Tekes, which launched the INFRA
National Technology Program in January 2001. It is also necessary to
express appreciation for the support provided by the Finnish Road
Administration (Finnra) and the Finnish Road Enterprise, and also to VR-
Track Ltd., The Association of Finnish Local and Regional Authorities, and
The Central Association of Earthmoving Contractors in Finland (SML).
It is also appropriate and correct to provide recognition to my innovative and
pro-active colleague, Mr. Markku Teppo, to whom I am personally grateful.
Not only is financial support needed, but also the cooperation of many
organizations that participated throughout the world. I would personally like
to express my warm thanks and appreciation to all the organizations (listed
below) and people that participated and provided their valuable time and
effort in order to share in the need to develop innovative practices and
processes. It is so important to share views and opinions that would
hopefully lead to better care and management of the infrastructure network.
Thanks to all who provided their valuable input and expertise.
This report will be made available to all the organizations contributing to the
“outcomes” of this report, and they are mentioned below:
Australia
Egis Consulting
New South Wales - Roads & Traffic Authority
Transfield Services
John Holland Pty. Ltd.
VIC Roads
ARRB Transport Research
Geopave (Vic Roads)
Sinclair Knight Merz Pty. Ltd.
Tasmania DIER
Stornoway Maintenance
Canada
Ministry of Transportation Ontario
IMOS Inc.
Alberta Transportation
Ledcor Industries Ltd.
Ministry of Transportation British Columbia
JJM Construction Ltd.
Emcon Services Inc.

England
Highways Agency
Ringway Highways Ltd.
Amey Highways Ltd.
Halcrow group
Carillion Highway Maintenance Ltd.
WS Atkins Consultants Ltd.
Hertfordshire County Council
New Zealand
Transit New Zealand
Transfund New Zealand
Opus International Consultants
United Contracting
Franklin District Council
Works Infrastructure
Fulton Hogan Auckland
Sweden
Swedish National Road Administration (SNRA)
SNRA Construction and Maintenance
Swedish Rail Administration (Banverket)
NCC AB
Skanska
USA
Federal Highway Administration (FHWA)
Flippo Construction
Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT)
Massachusetts Highway Department
Virginia Department of Transportation (VDOT)
VMS Inc.
Design Build Institute of America
District of Columbia Government DDOT
Shirley Contracting Corporation
Texas Department Of Transportation (TxDOT)
J. D. Abrams Inc.
Highways Agency
Ringway Highways Ltd.
Amey Highways Ltd.
Halcrow group
Carillion Highway Maintenance Ltd.
WS Atkins Consultants Ltd.
Hertfordshire County Council
New Zealand
Transit New Zealand
Transfund New Zealand
Opus International Consultants
United Contracting
Franklin District Council
Works Infrastructure
Fulton Hogan Auckland
Sweden
Swedish National Road Administration (SNRA)
SNRA Construction and Maintenance
Swedish Rail Administration (Banverket)
NCC AB
Skanska
USA
Federal Highway Administration (FHWA)
Flippo Construction
Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT)
Massachusetts Highway Department
Virginia Department of Transportation (VDOT)
VMS Inc.
Design Build Institute of America
District of Columbia Government DDOT
Shirley Contracting Corporation
Texas Department Of Transportation (TxDOT)
J. D. Abrams Inc.
Secure Best Marks with AI Grader
Need help grading? Try our AI Grader for instant feedback on your assignments.

TERMINOLOGY
Asset Management:
The OECD definition for asset management is defined as: A systematic
process of maintaining, upgrading and operating assets, combining
engineering principles with sound business practice and economic rationale,
and providing tools to facilitate a more organized and flexible approach to
making the decisions necessary to achieve the public’s expectations.
Build Own Operate Transfer (BOOT):
Build Own Operate Transfer is a project delivery method similar to DBFO,
except that there is an actual transfer of ownership. The Contractor is
responsible for the design, construction, maintenance, operations, and
financing of the project. The Contractor assumes the risks of financing until
the end of the contract period. Subsequently, the Owner is then responsible
for operations and maintenance of the asset.
Construction Management (CM - At Fee (Agency or Advisor):
This is a process similar to DBB, the traditional model, in which the
Owner/Client is responsible for the Design, Bidding, and Construction of a
project. However, the CM organization takes on the responsibility for
administration & management, constructability issues, day-to-day activities,
and assumes an advisory role to the Owner/ Client. The CM organization
has no contractual obligation to the Design and Construction entities. Again,
the Owner is responsible for operations and maintenance of the project as
well as the financing aspects.
Construction Management - At Risk Advisor (CM - At Risk):
In this scenario the Owner/Client has one agreement with the Construction
Manager, who then manages the contracts with the Design Consultant and
the General Contractor. CM-At Risk assumes much of the risks of the
project, which differentiates this model from CM-Agency and DBB, where
the Owner maintains the risk. Again, the Owner is responsible for operations
and maintenance of the project as well as the financing aspects.
Design-Bid-Build (DBB -Traditional Method):
This system was developed during the Industrial Revolution period, which
resulted in the creation of specialized professional movements of Architects,
Contractors, and Engineers. This approach has been the standard choice of
project delivery systems for many years. In this model, an Owner/Client
procures the services of a Design Consultant to develop the scope of the
project and complete design documents, which are then considered as legal
documents for use in selecting a contractor who builds according to the
specifications developed by the Design Team. Typically, in a public
organization the proposal is in an open competition for a “Low Price”. The
contractor that wins the award is legally bound to produce the project at a
Asset Management:
The OECD definition for asset management is defined as: A systematic
process of maintaining, upgrading and operating assets, combining
engineering principles with sound business practice and economic rationale,
and providing tools to facilitate a more organized and flexible approach to
making the decisions necessary to achieve the public’s expectations.
Build Own Operate Transfer (BOOT):
Build Own Operate Transfer is a project delivery method similar to DBFO,
except that there is an actual transfer of ownership. The Contractor is
responsible for the design, construction, maintenance, operations, and
financing of the project. The Contractor assumes the risks of financing until
the end of the contract period. Subsequently, the Owner is then responsible
for operations and maintenance of the asset.
Construction Management (CM - At Fee (Agency or Advisor):
This is a process similar to DBB, the traditional model, in which the
Owner/Client is responsible for the Design, Bidding, and Construction of a
project. However, the CM organization takes on the responsibility for
administration & management, constructability issues, day-to-day activities,
and assumes an advisory role to the Owner/ Client. The CM organization
has no contractual obligation to the Design and Construction entities. Again,
the Owner is responsible for operations and maintenance of the project as
well as the financing aspects.
Construction Management - At Risk Advisor (CM - At Risk):
In this scenario the Owner/Client has one agreement with the Construction
Manager, who then manages the contracts with the Design Consultant and
the General Contractor. CM-At Risk assumes much of the risks of the
project, which differentiates this model from CM-Agency and DBB, where
the Owner maintains the risk. Again, the Owner is responsible for operations
and maintenance of the project as well as the financing aspects.
Design-Bid-Build (DBB -Traditional Method):
This system was developed during the Industrial Revolution period, which
resulted in the creation of specialized professional movements of Architects,
Contractors, and Engineers. This approach has been the standard choice of
project delivery systems for many years. In this model, an Owner/Client
procures the services of a Design Consultant to develop the scope of the
project and complete design documents, which are then considered as legal
documents for use in selecting a contractor who builds according to the
specifications developed by the Design Team. Typically, in a public
organization the proposal is in an open competition for a “Low Price”. The
contractor that wins the award is legally bound to produce the project at a

certain price, schedule, and minimum level of standard care. After
completion of the project, the Owner is then responsible for operations and
maintenance of the project. The Owner is also responsible for all the
financing aspects.
Design-Build (DB):
This system heritage is as old as the days during the construction of the
pyramids, when it was referred to with the term Master Builder. Design-Build
is simply a project delivery method in which the Owner/Client selects an
organization that will complete both the design and construction under one
agreement. Upon completion, the Owner is then responsible for operations
and maintenance of the project. The Owner is also responsible for all the
financing aspects.
Design-Build-Operate-Maintain (DBOM):
Design-Build-Operate-Maintain is a project delivery method in which the
Owner/Client selects an organization that will complete the design,
construction, maintenance and an agreed upon period of operational
parameters under one agreement. Upon termination of the operational
period, the Owner is then responsible for operations and maintenance of the
project, unless the operations are continued under a separate procurement
method.
Design-Build/Finance/Operate (DBFO):
Design-Build/Finance/Operate is a project delivery method similar to DBOM,
except that the Contractor is also responsible for the financing of the project.
The contractor assumes the risks of financing until the end of the contract
period. The Owner is then responsible for operations and maintenance of
the asset.
Fully Integrated Clients Services:
“Fully Integrated Clients Services” in this report refers to most, if not all
maintenance activities, that are procured under one contract. In other
words, one contract that includes all the maintenance products and
services.
Lump Sum:
Lump Sum is considered as a fixed price agreement for the total work and
products of a given project. Sometimes this is also referred to as a “Fixed
Price” contract. Any changes to the contract must be agreed upon by both
parties, and they are usually described under “Change Orders”.
Network Area:
A Network Area is defined as a certain geographical area that includes all
the road assets, usually stated in terms of kilometers of roads. It also
includes other assets such as signs, guard rails, etc.
completion of the project, the Owner is then responsible for operations and
maintenance of the project. The Owner is also responsible for all the
financing aspects.
Design-Build (DB):
This system heritage is as old as the days during the construction of the
pyramids, when it was referred to with the term Master Builder. Design-Build
is simply a project delivery method in which the Owner/Client selects an
organization that will complete both the design and construction under one
agreement. Upon completion, the Owner is then responsible for operations
and maintenance of the project. The Owner is also responsible for all the
financing aspects.
Design-Build-Operate-Maintain (DBOM):
Design-Build-Operate-Maintain is a project delivery method in which the
Owner/Client selects an organization that will complete the design,
construction, maintenance and an agreed upon period of operational
parameters under one agreement. Upon termination of the operational
period, the Owner is then responsible for operations and maintenance of the
project, unless the operations are continued under a separate procurement
method.
Design-Build/Finance/Operate (DBFO):
Design-Build/Finance/Operate is a project delivery method similar to DBOM,
except that the Contractor is also responsible for the financing of the project.
The contractor assumes the risks of financing until the end of the contract
period. The Owner is then responsible for operations and maintenance of
the asset.
Fully Integrated Clients Services:
“Fully Integrated Clients Services” in this report refers to most, if not all
maintenance activities, that are procured under one contract. In other
words, one contract that includes all the maintenance products and
services.
Lump Sum:
Lump Sum is considered as a fixed price agreement for the total work and
products of a given project. Sometimes this is also referred to as a “Fixed
Price” contract. Any changes to the contract must be agreed upon by both
parties, and they are usually described under “Change Orders”.
Network Area:
A Network Area is defined as a certain geographical area that includes all
the road assets, usually stated in terms of kilometers of roads. It also
includes other assets such as signs, guard rails, etc.

Outcome Based Criteria:
This is defined as the desired end results or end product criteria. Usually,
pavements outcomes are stated in terms of roughness, rutting, skid
resistance, texture, and cracking, while signs can be stated in terms of
illumination.
Output Based Criteria:
This is defined as the quantities of production, usually specified via a Unit
Price. For example, the yield or cost for so many kilometers of resurfacing,
or so many meters of guard rail, etc.
Program Management (Sometimes referred to as Project Management
or Full Delivery):
“Program Management” is considered as a construction entity that provides
a comprehensive list of services to an Owner/Client from the planning stage
throughout the entire process. This can include maintenance and
operations, also. This process requires a broad focus of expertise and
knowledge, and certainly in today’s market, requires partnering with many
skilled service providers.
This may be considered as the best alternative when in-house expertise is
lacking, staffing reductions are needed, and outsourcing issues are current.
Pure O & M (Operations & Maintenance):
This is a delivery method in which the Owner/Client secures both
Operations and Maintenance for a project under one agreement from a
single provider, usually called the “Contractor”. The Owner is also
responsible for all the financing aspects.
Quality Based Selection Method:
This refers to the process of evaluating and selecting the contract winner on
the basis of other parameters/criteria besides price. Typically, quality-based
criteria can include some of the following; technical skills, personal skills,
management team, supply chain management, methodology, environmental
criteria, relevant experience, and past performance.
Quality Price Trade Off:
This refers to the New Zealand Contractor Selection Method in which the
contract winner is determined via a system that considers the price of
quality in the tender offer.
Unit Price or Schedule of Rates:
This refers to price considerations for specific aspects of construction and
materials. For example, the cost per unit for either physical work or
products; the price base for so many meters of guard rail – FIM / meter or
FIM / hour of labor.
This is defined as the desired end results or end product criteria. Usually,
pavements outcomes are stated in terms of roughness, rutting, skid
resistance, texture, and cracking, while signs can be stated in terms of
illumination.
Output Based Criteria:
This is defined as the quantities of production, usually specified via a Unit
Price. For example, the yield or cost for so many kilometers of resurfacing,
or so many meters of guard rail, etc.
Program Management (Sometimes referred to as Project Management
or Full Delivery):
“Program Management” is considered as a construction entity that provides
a comprehensive list of services to an Owner/Client from the planning stage
throughout the entire process. This can include maintenance and
operations, also. This process requires a broad focus of expertise and
knowledge, and certainly in today’s market, requires partnering with many
skilled service providers.
This may be considered as the best alternative when in-house expertise is
lacking, staffing reductions are needed, and outsourcing issues are current.
Pure O & M (Operations & Maintenance):
This is a delivery method in which the Owner/Client secures both
Operations and Maintenance for a project under one agreement from a
single provider, usually called the “Contractor”. The Owner is also
responsible for all the financing aspects.
Quality Based Selection Method:
This refers to the process of evaluating and selecting the contract winner on
the basis of other parameters/criteria besides price. Typically, quality-based
criteria can include some of the following; technical skills, personal skills,
management team, supply chain management, methodology, environmental
criteria, relevant experience, and past performance.
Quality Price Trade Off:
This refers to the New Zealand Contractor Selection Method in which the
contract winner is determined via a system that considers the price of
quality in the tender offer.
Unit Price or Schedule of Rates:
This refers to price considerations for specific aspects of construction and
materials. For example, the cost per unit for either physical work or
products; the price base for so many meters of guard rail – FIM / meter or
FIM / hour of labor.
Paraphrase This Document
Need a fresh take? Get an instant paraphrase of this document with our AI Paraphraser

Innovative Project Delivery Methods for Infrastructure 13
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1 INTRODUCTION 15
1.1 Present Situation, Problems & Paradigm Changes in Finland 16
1.2 Existing Road Procurement in Finland 18
1.3 Other Countries’ Road Procurement 19
1.4 Other Infra Sectors 21
1.5 Client Services 23
1.6 Partnering 24
1.7 Performance Specifications & Outcome Based Criteria in
Maintenance 26
2 CAPITAL PROJECT DELIVERY METHODS 28
2.1 Introduction & Overview of Capital Project Delivery Methods 28
2.2 Methods used in Finland 30
2.3 Innovative Project Delivery Methods 31
2.3.1 Comparison & Summary of Most Innovative Methods 31
2.3.2 Project Delivery Methods - Advantages & Disadvantages 34
2.3.3 Suggestions & Recommendations 38
2.3.4 Future Developments 39
3 MAINTENANCE PROCUREMENT 40
3.1 Introduction & Overview of Maintenance Procurement 40
3.2 Drivers for Change 41
3.3 Methods Used in Finland 44
3.4 Innovative Procurement Methods for Maintenance 45
3.4.1 Comparison & Summary of Innovative Practices 47
3.4.2 Long Term Contract Advantages & Disadvantages 51
3.5 Lessons Learned 52
3.6 Case Study – Transit New Zealand PSMC 001 53
3.7 Suggestions & Recommendations 57
4 CONTRACTOR SELECTION METHODS 58
4.1 Comparison of Most Innovative Contractor Selection Methods 59
4.2 Advantages & Disadvantages of Contractor Selection Methods 61
5 CONTRACT TYPE 63
6 QUALITY 65
7 ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES 67
8 CONCLUSIONS 68
9 INNOVATION SUMMARY 70
10 SUGGESTIONS TO PROMOTE INNOVATION IN THE INFRA SECTOR74
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1 INTRODUCTION 15
1.1 Present Situation, Problems & Paradigm Changes in Finland 16
1.2 Existing Road Procurement in Finland 18
1.3 Other Countries’ Road Procurement 19
1.4 Other Infra Sectors 21
1.5 Client Services 23
1.6 Partnering 24
1.7 Performance Specifications & Outcome Based Criteria in
Maintenance 26
2 CAPITAL PROJECT DELIVERY METHODS 28
2.1 Introduction & Overview of Capital Project Delivery Methods 28
2.2 Methods used in Finland 30
2.3 Innovative Project Delivery Methods 31
2.3.1 Comparison & Summary of Most Innovative Methods 31
2.3.2 Project Delivery Methods - Advantages & Disadvantages 34
2.3.3 Suggestions & Recommendations 38
2.3.4 Future Developments 39
3 MAINTENANCE PROCUREMENT 40
3.1 Introduction & Overview of Maintenance Procurement 40
3.2 Drivers for Change 41
3.3 Methods Used in Finland 44
3.4 Innovative Procurement Methods for Maintenance 45
3.4.1 Comparison & Summary of Innovative Practices 47
3.4.2 Long Term Contract Advantages & Disadvantages 51
3.5 Lessons Learned 52
3.6 Case Study – Transit New Zealand PSMC 001 53
3.7 Suggestions & Recommendations 57
4 CONTRACTOR SELECTION METHODS 58
4.1 Comparison of Most Innovative Contractor Selection Methods 59
4.2 Advantages & Disadvantages of Contractor Selection Methods 61
5 CONTRACT TYPE 63
6 QUALITY 65
7 ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES 67
8 CONCLUSIONS 68
9 INNOVATION SUMMARY 70
10 SUGGESTIONS TO PROMOTE INNOVATION IN THE INFRA SECTOR74

14 Innovative Project Delivery Methods for Infrastructure
11 POSSIBLE FUTURE DEVELOPMENTS FOR FINLAND 76
12 REFERENCES 77
13 APPENDIXES 82
11 POSSIBLE FUTURE DEVELOPMENTS FOR FINLAND 76
12 REFERENCES 77
13 APPENDIXES 82

Innovative Project Delivery Methods for Infrastructure 15
INTRODUCTION
1 INTRODUCTION
The main purpose of this report is to evaluate existing and developing public
project delivery methods in the infrastructure sector, which are able to
enhance and encourage the use of innovation. The goal is for the
infrastructure sector to be more advanced and to be perceived as a more
high-tech type of environment. Both capital and especially maintenance type
projects are addressed. The content of this report discusses these two
processes in more detail and is mostly focused on issues in the road sector.
However, it should be mentioned and emphasized that the same
procurement methods are utilized in most of the infrastructure sectors such
as rail, water works, local authorities, airports, and shipping/harbors. This
report discusses:
• Background reasons for this study
• Client services
• Project delivery methods
• Methods that provide opportunities for innovation
• Types of contracts
• Contractor selection methods
• Quality issues
• Environmental situations
• Methods used in Finland
• Conclusions and recommendations
• Future developments to consider
Also, this study seeks an international perspective, since it is important to
determine what innovative practices are utilized in other countries, what
lessons can be learned, and what are the “best practices”. The countries
included in this study are Australia, Canada (Alberta, British Columbia &
Ontario), England, Finland, New Zealand, Sweden, and the USA. It is also
important to note that this is a one-year study (January 1, 2001 through
December 31, 2001), which is partially funded via Tekes (National
Technology Agency of Finland) through the Infra National Technology
Program.
The content of this report attempts to provide alternatives to present project
delivery methods, especially maintenance contracts, since this is the sector
that is changing the most, and where new project delivery practices are
needed, especially in Finland. The industry is evolving, changing, and
seeking more integration, innovation, and simply better schemes for
providing public services and products.
The present delivery methods for capital construction projects are mainly
traditional processes that have typically evolved from history and the
industrial revolution, where specialization of professional organizations was
the key trend. This means that various forms of architects, engineers,
specialty contractors, and the industry have adopted a segmented rather
than an integrated type of process. Subsequently, laws have sometimes
been changed and adapted to reflect this movement. Not until recent years
has there been interest in seeking alternative methods, even though these
so-called “alternative methods” were utilized in the past procurement of
INTRODUCTION
1 INTRODUCTION
The main purpose of this report is to evaluate existing and developing public
project delivery methods in the infrastructure sector, which are able to
enhance and encourage the use of innovation. The goal is for the
infrastructure sector to be more advanced and to be perceived as a more
high-tech type of environment. Both capital and especially maintenance type
projects are addressed. The content of this report discusses these two
processes in more detail and is mostly focused on issues in the road sector.
However, it should be mentioned and emphasized that the same
procurement methods are utilized in most of the infrastructure sectors such
as rail, water works, local authorities, airports, and shipping/harbors. This
report discusses:
• Background reasons for this study
• Client services
• Project delivery methods
• Methods that provide opportunities for innovation
• Types of contracts
• Contractor selection methods
• Quality issues
• Environmental situations
• Methods used in Finland
• Conclusions and recommendations
• Future developments to consider
Also, this study seeks an international perspective, since it is important to
determine what innovative practices are utilized in other countries, what
lessons can be learned, and what are the “best practices”. The countries
included in this study are Australia, Canada (Alberta, British Columbia &
Ontario), England, Finland, New Zealand, Sweden, and the USA. It is also
important to note that this is a one-year study (January 1, 2001 through
December 31, 2001), which is partially funded via Tekes (National
Technology Agency of Finland) through the Infra National Technology
Program.
The content of this report attempts to provide alternatives to present project
delivery methods, especially maintenance contracts, since this is the sector
that is changing the most, and where new project delivery practices are
needed, especially in Finland. The industry is evolving, changing, and
seeking more integration, innovation, and simply better schemes for
providing public services and products.
The present delivery methods for capital construction projects are mainly
traditional processes that have typically evolved from history and the
industrial revolution, where specialization of professional organizations was
the key trend. This means that various forms of architects, engineers,
specialty contractors, and the industry have adopted a segmented rather
than an integrated type of process. Subsequently, laws have sometimes
been changed and adapted to reflect this movement. Not until recent years
has there been interest in seeking alternative methods, even though these
so-called “alternative methods” were utilized in the past procurement of
Secure Best Marks with AI Grader
Need help grading? Try our AI Grader for instant feedback on your assignments.

16 Innovative Project Delivery Methods for Infrastructure
INTRODUCTION
some public sector authorities. So, it can be considered a sort of “re-
procurement” or newly discovered old processes, because these practices
do not necessarily involve new methods. However, this so-called “re-
procurement” has not been widely placed into existing practice in significant
numbers. Interest is being demonstrated, however, and it appears as if there
is more enthusiasm and possibly a new movement into integrated
processes. In some cases, laws may need to be changed to reflect these
changes and to make the procurement more fluid, transparent, fair, and
serving the best interest of the public that utilizes the infrastructure
resources.
From the maintenance perspective, there are newer forms of delivery of
maintenance services and products, which are quite new and can be
classified as innovative methods. These are addressed in more detail in the
subsequent sections of this report.
1.1 Present Situation, Problems & Paradigm Changes in Finland
It is important to note that on January 1, 2001, the Finnish Road
Administration (Finnra) recently entered into a new paradigm in which
Finnra became more of a pure client organization responsible for tendering
all phases of road construction and maintenance activities. Sometimes this
process of moving from an in-house organization in all aspects to a client
organization is referred to as the “privatization process” of a government
agency, which separates the client aspects of an organization and the
“production” or “works” portion of the organization. Finnra will enhance it’s
role of public procurement of the road infrastructure sector and be required
to tender products and services under existing public procurement law. Also,
the strategic role of the client organization is to insure the safety and
effective movement of transport and people on the road network in Finland.
At the same time, the Finnish Road Enterprise (known as the production
organization) became a state-owned enterprise and is totally distinct from
the Finnish Road Administration (Finnra). The role of the Finnish Road
Enterprise changed less, in that the organization still provides architectural &
engineering support, as well as the actual physical works for projects.
However, now and more so in the future, the Finnish Road Enterprise will
have to compete for all projects in an open, competitive environment, and
will be forced to compete with the private sector for road and maintenance
contracts. Full and open competition is expected to occur in 2005, when
there will no longer be any negotiated contracts with the Finnish Road
Administration and everything must be competed in the open market
according to Finnish rules and legal requirements. The Finnish Road
Enterprise, on the other hand, must now learn to compete for projects, and
more importantly, attempt to demonstrate a realistic profit margin in
tendering for projects. This is a challenging paradigm change, and now it is
necessary to demonstrate efficiency and effectiveness while meeting
corporate targets. See Figure 1 for a pictorial representation of the possible
phases of a changing road administration. From this figure you can follow
the path and progression of Finnra & the Finnish Road Enterprise. The
INTRODUCTION
some public sector authorities. So, it can be considered a sort of “re-
procurement” or newly discovered old processes, because these practices
do not necessarily involve new methods. However, this so-called “re-
procurement” has not been widely placed into existing practice in significant
numbers. Interest is being demonstrated, however, and it appears as if there
is more enthusiasm and possibly a new movement into integrated
processes. In some cases, laws may need to be changed to reflect these
changes and to make the procurement more fluid, transparent, fair, and
serving the best interest of the public that utilizes the infrastructure
resources.
From the maintenance perspective, there are newer forms of delivery of
maintenance services and products, which are quite new and can be
classified as innovative methods. These are addressed in more detail in the
subsequent sections of this report.
1.1 Present Situation, Problems & Paradigm Changes in Finland
It is important to note that on January 1, 2001, the Finnish Road
Administration (Finnra) recently entered into a new paradigm in which
Finnra became more of a pure client organization responsible for tendering
all phases of road construction and maintenance activities. Sometimes this
process of moving from an in-house organization in all aspects to a client
organization is referred to as the “privatization process” of a government
agency, which separates the client aspects of an organization and the
“production” or “works” portion of the organization. Finnra will enhance it’s
role of public procurement of the road infrastructure sector and be required
to tender products and services under existing public procurement law. Also,
the strategic role of the client organization is to insure the safety and
effective movement of transport and people on the road network in Finland.
At the same time, the Finnish Road Enterprise (known as the production
organization) became a state-owned enterprise and is totally distinct from
the Finnish Road Administration (Finnra). The role of the Finnish Road
Enterprise changed less, in that the organization still provides architectural &
engineering support, as well as the actual physical works for projects.
However, now and more so in the future, the Finnish Road Enterprise will
have to compete for all projects in an open, competitive environment, and
will be forced to compete with the private sector for road and maintenance
contracts. Full and open competition is expected to occur in 2005, when
there will no longer be any negotiated contracts with the Finnish Road
Administration and everything must be competed in the open market
according to Finnish rules and legal requirements. The Finnish Road
Enterprise, on the other hand, must now learn to compete for projects, and
more importantly, attempt to demonstrate a realistic profit margin in
tendering for projects. This is a challenging paradigm change, and now it is
necessary to demonstrate efficiency and effectiveness while meeting
corporate targets. See Figure 1 for a pictorial representation of the possible
phases of a changing road administration. From this figure you can follow
the path and progression of Finnra & the Finnish Road Enterprise. The

Innovative Project Delivery Methods for Infrastructure 17
INTRODUCTION
present status of both organizations is in Phase 4 (Modified from original
sources).
FIGURE 1 Road Organization Phases
During the present so-called transition phase, prior to fully open competition,
there are restrictions placed upon the Finnish Road Enterprise and their
options in competing with private and local community clients. Allowing the
Finnish Road Enterprise to compete with the private sector is seen as a
possible threat and a large competitor in non-traditional areas. This was one
of the main reasons for the slow transition phase of the Finnish Road
Enterprise, prior to open competition in 2005. Several restrictions were
placed on the Finnish Road Enterprise during this transition period.
Despite advances in the road sector, there are several issues and so-called
problematic areas that need development and more modern means to carry
out and meet the needs of public road transportation systems. Some of
these problematic areas that need more attention and are lacking modern
ideas are as follows:
• Insufficient funds to meet/maintain satisfactory levels of road care
(Global Problem)
• Very little or slow innovation
• Mostly based upon price
• No value-added services for the client
• Quality - subjective or lack of understanding
• Lack of integration
• Marketing has been seen as the client’s responsibility
• Not enough real competition
• Infrastructure sector has a lower profit margin
• Poor image
• Future problems of making the infrastructure attractive to younger
professionals
• Lack of real partnering & teaming
Phases in Road
Organization’s Reform
Phase 1 Phase 2 Phase 3 Phase 4 Phase 5 Phase 6 Phase 7
Agency &
Production
Identify
Client
and
Producer
(Deliverer)
Separate
Client
and
Producer Corporatize
Producer
Privatize
Producer
Corporatize
Client
Privatize
Client
Decreasing Government Involvement
Client Client
Road Fund
Source: World Bank, TNZ & Finnra
INTRODUCTION
present status of both organizations is in Phase 4 (Modified from original
sources).
FIGURE 1 Road Organization Phases
During the present so-called transition phase, prior to fully open competition,
there are restrictions placed upon the Finnish Road Enterprise and their
options in competing with private and local community clients. Allowing the
Finnish Road Enterprise to compete with the private sector is seen as a
possible threat and a large competitor in non-traditional areas. This was one
of the main reasons for the slow transition phase of the Finnish Road
Enterprise, prior to open competition in 2005. Several restrictions were
placed on the Finnish Road Enterprise during this transition period.
Despite advances in the road sector, there are several issues and so-called
problematic areas that need development and more modern means to carry
out and meet the needs of public road transportation systems. Some of
these problematic areas that need more attention and are lacking modern
ideas are as follows:
• Insufficient funds to meet/maintain satisfactory levels of road care
(Global Problem)
• Very little or slow innovation
• Mostly based upon price
• No value-added services for the client
• Quality - subjective or lack of understanding
• Lack of integration
• Marketing has been seen as the client’s responsibility
• Not enough real competition
• Infrastructure sector has a lower profit margin
• Poor image
• Future problems of making the infrastructure attractive to younger
professionals
• Lack of real partnering & teaming
Phases in Road
Organization’s Reform
Phase 1 Phase 2 Phase 3 Phase 4 Phase 5 Phase 6 Phase 7
Agency &
Production
Identify
Client
and
Producer
(Deliverer)
Separate
Client
and
Producer Corporatize
Producer
Privatize
Producer
Corporatize
Client
Privatize
Client
Decreasing Government Involvement
Client Client
Road Fund
Source: World Bank, TNZ & Finnra

18 Innovative Project Delivery Methods for Infrastructure
INTRODUCTION
• No really good contracting methods for maintenance
• Procurement process is slow & bureaucratic
• Laws are inflexible, archaic, slow, administratively burdensome, &
traditionally focused
• Lack of Trust
Several of these areas of concern have been noted, and the Infra National
Technology Program was developed to resolve some of these issues. The
intent is to develop this industry so that it can be more productive and
become a modern profession and a worthy industry in the future. One of the
goals of this study/project was to help develop the industry and create
opportunities for innovation and advancement.
1.2 Existing Road Procurement in Finland
Capital Projects
The existing project delivery methods in Finland are quite traditionally
focused. Only a minimum number of projects are using new or innovative
methods, such as Design-Build (DB), Design-Build Finance Operate
(DBFO), and Construction Management At-Fee and At-Risk (CM). These
can be considered as recent modern type developments, and not those of
normal procurement processes. The general contract has been the
standard form of agreement used and it includes the general descriptive
criteria, conditions, schedule, standard specifications, quality criteria,
warranty considerations, and other miscellaneous criteria. This does not
differ greatly from the methods used by other countries, but theNordic
environment has differing demands compared to warmer climates.
Traditional projects are typically Design-Bid-Build (D-B-B), and the tendering
aspects typically use a weighted average (75% Price - 25% Other criteria)
for contractor selection criteria, with a fixed price contract. As a general rule,
there are three basic types of project delivery methods for capital type
projects:
• Design-Bid-Build (Traditional Model)
• Design-Build
• Construction Management (At-Fee and At-Risk)
It should be noted that resurfacing and rehabilitation are presently procured
as a capital project item and are usually traditionally procured.
The Design-Build model has demonstrated promising results and is
considered a viable delivery method. Of course there have been objections
and problems with the Design-Build models. Some criticism concerns the
high tendering costs, use with only large projects, only for large companies,
and limiting of competition. (These seem to be the same objections as noted
in some countries). Also, the problem of overly strict end product definitions
and having too much designing prior to tendering also hinders the
advantages of the Design-Build model.
INTRODUCTION
• No really good contracting methods for maintenance
• Procurement process is slow & bureaucratic
• Laws are inflexible, archaic, slow, administratively burdensome, &
traditionally focused
• Lack of Trust
Several of these areas of concern have been noted, and the Infra National
Technology Program was developed to resolve some of these issues. The
intent is to develop this industry so that it can be more productive and
become a modern profession and a worthy industry in the future. One of the
goals of this study/project was to help develop the industry and create
opportunities for innovation and advancement.
1.2 Existing Road Procurement in Finland
Capital Projects
The existing project delivery methods in Finland are quite traditionally
focused. Only a minimum number of projects are using new or innovative
methods, such as Design-Build (DB), Design-Build Finance Operate
(DBFO), and Construction Management At-Fee and At-Risk (CM). These
can be considered as recent modern type developments, and not those of
normal procurement processes. The general contract has been the
standard form of agreement used and it includes the general descriptive
criteria, conditions, schedule, standard specifications, quality criteria,
warranty considerations, and other miscellaneous criteria. This does not
differ greatly from the methods used by other countries, but theNordic
environment has differing demands compared to warmer climates.
Traditional projects are typically Design-Bid-Build (D-B-B), and the tendering
aspects typically use a weighted average (75% Price - 25% Other criteria)
for contractor selection criteria, with a fixed price contract. As a general rule,
there are three basic types of project delivery methods for capital type
projects:
• Design-Bid-Build (Traditional Model)
• Design-Build
• Construction Management (At-Fee and At-Risk)
It should be noted that resurfacing and rehabilitation are presently procured
as a capital project item and are usually traditionally procured.
The Design-Build model has demonstrated promising results and is
considered a viable delivery method. Of course there have been objections
and problems with the Design-Build models. Some criticism concerns the
high tendering costs, use with only large projects, only for large companies,
and limiting of competition. (These seem to be the same objections as noted
in some countries). Also, the problem of overly strict end product definitions
and having too much designing prior to tendering also hinders the
advantages of the Design-Build model.
Paraphrase This Document
Need a fresh take? Get an instant paraphrase of this document with our AI Paraphraser

Innovative Project Delivery Methods for Infrastructure 19
INTRODUCTION
A few years ago, Finland used the Design-Build Finance Operate (DBFO)
delivery method for a two-lane highway from Järvenpää to Lahti. Because of
the public opposition against a toll type collection road, this is a shadow toll
type road. To date, no other roads have been constructed using this model,
but there might be potential for using it again if the political climate is
favorable.
Maintenance Contracts
Maintenance type projects typically have been procured under yearly or
multi-year agreements for maintenance activities via negotiated contracts
with the old “production organization” (Finnish Road Enterprise). However,
this year the market was opened to the private sector and a new
procurement practice for periodic/routine maintenance was tendered for a
period of 3 years under a “Lump Sum” contract. The first phase of
competition, included 23 network areas with a total of 16570 kilometers, and
the second phase of competition will tender 26 network areas in the year
2002. The third phase with 28 network areas will be tendered in 2003, and
the remaining network areas are planned for 2004. The total number of
network areas is presently 99. Other maintenance activities, such as line
marking, traffic signs and signals, resurfacing, rehabilitation, and lighting are
typically procured separately via unit prices (Schedule of Rates) and
sometimes via Lump Sum (fixed price) contracts.
Finland presently has 99 network areas. This is perceived as too many
areas, and longer lengths should be introduced into the contracts. There is
some discussion and debate, but making longer, more effective road lengths
by combining the most appropriate areas should be considered. Table 1
summarizes the present maintenance contract system used in Finland.
Delivery Activities Routine/Periodic Maintenance
Duration 3 Years
Contract Type Lump Sum
Contractor Selection Criteria 75% Price & 25% Technical Criteria
Source: Pekka Pakkala (Finnra)
TABLE 1 Present Maintenance Contract Model in Finland
1.3 Other Countries’ Road Procurement
Capital Projects
In a global perspective, delivery of infrastructure services and products for
capital investment projects varies in practice from country to country. All the
countries evaluated in this study use a common general practice for the main
project delivery model, known as the traditional model, or Design-Bid-Build.
This means Design/Engineering services are procured first, and then
INTRODUCTION
A few years ago, Finland used the Design-Build Finance Operate (DBFO)
delivery method for a two-lane highway from Järvenpää to Lahti. Because of
the public opposition against a toll type collection road, this is a shadow toll
type road. To date, no other roads have been constructed using this model,
but there might be potential for using it again if the political climate is
favorable.
Maintenance Contracts
Maintenance type projects typically have been procured under yearly or
multi-year agreements for maintenance activities via negotiated contracts
with the old “production organization” (Finnish Road Enterprise). However,
this year the market was opened to the private sector and a new
procurement practice for periodic/routine maintenance was tendered for a
period of 3 years under a “Lump Sum” contract. The first phase of
competition, included 23 network areas with a total of 16570 kilometers, and
the second phase of competition will tender 26 network areas in the year
2002. The third phase with 28 network areas will be tendered in 2003, and
the remaining network areas are planned for 2004. The total number of
network areas is presently 99. Other maintenance activities, such as line
marking, traffic signs and signals, resurfacing, rehabilitation, and lighting are
typically procured separately via unit prices (Schedule of Rates) and
sometimes via Lump Sum (fixed price) contracts.
Finland presently has 99 network areas. This is perceived as too many
areas, and longer lengths should be introduced into the contracts. There is
some discussion and debate, but making longer, more effective road lengths
by combining the most appropriate areas should be considered. Table 1
summarizes the present maintenance contract system used in Finland.
Delivery Activities Routine/Periodic Maintenance
Duration 3 Years
Contract Type Lump Sum
Contractor Selection Criteria 75% Price & 25% Technical Criteria
Source: Pekka Pakkala (Finnra)
TABLE 1 Present Maintenance Contract Model in Finland
1.3 Other Countries’ Road Procurement
Capital Projects
In a global perspective, delivery of infrastructure services and products for
capital investment projects varies in practice from country to country. All the
countries evaluated in this study use a common general practice for the main
project delivery model, known as the traditional model, or Design-Bid-Build.
This means Design/Engineering services are procured first, and then

20 Innovative Project Delivery Methods for Infrastructure
INTRODUCTION
another procurement contract is tendered for the actual construction or
physical works, based upon the Design/Engineering portion of the contract.
Also, there are variations and differing combinations of the traditional
process, such as parallel prime contracting, but they are not very common
practices in this modern high-technology age. England is one country that
deviates substantially from this practice and utilizes the Design-Build (DB)
models and Design-Build Finance Operate (DBFO) model, which
incorporates the philosophy of integration and external financing for these
processes.
It is interesting to note that the Design-Build model is beginning to be used
more frequently for many types of infrastructure projects. The Design-Build
model is simply defined as a process in which an organization agrees to
perform both the design and construction under one agreement. There has
been a recent expansion in the use of Design-Build, especially noted in
power plants, water works, bridges, airport expansion, rail, road, and also in
some local authority infrastructure projects. The number of such projects
compared to the traditional model are quite few, but more significant when
compared to the total percentage of expenses.
An even more innovative model is “Full Delivery”, sometimes known as
“Program Management”, when seeking a complete level of services and
products from project conception to its usable life condition. This is under
investigation in some of the more innovative countries and has good
potential in theory, but it must be demonstrated that this can be a realistic
model for extensive use. Transit New Zealand is supposed to start a so-
called pilot project using this type of delivery method, and it will be
interesting to investigate the outcome and results.
It should also be noted that some countries consider upkeep/improvements
(resurfacing and rehabilitation) as a capital expenditure, and they are
commonly procured under capital projects.
Maintenance Contracts
Maintenance and operations are more often considered as a service, but
they do include some products such as signs, signals, line markings, and
pavement type materials. In the past, many countries have managed the
maintenance aspects with their own work force (in-house), sometimes
referred to as a Direct Labor Organization (DLO).
Maintenance activities typically include periodic/routine aspects such as
winter and summer maintenance, minor bridge repair/maintenance, drainage
systems, vegetation control, gravel road conditioning, and other country-
specific activities. However, a few countries have totally outsourced
maintenance, which means that they have no work force of their own and
are required to tender for these services and products. Usually these are all
public organizations and they must tender or purchase these activities via
the existing procurement laws of the land. Usually this means there is
competition in purchasing these items and services in an open and fair
environment.
INTRODUCTION
another procurement contract is tendered for the actual construction or
physical works, based upon the Design/Engineering portion of the contract.
Also, there are variations and differing combinations of the traditional
process, such as parallel prime contracting, but they are not very common
practices in this modern high-technology age. England is one country that
deviates substantially from this practice and utilizes the Design-Build (DB)
models and Design-Build Finance Operate (DBFO) model, which
incorporates the philosophy of integration and external financing for these
processes.
It is interesting to note that the Design-Build model is beginning to be used
more frequently for many types of infrastructure projects. The Design-Build
model is simply defined as a process in which an organization agrees to
perform both the design and construction under one agreement. There has
been a recent expansion in the use of Design-Build, especially noted in
power plants, water works, bridges, airport expansion, rail, road, and also in
some local authority infrastructure projects. The number of such projects
compared to the traditional model are quite few, but more significant when
compared to the total percentage of expenses.
An even more innovative model is “Full Delivery”, sometimes known as
“Program Management”, when seeking a complete level of services and
products from project conception to its usable life condition. This is under
investigation in some of the more innovative countries and has good
potential in theory, but it must be demonstrated that this can be a realistic
model for extensive use. Transit New Zealand is supposed to start a so-
called pilot project using this type of delivery method, and it will be
interesting to investigate the outcome and results.
It should also be noted that some countries consider upkeep/improvements
(resurfacing and rehabilitation) as a capital expenditure, and they are
commonly procured under capital projects.
Maintenance Contracts
Maintenance and operations are more often considered as a service, but
they do include some products such as signs, signals, line markings, and
pavement type materials. In the past, many countries have managed the
maintenance aspects with their own work force (in-house), sometimes
referred to as a Direct Labor Organization (DLO).
Maintenance activities typically include periodic/routine aspects such as
winter and summer maintenance, minor bridge repair/maintenance, drainage
systems, vegetation control, gravel road conditioning, and other country-
specific activities. However, a few countries have totally outsourced
maintenance, which means that they have no work force of their own and
are required to tender for these services and products. Usually these are all
public organizations and they must tender or purchase these activities via
the existing procurement laws of the land. Usually this means there is
competition in purchasing these items and services in an open and fair
environment.

Innovative Project Delivery Methods for Infrastructure 21
INTRODUCTION
The most common procurement method is a yearly or multi-year contract
based on “unit prices”, sometimes referred to as a “schedule of rates”.
This type of procurement practice is sometimes referred to as “maintenance
by contract” or other terminology. As mentioned earlier, the activities
included in these maintenance contracts vary and depend upon territorial
conditions and cultural practices. As a common practice, each country, state,
territory or province has regional offices that manage daily aspects and
usually include a certain area of roads. The roads managed under certain
contracts are typically referred to as the network area, contract area,
managed area, or other terminology.
New and innovative practices including almost all maintenance activities are
herein referred to as “Fully Integrated Client Services”. Sometimes these
services are procured over a long term period, while some countries include
resurfacing and rehabilitation. They are typically referred to as long-term
maintenance contracts, with some known as Performance Specified
Maintenance Contracts (PSMC). PSMC contracts use outcome-based
criteria or performance specifications, where the client specifies the desired
outcomes and the performing contractor utilizes a specialized plan to make
certain that the desired outcomes are met or achieved. The maintenance
program and decisions are made by the contractor, which can be thought of
as having “ownership” of the road for the duration of the contract term. The
PSMC outcome-based criteria for pavement aspects are usually described in
terms of roughness, rutting, skid resistance, deflection, cracking and texture.
Several countries use long-term maintenance contracts, but each country
approaches the contract differently and it depends on what aspects of
maintenance are included, and what types of specifications are required in
the contract. Australia’s, New Zealand’s and England’s processes are quite
similar and include resurfacing and rehabilitation/reconstruction in the
contract, while other countries do not include rehabilitation/reconstruction
aspects and others, such as Canada, do not include resurfacing. The
duration of the contract also varies between 5-10 years, and most countries
have recently increased the length of the contract to 7-8 years. The USA
differs in this approach in that the contract duration is 5 years with a possible
5 year extension for long-term maintenance contracts.
1.4 Other Infra Sectors
It is interesting to note that the procurement methods of other infrastructure
sectors do not vary a great deal, but are more dependent upon the client’s
roles, objectives, and the sector of infrastructure that is involved. All the
capital projects methods discussed in this report are appropriate project
delivery methods for other disciplines. A few main issues are the client’s
expertise with the delivery methods and what level of management they
maintain internally.
For example, the Finnish Rail Administration has very little staff to manage
and administer delivery and contract agreements, and they are utilizing the
Construction Management (CM) method exclusively. County and city-type
INTRODUCTION
The most common procurement method is a yearly or multi-year contract
based on “unit prices”, sometimes referred to as a “schedule of rates”.
This type of procurement practice is sometimes referred to as “maintenance
by contract” or other terminology. As mentioned earlier, the activities
included in these maintenance contracts vary and depend upon territorial
conditions and cultural practices. As a common practice, each country, state,
territory or province has regional offices that manage daily aspects and
usually include a certain area of roads. The roads managed under certain
contracts are typically referred to as the network area, contract area,
managed area, or other terminology.
New and innovative practices including almost all maintenance activities are
herein referred to as “Fully Integrated Client Services”. Sometimes these
services are procured over a long term period, while some countries include
resurfacing and rehabilitation. They are typically referred to as long-term
maintenance contracts, with some known as Performance Specified
Maintenance Contracts (PSMC). PSMC contracts use outcome-based
criteria or performance specifications, where the client specifies the desired
outcomes and the performing contractor utilizes a specialized plan to make
certain that the desired outcomes are met or achieved. The maintenance
program and decisions are made by the contractor, which can be thought of
as having “ownership” of the road for the duration of the contract term. The
PSMC outcome-based criteria for pavement aspects are usually described in
terms of roughness, rutting, skid resistance, deflection, cracking and texture.
Several countries use long-term maintenance contracts, but each country
approaches the contract differently and it depends on what aspects of
maintenance are included, and what types of specifications are required in
the contract. Australia’s, New Zealand’s and England’s processes are quite
similar and include resurfacing and rehabilitation/reconstruction in the
contract, while other countries do not include rehabilitation/reconstruction
aspects and others, such as Canada, do not include resurfacing. The
duration of the contract also varies between 5-10 years, and most countries
have recently increased the length of the contract to 7-8 years. The USA
differs in this approach in that the contract duration is 5 years with a possible
5 year extension for long-term maintenance contracts.
1.4 Other Infra Sectors
It is interesting to note that the procurement methods of other infrastructure
sectors do not vary a great deal, but are more dependent upon the client’s
roles, objectives, and the sector of infrastructure that is involved. All the
capital projects methods discussed in this report are appropriate project
delivery methods for other disciplines. A few main issues are the client’s
expertise with the delivery methods and what level of management they
maintain internally.
For example, the Finnish Rail Administration has very little staff to manage
and administer delivery and contract agreements, and they are utilizing the
Construction Management (CM) method exclusively. County and city-type
Secure Best Marks with AI Grader
Need help grading? Try our AI Grader for instant feedback on your assignments.

22 Innovative Project Delivery Methods for Infrastructure
INTRODUCTION
governments typically utilize the traditional process, because they have
heavy administrative staffs and self-perform many aspects.
Forms of Design-Build (DB), Design-Build-Operate-Maintain (DBOM), and
Design-Build Finance Operate (DBFO) have been used in many areas of
infrastructure, such as:
• Water & Wastewater
• Airports
• Postal Facilities
• Rail
• Energy/Power
In the past history of the USA, many so-called innovative or alternative
project delivery methods have been used in the late 1790s and until the first
half of the 1930s. Most all of the infrastructure projects in the USA were
completed using the Design-Build Operate Maintain (DBOM) and the
Design-Build Finance Operate (DBFO) methods.Many of these projects
were at the heart of the US transportation infrastructure. Some examples of
these projects and other infrastructure areas are shown in Table 2. This
table demonstrates several recent and older infrastructure projects used in
various sectors.
PROJECT PROJECT
DATE
METHODS
USED
INFRA
SECTOR
Tolt Water Treatment Plant
Seattle, Washington - USA
Present DBOM Water &
Wastewater
El Paso, Texas 1998 DB Mail Processing
Center
JFK International Arrivals
Building, New York – USA
1994 DB & DBFO Airport
Franklin Ohio Wastewater
Treatment, Ohio – USA
1997 DBOM Water &
Wastewater
Eastern Harbor Crossing
Hong Kong
1990 DBFO Rail & Road
Joint Project
Chek Lap Kok Airport
Hong Kong
1997 DB, DBFO &
BOT
Rail, Road &
Airport
Erie Canal,
New York & Ontario – USA
1825 DB Shipping
Illinois Central Railroad
USA
1856 DBFO Rail
New York Subway
Contract #1 – USA
1904 DBFO Rail
Keokuk Power Plant & Dam –
Ds Moines, Iowa – USA
1914 DBFO Energy/Power
Plant
Source: Principles of Public & Private Infrastructure Delivery - Prof. John B. Miller (MIT)
TABLE 2 Other Infra Sector Project Delivery Examples
INTRODUCTION
governments typically utilize the traditional process, because they have
heavy administrative staffs and self-perform many aspects.
Forms of Design-Build (DB), Design-Build-Operate-Maintain (DBOM), and
Design-Build Finance Operate (DBFO) have been used in many areas of
infrastructure, such as:
• Water & Wastewater
• Airports
• Postal Facilities
• Rail
• Energy/Power
In the past history of the USA, many so-called innovative or alternative
project delivery methods have been used in the late 1790s and until the first
half of the 1930s. Most all of the infrastructure projects in the USA were
completed using the Design-Build Operate Maintain (DBOM) and the
Design-Build Finance Operate (DBFO) methods.Many of these projects
were at the heart of the US transportation infrastructure. Some examples of
these projects and other infrastructure areas are shown in Table 2. This
table demonstrates several recent and older infrastructure projects used in
various sectors.
PROJECT PROJECT
DATE
METHODS
USED
INFRA
SECTOR
Tolt Water Treatment Plant
Seattle, Washington - USA
Present DBOM Water &
Wastewater
El Paso, Texas 1998 DB Mail Processing
Center
JFK International Arrivals
Building, New York – USA
1994 DB & DBFO Airport
Franklin Ohio Wastewater
Treatment, Ohio – USA
1997 DBOM Water &
Wastewater
Eastern Harbor Crossing
Hong Kong
1990 DBFO Rail & Road
Joint Project
Chek Lap Kok Airport
Hong Kong
1997 DB, DBFO &
BOT
Rail, Road &
Airport
Erie Canal,
New York & Ontario – USA
1825 DB Shipping
Illinois Central Railroad
USA
1856 DBFO Rail
New York Subway
Contract #1 – USA
1904 DBFO Rail
Keokuk Power Plant & Dam –
Ds Moines, Iowa – USA
1914 DBFO Energy/Power
Plant
Source: Principles of Public & Private Infrastructure Delivery - Prof. John B. Miller (MIT)
TABLE 2 Other Infra Sector Project Delivery Examples

Innovative Project Delivery Methods for Infrastructure 23
INTRODUCTION
There are many examples of recent and past projects that encompass the
entire collection of project delivery methods. However, these innovative or
so-called alternative delivery methods have not been frequently used in
great quantities in infrastructure projects. Some countries such as England
and Australia incorporate these on a regular basis. Other countries not
included in this study, such as Hong Kong, have invested in several projects
using the Design-Build Operate Maintain (DBOM) and the Design-Build
Finance Operate (DBFO) delivery methods.
Essentially, the key to these delivery methods is to know which method
provides the best value for a particular project. In other words, the client
should be able to discern which method will provide not only the end result,
but financially better value in the long term perspective.
1.5 Client Services
Previously there were relatively very few client-oriented services offered by
the private sector other than Design/Engineering services, construction
services, and raw materials and products. Over the years of progress, many
client services were transferred to the private sector as the road
administrations progressed, and as more services and products became
available. Some of the present day services that are available are as follows:
Capital Projects:
• Design/Engineering
• Construction & Construction Management
• Supplies & end products for the road assets (Lighting, guard rails, line
marking, etc)
• Design, Construction, & Maintenance & Finance
Other Miscellaneous Services:
• Asset Management
• Research & Development
• Administration Services
• Road Management Services
• Ferry Operations
• Traffic Services
• Computer and Data Systems & Services
• Customer Service
Maintenance Contracts:
• Winter maintenance
• Summer maintenance
• Maintenance products & services
• Road Weather Information Systems (RWIS)
• Pavement Management Systems (PMS)
• Information Technology (IT) applications
INTRODUCTION
There are many examples of recent and past projects that encompass the
entire collection of project delivery methods. However, these innovative or
so-called alternative delivery methods have not been frequently used in
great quantities in infrastructure projects. Some countries such as England
and Australia incorporate these on a regular basis. Other countries not
included in this study, such as Hong Kong, have invested in several projects
using the Design-Build Operate Maintain (DBOM) and the Design-Build
Finance Operate (DBFO) delivery methods.
Essentially, the key to these delivery methods is to know which method
provides the best value for a particular project. In other words, the client
should be able to discern which method will provide not only the end result,
but financially better value in the long term perspective.
1.5 Client Services
Previously there were relatively very few client-oriented services offered by
the private sector other than Design/Engineering services, construction
services, and raw materials and products. Over the years of progress, many
client services were transferred to the private sector as the road
administrations progressed, and as more services and products became
available. Some of the present day services that are available are as follows:
Capital Projects:
• Design/Engineering
• Construction & Construction Management
• Supplies & end products for the road assets (Lighting, guard rails, line
marking, etc)
• Design, Construction, & Maintenance & Finance
Other Miscellaneous Services:
• Asset Management
• Research & Development
• Administration Services
• Road Management Services
• Ferry Operations
• Traffic Services
• Computer and Data Systems & Services
• Customer Service
Maintenance Contracts:
• Winter maintenance
• Summer maintenance
• Maintenance products & services
• Road Weather Information Systems (RWIS)
• Pavement Management Systems (PMS)
• Information Technology (IT) applications

24 Innovative Project Delivery Methods for Infrastructure
INTRODUCTION
• Future - Fully integrated client services
Fully integrated client services for long-term maintenance contracts can
include the following:
• Routine pavement maintenance
• Asset/corridor management
• Vegetation control & mowing
• Signs & traffic signals
• Resurfacing
• Rehabilitation/reconstruction
• Emergency response
• Drying & drainage control
• Traffic services
• Guard rail repair/replacement
• Lighting
• Seal widening & repair
• Winter maintenance
• Summer maintenance
“Fully Integrated Client Services” for maintenance contracts are attracting
the interest of client organizations, as all these services become available in
one contract for a specified length of time. Also, client organizations are
beginning to concentrate on their core goals for providing a safe and reliable
road network, and this may provide additional opportunities for future
development of specialty services from the private sector. This seems to be
a general trend for procuring more and more services from the party best
available to manage and provide “best value“ for these services.
1.6 Partnering
The formal definition of partnering is a long term commitment between two or
more organizations for the purpose of achieving specific business objectives
by maximizing the effectiveness of each participant’s resources. For most
road administrations, this is not possible or it may even be considered illegal
to make long-term partnering arrangements. But, project partnering can be
utilized and it is a very beneficial tool for capital and ever so important with
long-term maintenance contracts.
Some of the goals or reasons for partnering in capital projects are listed
below:
• Resolve differences
• Remove roadblocks
• Build & develop trust and commitment
• A common mission statement
• Opportunities to Innovate
• Shared goals
• Create win-win thinking
INTRODUCTION
• Future - Fully integrated client services
Fully integrated client services for long-term maintenance contracts can
include the following:
• Routine pavement maintenance
• Asset/corridor management
• Vegetation control & mowing
• Signs & traffic signals
• Resurfacing
• Rehabilitation/reconstruction
• Emergency response
• Drying & drainage control
• Traffic services
• Guard rail repair/replacement
• Lighting
• Seal widening & repair
• Winter maintenance
• Summer maintenance
“Fully Integrated Client Services” for maintenance contracts are attracting
the interest of client organizations, as all these services become available in
one contract for a specified length of time. Also, client organizations are
beginning to concentrate on their core goals for providing a safe and reliable
road network, and this may provide additional opportunities for future
development of specialty services from the private sector. This seems to be
a general trend for procuring more and more services from the party best
available to manage and provide “best value“ for these services.
1.6 Partnering
The formal definition of partnering is a long term commitment between two or
more organizations for the purpose of achieving specific business objectives
by maximizing the effectiveness of each participant’s resources. For most
road administrations, this is not possible or it may even be considered illegal
to make long-term partnering arrangements. But, project partnering can be
utilized and it is a very beneficial tool for capital and ever so important with
long-term maintenance contracts.
Some of the goals or reasons for partnering in capital projects are listed
below:
• Resolve differences
• Remove roadblocks
• Build & develop trust and commitment
• A common mission statement
• Opportunities to Innovate
• Shared goals
• Create win-win thinking
Paraphrase This Document
Need a fresh take? Get an instant paraphrase of this document with our AI Paraphraser

Innovative Project Delivery Methods for Infrastructure 25
INTRODUCTION
• Accountability among members
• Problem solving skills
• Reduce claims and litigation
Some of the reasons for partnering in long-term maintenance contracts are:
• Success throughout the length of the contract
• Develop trust and commitment
• Innovation potential
• Resolve differences and poor performance
• No one organization can provide all the client services
• Mutual understanding of methodology and scope
• Share the benefits
Whether partnering has been used formally or informally, the results have
been very positive and even more essential in long-term maintenance
contracts. This is especially important when long-term maintenance
contracts are used for the first time, so that any differences, expectations,
biases, and quality issues can be mutually discussed in an open forum.
Also, partnering would be ideal if the same duration of the contract is
passed down to the sub-contractors to increase their potential use of
innovation, savings, efficiencies, and ability to purchase new equipment and
Information Technology (IT) during the length of the contract. Purchasing
these items over a long period is sometimes referred to as depreciation of
capital equipment/costs. Also, this provides the opportunity to acquire new
equipment which can be more efficient and effective for various
applications. Since the client pays for the equipment anyway, it provides an
added incentive. Figure 2 shows the potential for partnering and how it can
be used in supply chain management. It should be realized that innovation
typically comes from the “bottom up”, or through the contractor and supplier
network. The R&D budgets of most client organizations are more focused
on safety and traffic issues than on material, product and IT developments.
Therefore, partnering and a shared length of contract could provide the
potential to maximize innovation. Or at the minimum, the risks/rewards
should be shared to stimulate innovation
In long-term maintenance contracts, partnering is mostly needed between
the contractor and sub-contractor groups. This allows for joint sharing of
risks, benefits, coordination of effort, and as an end result, better products
and services for the road user, who is typically not included in this process.
Once the contractors become efficient and knowledgeable in the process,
the long-term maintenance contracts should become an efficient process for
maintenance contracts.
A recent report published in the USA by the National Cooperative Highway
Research Program (NCHRP), called “Guidebook to Highway Contracting for
Innovation: The Role of Procurement and Contracting Approaches in
Facilitating the Implementation of Research Findings” (NCHRP Report 428),
shared the results of a survey and revealed that “Partnering” was the
number one approach to creating innovation. This report was based on a
research study on capital investment projects.
INTRODUCTION
• Accountability among members
• Problem solving skills
• Reduce claims and litigation
Some of the reasons for partnering in long-term maintenance contracts are:
• Success throughout the length of the contract
• Develop trust and commitment
• Innovation potential
• Resolve differences and poor performance
• No one organization can provide all the client services
• Mutual understanding of methodology and scope
• Share the benefits
Whether partnering has been used formally or informally, the results have
been very positive and even more essential in long-term maintenance
contracts. This is especially important when long-term maintenance
contracts are used for the first time, so that any differences, expectations,
biases, and quality issues can be mutually discussed in an open forum.
Also, partnering would be ideal if the same duration of the contract is
passed down to the sub-contractors to increase their potential use of
innovation, savings, efficiencies, and ability to purchase new equipment and
Information Technology (IT) during the length of the contract. Purchasing
these items over a long period is sometimes referred to as depreciation of
capital equipment/costs. Also, this provides the opportunity to acquire new
equipment which can be more efficient and effective for various
applications. Since the client pays for the equipment anyway, it provides an
added incentive. Figure 2 shows the potential for partnering and how it can
be used in supply chain management. It should be realized that innovation
typically comes from the “bottom up”, or through the contractor and supplier
network. The R&D budgets of most client organizations are more focused
on safety and traffic issues than on material, product and IT developments.
Therefore, partnering and a shared length of contract could provide the
potential to maximize innovation. Or at the minimum, the risks/rewards
should be shared to stimulate innovation
In long-term maintenance contracts, partnering is mostly needed between
the contractor and sub-contractor groups. This allows for joint sharing of
risks, benefits, coordination of effort, and as an end result, better products
and services for the road user, who is typically not included in this process.
Once the contractors become efficient and knowledgeable in the process,
the long-term maintenance contracts should become an efficient process for
maintenance contracts.
A recent report published in the USA by the National Cooperative Highway
Research Program (NCHRP), called “Guidebook to Highway Contracting for
Innovation: The Role of Procurement and Contracting Approaches in
Facilitating the Implementation of Research Findings” (NCHRP Report 428),
shared the results of a survey and revealed that “Partnering” was the
number one approach to creating innovation. This report was based on a
research study on capital investment projects.

26 Innovative Project Delivery Methods for Infrastructure
INTRODUCTION
It was interesting to note that “Partnering” was a key and major reason for
the success in maintenance type contracts. Results from most countries
indicated that the client organizations had more difficulty in understanding
and practicing the partnering concept. This is probably due to the dramatic
change from the role of decision maker to a negotiating type of role.
Source: Pekka Pakkala (Finnra)
FIGURE 2 Partnering Issues
1.7 Performance Specifications & Outcome-Based Criteria in
Maintenance
The subject of performance specifications and outcome-based criteria is
quite a recent development, especially in capital and maintenance contracts
for the road sector. Performance criteria have been practiced in several
infrastructure sectors in capital projects, and they have often been utilized in
the building technology sector. The performance criteria for capital projects
can be quite easily adapted to Design-Build delivery methods or their related
Design-Build models (Design-Build Operate Maintain and Design-Build
Finance Operate). Some examples might be for pavements that will meet
certain criteria and may even include warranty issues, prior to resurfacing
and replacement. Sometimes these performance specifications have been
developed from other industries that have successfully implemented them.
Among the reasons for the progression to performance specifications are the
potential for cost savings, risk transfer, and providing the contractor with
more flexibility to utilize innovative and more efficient means of producing the
desired performance results.
Partnering Issues
CLIENT
CONTRACTOR
SUB-CONT. SUB-CONT. SUB-CONT. SUB-CONT.
SUPPLIERS PARTNERING
PARTNERING
PARTNERING
PARTNERING
PROJECT
PARTNERING
INTRODUCTION
It was interesting to note that “Partnering” was a key and major reason for
the success in maintenance type contracts. Results from most countries
indicated that the client organizations had more difficulty in understanding
and practicing the partnering concept. This is probably due to the dramatic
change from the role of decision maker to a negotiating type of role.
Source: Pekka Pakkala (Finnra)
FIGURE 2 Partnering Issues
1.7 Performance Specifications & Outcome-Based Criteria in
Maintenance
The subject of performance specifications and outcome-based criteria is
quite a recent development, especially in capital and maintenance contracts
for the road sector. Performance criteria have been practiced in several
infrastructure sectors in capital projects, and they have often been utilized in
the building technology sector. The performance criteria for capital projects
can be quite easily adapted to Design-Build delivery methods or their related
Design-Build models (Design-Build Operate Maintain and Design-Build
Finance Operate). Some examples might be for pavements that will meet
certain criteria and may even include warranty issues, prior to resurfacing
and replacement. Sometimes these performance specifications have been
developed from other industries that have successfully implemented them.
Among the reasons for the progression to performance specifications are the
potential for cost savings, risk transfer, and providing the contractor with
more flexibility to utilize innovative and more efficient means of producing the
desired performance results.
Partnering Issues
CLIENT
CONTRACTOR
SUB-CONT. SUB-CONT. SUB-CONT. SUB-CONT.
SUPPLIERS PARTNERING
PARTNERING
PARTNERING
PARTNERING
PROJECT
PARTNERING

Innovative Project Delivery Methods for Infrastructure 27
INTRODUCTION
If a client uses “Outcome-Based Criteria” in maintenance contracts, the
process is somewhat different, as the client specifies the desired
“outcomes” and the contractor needs to provide the proper strategy to meet
these stipulated levels. It should be noted that all parties, including the client,
contractors, and sub-contractors, need to understand the measurement
implications of these “Outcome-Based Criteria”. Otherwise, it could lead to
misunderstandings, potential deviations, and if incorrect levels are not
achieved, possible undesired client expectations. It is also possible to
confuse the outcomes due to a lack of know-how or reverting back to the
traditional methods. A significant failure or risk would be to apply
inappropriate “Outcome-Based Criteria” which could result in poor or failed
roads, or even the reverse scenario for better quality roads.
Some countries are beginning to understand and utilize these outcome-
based criteria in actual maintenance contracts. Care must be taken in
determining the satisfactory or desired levels so that there is neither a large
increase (extra costs) or a large decrease (poor road conditions) in the
quality performance of the roads. Some examples of outcome-based
pavement criteria are:
• Roughness (IRI)
• Rutting
• Skid resistance
• Deflection
• Cracking
• Texture
Other non-pavement outcome-based criteria can be explained in terms of:
• Signs - visibility & structural fastening
• Road markings - visibility & skid resistance
• Lighting - % in working order & no two consecutive not working
• Vegetation (grass) - None greater than prescribed height
• Bridges
• Guard rails
• Sound barriers
• Drainage systems
As road authorities practice and become interactively involved in the
process, the criteria can be refined and optimum levels determined for
satisfactory performance. The client needs to define the outcome-based
criteria that meet or exceed the quality requirements in the contract. Also,
the contractor is then responsible for performing the work and activities that
meet these requirements. It is very important that there is a mutual
understanding between the industry and the client organization on what
repercussions or end results might occur.
INTRODUCTION
If a client uses “Outcome-Based Criteria” in maintenance contracts, the
process is somewhat different, as the client specifies the desired
“outcomes” and the contractor needs to provide the proper strategy to meet
these stipulated levels. It should be noted that all parties, including the client,
contractors, and sub-contractors, need to understand the measurement
implications of these “Outcome-Based Criteria”. Otherwise, it could lead to
misunderstandings, potential deviations, and if incorrect levels are not
achieved, possible undesired client expectations. It is also possible to
confuse the outcomes due to a lack of know-how or reverting back to the
traditional methods. A significant failure or risk would be to apply
inappropriate “Outcome-Based Criteria” which could result in poor or failed
roads, or even the reverse scenario for better quality roads.
Some countries are beginning to understand and utilize these outcome-
based criteria in actual maintenance contracts. Care must be taken in
determining the satisfactory or desired levels so that there is neither a large
increase (extra costs) or a large decrease (poor road conditions) in the
quality performance of the roads. Some examples of outcome-based
pavement criteria are:
• Roughness (IRI)
• Rutting
• Skid resistance
• Deflection
• Cracking
• Texture
Other non-pavement outcome-based criteria can be explained in terms of:
• Signs - visibility & structural fastening
• Road markings - visibility & skid resistance
• Lighting - % in working order & no two consecutive not working
• Vegetation (grass) - None greater than prescribed height
• Bridges
• Guard rails
• Sound barriers
• Drainage systems
As road authorities practice and become interactively involved in the
process, the criteria can be refined and optimum levels determined for
satisfactory performance. The client needs to define the outcome-based
criteria that meet or exceed the quality requirements in the contract. Also,
the contractor is then responsible for performing the work and activities that
meet these requirements. It is very important that there is a mutual
understanding between the industry and the client organization on what
repercussions or end results might occur.
Secure Best Marks with AI Grader
Need help grading? Try our AI Grader for instant feedback on your assignments.

28 Innovative Project Delivery Methods for Infrastructure
CAPITAL PROJECT DELIVERY METHODS
2 CAPITAL PROJECT DELIVERY METHODS
2.1 Introduction & Overview of Capital Project Delivery Methods
Outsourcing of capital investment projects to the private sector is not a new
or recent practice in infrastructure projects. Results from the study indicate
that there are no significantly new project delivery methods, but merely
modifications or slight variations of existing or past methods. The most
common practice is the traditional method of Design-Bid-Build (D-B-B),
procurement of Design/Engineering services and a separate contract for
physical works/construction. Based on the results in this survey, the Design-
Bid-Build (D-B-B) method for the road sector is practiced in all countries
except England. Design-Bid-Build also appears to be the most widely used
delivery method quantitatively. England uses the Design-Build (DB) and
Design-Build-Finance-Operate (DBFO) delivery methods, sometimes
referred as Public Private Partnerships (PPP). The main project delivery
methods are summarized and described as follows:
• Design-Bid-Build (D-B-B)
• Design-Build (DB)
• Construction Management (CM At-Fee (Agency or Advisor))
• Construction Management (CM At-Risk)
• Design-Build-Operate (DBO)
• Design-Build-Operate-Maintain (DBOM)
• Design-Build-Finance-Operate (DBFO)
• Full Delivery or Program Management
• Build Own Operate (BOT) & Build Own Operate Transfer (BOOT)
In the delivery of capital projects consideration should be given to some
fundamental elements and the type of environment that exists when
infrastructure projects are secured. An example for consideration is shown in
Table 3, Fundamental Elements For Public Infrastructure Procurement,
which prescribe 10 essential aspects needed for healthy procurement
practice for infrastructure.
CAPITAL PROJECT DELIVERY METHODS
2 CAPITAL PROJECT DELIVERY METHODS
2.1 Introduction & Overview of Capital Project Delivery Methods
Outsourcing of capital investment projects to the private sector is not a new
or recent practice in infrastructure projects. Results from the study indicate
that there are no significantly new project delivery methods, but merely
modifications or slight variations of existing or past methods. The most
common practice is the traditional method of Design-Bid-Build (D-B-B),
procurement of Design/Engineering services and a separate contract for
physical works/construction. Based on the results in this survey, the Design-
Bid-Build (D-B-B) method for the road sector is practiced in all countries
except England. Design-Bid-Build also appears to be the most widely used
delivery method quantitatively. England uses the Design-Build (DB) and
Design-Build-Finance-Operate (DBFO) delivery methods, sometimes
referred as Public Private Partnerships (PPP). The main project delivery
methods are summarized and described as follows:
• Design-Bid-Build (D-B-B)
• Design-Build (DB)
• Construction Management (CM At-Fee (Agency or Advisor))
• Construction Management (CM At-Risk)
• Design-Build-Operate (DBO)
• Design-Build-Operate-Maintain (DBOM)
• Design-Build-Finance-Operate (DBFO)
• Full Delivery or Program Management
• Build Own Operate (BOT) & Build Own Operate Transfer (BOOT)
In the delivery of capital projects consideration should be given to some
fundamental elements and the type of environment that exists when
infrastructure projects are secured. An example for consideration is shown in
Table 3, Fundamental Elements For Public Infrastructure Procurement,
which prescribe 10 essential aspects needed for healthy procurement
practice for infrastructure.

Innovative Project Delivery Methods for Infrastructure 29
CAPITAL PROJECT DELIVERY METHODS
FUNDAMENTAL ELEMENTS FOR PUBLIC INFRASTRUCTURE
PROCUREMENT
1. CLIENT-defined scope.
2. Head-to-head competition among PRODUCERS.
3. Fair treatment of actual competitors.
4. Transparency - Signaling fair treatment to potential competitors.
5. Safety confirmed - An independent engineering check on the
efficacy of the PRODUCER’S design.
6. Competitions open to technological change.
7. Sound financial analysis by CLIENTS and PRODUCERS over
the project life cycle.
8. Re-establishing the dual track procurement strategy of
Quadrants IV, 1, and II. (This refers to using a proper mix of
DB, D-B-B, DBOM, DBFO & BOOT models)
9. CLIENT decision-making at the portfolio level with the
assistance of scenarios
10. Re-establishing pace (or level) of infrastructure investment as a
variable in public and private sectors)
Source: Professor John B. Miller - MIT
TABLE 3 Fundamental Elements For Public Infrastructure Procurement
Pictured below in Figure 3 are the main models utilized and the different
structural and relationships between organizations.
Design/Bid/BuildDesign/Bid/Build
C L I E N T D e s i g n /E n g
C o n t r a c t o r
Sub-Contractors Suppliers
CAPITAL PROJECT DELIVERY METHODS
FUNDAMENTAL ELEMENTS FOR PUBLIC INFRASTRUCTURE
PROCUREMENT
1. CLIENT-defined scope.
2. Head-to-head competition among PRODUCERS.
3. Fair treatment of actual competitors.
4. Transparency - Signaling fair treatment to potential competitors.
5. Safety confirmed - An independent engineering check on the
efficacy of the PRODUCER’S design.
6. Competitions open to technological change.
7. Sound financial analysis by CLIENTS and PRODUCERS over
the project life cycle.
8. Re-establishing the dual track procurement strategy of
Quadrants IV, 1, and II. (This refers to using a proper mix of
DB, D-B-B, DBOM, DBFO & BOOT models)
9. CLIENT decision-making at the portfolio level with the
assistance of scenarios
10. Re-establishing pace (or level) of infrastructure investment as a
variable in public and private sectors)
Source: Professor John B. Miller - MIT
TABLE 3 Fundamental Elements For Public Infrastructure Procurement
Pictured below in Figure 3 are the main models utilized and the different
structural and relationships between organizations.
Design/Bid/BuildDesign/Bid/Build
C L I E N T D e s i g n /E n g
C o n t r a c t o r
Sub-Contractors Suppliers

30 Innovative Project Delivery Methods for Infrastructure
CAPITAL PROJECT DELIVERY METHODS
Construction ManagementConstruction Management
C L I E N T
D e s i g n /E n gC o n t r a c t o r / C M
S u b - C o n t r a c t o r s S u p p l i e r s
D e s i g n - B u i l d
C L I E N TC L I E N T
D E S I G N - B U I L D E RD E S I G N - B U I L D E RD E S I G N - B U I L D E R
FIGURE 3 Structure of Typical Models
2.2 Methods used in Finland
Basically, Finland uses three delivery methods or models for capital
investment projects. These models are:
• Design-Bid-Build (D-B-B)
• Finnish Design-Build Method
• Construction Management (CM At-Fee and CM At-Risk - Quite Rare)
Finland also used the Design-Build-Finance-Operate (DBFO) on one project
known as the Lahti Motorway (Finland Route 4 - Järvenpää to Lahti), but has
not reintroduced this model, as it appeared to be a special project. Because
of the public opposition against traditional toll roads, this was considered a
“shadow toll road”. Presently, there are other Design-Build-Finance-Operate
projects under discussion.
CAPITAL PROJECT DELIVERY METHODS
Construction ManagementConstruction Management
C L I E N T
D e s i g n /E n gC o n t r a c t o r / C M
S u b - C o n t r a c t o r s S u p p l i e r s
D e s i g n - B u i l d
C L I E N TC L I E N T
D E S I G N - B U I L D E RD E S I G N - B U I L D E RD E S I G N - B U I L D E R
FIGURE 3 Structure of Typical Models
2.2 Methods used in Finland
Basically, Finland uses three delivery methods or models for capital
investment projects. These models are:
• Design-Bid-Build (D-B-B)
• Finnish Design-Build Method
• Construction Management (CM At-Fee and CM At-Risk - Quite Rare)
Finland also used the Design-Build-Finance-Operate (DBFO) on one project
known as the Lahti Motorway (Finland Route 4 - Järvenpää to Lahti), but has
not reintroduced this model, as it appeared to be a special project. Because
of the public opposition against traditional toll roads, this was considered a
“shadow toll road”. Presently, there are other Design-Build-Finance-Operate
projects under discussion.
Paraphrase This Document
Need a fresh take? Get an instant paraphrase of this document with our AI Paraphraser

Innovative Project Delivery Methods for Infrastructure 31
CAPITAL PROJECT DELIVERY METHODS
The Finnish Design-Build system varies somewhat from the USA model of
Design-Build, in that there is no pre-qualifications phase (short listing of
Design-Build contractors) and the design portion is often too detailed
(greater than 30%), which tends to minimizes the innovation potential of the
Design-Build contractor. Otherwise, the two processes are quite similar.
2.3 Innovative Project Delivery Methods
Some of the main criticisms of the traditional Design-Bid-Build (D-B-B)
method are the lack of innovation, delayed completion periods, and cost
overruns sometimes encountered on projects. Since the client bears most of
the risks of both the design and construction aspects, there need to be better
practices to assure the client’s needs are being met, quicker project
completion times, and cost effective solutions. More road administrations
and other public organizations (rail transport, airports & others) are seeking
better practices. Some are using or evaluating alternative models such as
Design-Build (DB), Design-Build-Operate-Maintain (DBOM), Design-Build-
Finance-Operate (DBFO), and Full Delivery or Program Management. Build
Own Operate (BOT) & Build Own Operate Transfer (BOOT) are similar to
the DBOM and DBFO model, but there is an official transfer of ownership.
The main goals of these innovative project delivery methods are to produce
projects that have better quality or longer life cycles, bring cost savings to
the client, transfer risks (to the organization best able to manage risks),
include integrated processes, and complete projects faster than the
traditional method. However, changing to another project delivery method
usually takes time, experience, and new approaches. The project delivery
methods and key phases of the processes are shown in Figure 4. Some of
the driving forces for change that have been noted in this study are:
• Cost savings
• Seeking innovation
• Staff reductions
• Desiring integration & technology
• Partnering potential
• Avoiding litigation
• Bringing trust back into the process
2.3.1 Comparison & Summary of Most Innovative Methods
A comparison of delivery methods based on interviews and background
information gathered from the surveyed countries is presented in Table 4. It
can be seen that most countries utilize the traditional Design-Bid-Build
process and most have attempted to use Design-Build. Very few countries,
with the exception of England and Australia, use other innovative
procurement methods. New Zealand is supposed to trial their first full
delivery (program management) method in the later part of 2001. This is
probably the first road project attempting to use such a forward thinking
method. It would be interesting to follow the results of such a project.
CAPITAL PROJECT DELIVERY METHODS
The Finnish Design-Build system varies somewhat from the USA model of
Design-Build, in that there is no pre-qualifications phase (short listing of
Design-Build contractors) and the design portion is often too detailed
(greater than 30%), which tends to minimizes the innovation potential of the
Design-Build contractor. Otherwise, the two processes are quite similar.
2.3 Innovative Project Delivery Methods
Some of the main criticisms of the traditional Design-Bid-Build (D-B-B)
method are the lack of innovation, delayed completion periods, and cost
overruns sometimes encountered on projects. Since the client bears most of
the risks of both the design and construction aspects, there need to be better
practices to assure the client’s needs are being met, quicker project
completion times, and cost effective solutions. More road administrations
and other public organizations (rail transport, airports & others) are seeking
better practices. Some are using or evaluating alternative models such as
Design-Build (DB), Design-Build-Operate-Maintain (DBOM), Design-Build-
Finance-Operate (DBFO), and Full Delivery or Program Management. Build
Own Operate (BOT) & Build Own Operate Transfer (BOOT) are similar to
the DBOM and DBFO model, but there is an official transfer of ownership.
The main goals of these innovative project delivery methods are to produce
projects that have better quality or longer life cycles, bring cost savings to
the client, transfer risks (to the organization best able to manage risks),
include integrated processes, and complete projects faster than the
traditional method. However, changing to another project delivery method
usually takes time, experience, and new approaches. The project delivery
methods and key phases of the processes are shown in Figure 4. Some of
the driving forces for change that have been noted in this study are:
• Cost savings
• Seeking innovation
• Staff reductions
• Desiring integration & technology
• Partnering potential
• Avoiding litigation
• Bringing trust back into the process
2.3.1 Comparison & Summary of Most Innovative Methods
A comparison of delivery methods based on interviews and background
information gathered from the surveyed countries is presented in Table 4. It
can be seen that most countries utilize the traditional Design-Bid-Build
process and most have attempted to use Design-Build. Very few countries,
with the exception of England and Australia, use other innovative
procurement methods. New Zealand is supposed to trial their first full
delivery (program management) method in the later part of 2001. This is
probably the first road project attempting to use such a forward thinking
method. It would be interesting to follow the results of such a project.

32 Innovative Project Delivery Methods for Infrastructure
CAPITAL PROJECT DELIVERY METHODS
CONSTR.FINANCE DESIGN
PRE-PLANN
ING
&
ACQUISITION
O & M
(Operatons
&
Maintenance)
UPKEEP
&
IMPROVE-
MENTS
FULL DELIVERY or PROGRAM MANAGEMENT
IN-HOUSE D-B-B SEGMENTED
DESIGN-BUILD COMBINED
(DBOM)
Design-Build Operate Maintain
Design-Build Finance Operate
(DBFO)
Consultants or
PPP LONG-TERM
MAINTENANCE
AGREEMENTS
& (PSMC)
CAPITAL
PROJECTS
Source: Pekka Pakkala (Finnra)
FIGURE 4 Innovative Procurement Methods
D-B-B D-B CM DBOM DBFO FD Or PM
Australia X X
(Rare) X X X
Alberta,
Canada X
British
Columbia,
Canada
X
Ontario,
Canada X Toll
(407 ETR)
England X X
Mainly
Shadow
Tolls
Finland X X At-Risk &
At-Fee
X
(Shadow
Toll)
New Zealand X X
Expected
in Late
2001
Sweden X X
USA X X Pilot X X
Source: Pekka Pakkala (Finnra)
TABLE 4 Comparison of Models Used
CAPITAL PROJECT DELIVERY METHODS
CONSTR.FINANCE DESIGN
PRE-PLANN
ING
&
ACQUISITION
O & M
(Operatons
&
Maintenance)
UPKEEP
&
IMPROVE-
MENTS
FULL DELIVERY or PROGRAM MANAGEMENT
IN-HOUSE D-B-B SEGMENTED
DESIGN-BUILD COMBINED
(DBOM)
Design-Build Operate Maintain
Design-Build Finance Operate
(DBFO)
Consultants or
PPP LONG-TERM
MAINTENANCE
AGREEMENTS
& (PSMC)
CAPITAL
PROJECTS
Source: Pekka Pakkala (Finnra)
FIGURE 4 Innovative Procurement Methods
D-B-B D-B CM DBOM DBFO FD Or PM
Australia X X
(Rare) X X X
Alberta,
Canada X
British
Columbia,
Canada
X
Ontario,
Canada X Toll
(407 ETR)
England X X
Mainly
Shadow
Tolls
Finland X X At-Risk &
At-Fee
X
(Shadow
Toll)
New Zealand X X
Expected
in Late
2001
Sweden X X
USA X X Pilot X X
Source: Pekka Pakkala (Finnra)
TABLE 4 Comparison of Models Used

Innovative Project Delivery Methods for Infrastructure 33
CAPITAL PROJECT DELIVERY METHODS
These project delivery methods can also be pictured in a different context,
which displays the project delivery methods viewed by means of two criteria.
Segmented and integrated delivery methods are compared on one axis, and
direct funding or indirect funding on the other axis, the result is a very simple
diagram that shows the different delivery methods from another perspective.
This is shown in Figure 5. It is very easy to determine which delivery
methods are integrated and which methods require external financing
mechanisms.
If the goal is to seek an integrated process in the selection of a proposed
project, then the client would consider the following delivery methods:
• Design-Build-Operate (DBO)
• Design-Build-Operate-Maintain (DBOM) & Design-Build-Finance-
Operate (DBFO)
These two models are sometimes intermixed, but the major difference is that
maintenance activities can be included in the same contract.
If the goal is to seek external financing due to limited government
allocations, then the client would consider the following delivery methods:
• Design-Build-Finance-Operate (DBFO)
• Build Own Operate (BOT) & Build Own Operate Transfer (BOOT)
If the goal is to seek traditional, segmented delivery methods, then the client
would consider the following delivery methods:
• Design-Bid-Build (D-B-B)
• Design-Build (DB)
• Construction Management (CM) At-Risk & At-Fee
• Pure Operations & Maintenance (O&M)
CAPITAL PROJECT DELIVERY METHODS
These project delivery methods can also be pictured in a different context,
which displays the project delivery methods viewed by means of two criteria.
Segmented and integrated delivery methods are compared on one axis, and
direct funding or indirect funding on the other axis, the result is a very simple
diagram that shows the different delivery methods from another perspective.
This is shown in Figure 5. It is very easy to determine which delivery
methods are integrated and which methods require external financing
mechanisms.
If the goal is to seek an integrated process in the selection of a proposed
project, then the client would consider the following delivery methods:
• Design-Build-Operate (DBO)
• Design-Build-Operate-Maintain (DBOM) & Design-Build-Finance-
Operate (DBFO)
These two models are sometimes intermixed, but the major difference is that
maintenance activities can be included in the same contract.
If the goal is to seek external financing due to limited government
allocations, then the client would consider the following delivery methods:
• Design-Build-Finance-Operate (DBFO)
• Build Own Operate (BOT) & Build Own Operate Transfer (BOOT)
If the goal is to seek traditional, segmented delivery methods, then the client
would consider the following delivery methods:
• Design-Bid-Build (D-B-B)
• Design-Build (DB)
• Construction Management (CM) At-Risk & At-Fee
• Pure Operations & Maintenance (O&M)
Secure Best Marks with AI Grader
Need help grading? Try our AI Grader for instant feedback on your assignments.

34 Innovative Project Delivery Methods for Infrastructure
CAPITAL PROJECT DELIVERY METHODS
Delivery System
Choices
Indirect Funding
Direct Funding
IntegratedSegmented
• Design-Bid-Build
• Design-Build
• Construction Management
• B-O-T
• B-O-O
• B-O-O-T
• Design-Build-Finance-Operate (DBFO)
•USA Superfund
Indirect Funding Source: Prof. John Miller (MIT)
• Design-Build-Operate
• Design-Build-Operate-Maintain
• Pure O & M
FIGURE 5 Delivery System Choices
2.3.2 Project Delivery Methods - Advantages & Disadvantages
Table 5 lists some of the benefits and disadvantages of each system. This
should not be considered an exhaustive list, but merely a summary and
highlights.
CAPITAL PROJECT DELIVERY METHODS
Delivery System
Choices
Indirect Funding
Direct Funding
IntegratedSegmented
• Design-Bid-Build
• Design-Build
• Construction Management
• B-O-T
• B-O-O
• B-O-O-T
• Design-Build-Finance-Operate (DBFO)
•USA Superfund
Indirect Funding Source: Prof. John Miller (MIT)
• Design-Build-Operate
• Design-Build-Operate-Maintain
• Pure O & M
FIGURE 5 Delivery System Choices
2.3.2 Project Delivery Methods - Advantages & Disadvantages
Table 5 lists some of the benefits and disadvantages of each system. This
should not be considered an exhaustive list, but merely a summary and
highlights.

Innovative Project Delivery Methods for Infrastructure 35
CAPITAL PROJECT DELIVERY METHODS
DELIVERY
METHOD ADVANTAGES DISADVANTAGES
D-B-B • Long History of Acceptance
• Open Competition
• Distinct Roles Are Clear
• Owner Flexibility
• Easy to Tender
• Innovation Not Optimized
• Usually Cost Overruns
• Disputes Between Parties
• Client Retains Most Risks
• Usually Low Bid –
Incentive for Change
Orders
• Owner Responsible for
Errors & Omissions
• Linear Process
D-B • Reduced Administration
• Single-Source
Responsibility
• Quality Equal or Better Than
D-B-B
• Innovation
• Cost Savings
• Projects Completed Faster
• Improved Risk Management
• Early Knowledge of Total
Costs
• Accountability
• Constructability Optimized
• Early Partnering Potential &
Trust Building
• Integrating Design &
Construction
• Most Risks Transferred to
the Design-Builder
• Design Reflects Contractor
Strengths & Ability
• More Rewards/Profit for
Contractors
• Usually Guaranteed
Maximum Price (GMP)
• Limiting Competition
• High Tendering Costs
• New Method & Unfamiliar
With Process
• Client Needs to Make
Quicker Decisions
• Clients Bringing Design
Requirements > 30%
(Reduces the Innovation)
CAPITAL PROJECT DELIVERY METHODS
DELIVERY
METHOD ADVANTAGES DISADVANTAGES
D-B-B • Long History of Acceptance
• Open Competition
• Distinct Roles Are Clear
• Owner Flexibility
• Easy to Tender
• Innovation Not Optimized
• Usually Cost Overruns
• Disputes Between Parties
• Client Retains Most Risks
• Usually Low Bid –
Incentive for Change
Orders
• Owner Responsible for
Errors & Omissions
• Linear Process
D-B • Reduced Administration
• Single-Source
Responsibility
• Quality Equal or Better Than
D-B-B
• Innovation
• Cost Savings
• Projects Completed Faster
• Improved Risk Management
• Early Knowledge of Total
Costs
• Accountability
• Constructability Optimized
• Early Partnering Potential &
Trust Building
• Integrating Design &
Construction
• Most Risks Transferred to
the Design-Builder
• Design Reflects Contractor
Strengths & Ability
• More Rewards/Profit for
Contractors
• Usually Guaranteed
Maximum Price (GMP)
• Limiting Competition
• High Tendering Costs
• New Method & Unfamiliar
With Process
• Client Needs to Make
Quicker Decisions
• Clients Bringing Design
Requirements > 30%
(Reduces the Innovation)

36 Innovative Project Delivery Methods for Infrastructure
CAPITAL PROJECT DELIVERY METHODS
CM at Fee
(Usually
Public
Sector)
CM at Risk
(Usually
Private
Sector, but
now public
sector using)
• Provides a Managing and
Administering for All Phases
of a Project
• Treats Planning, Design,
Construction as an
Integrated Tasks
• Some Costs and Schedule
Control
• Good for Clients With
Insufficient Staff
• Owner Flexibility
• Responsible for Time &
Cost overruns
• Holds & Manages the Trade
Contractors
• Constructability Design
Review
• Same Legal Position as a
General Contractor
• Provides A Guaranteed
Maximum Price (GMP)
• Works Closely as a
Teaming Effort &
Encouraging Partnering &
Trust
• Owner Flexibility
• No Contractual
Relationship With Trade
Contractors
• No Contractual
Responsibility for
Outcomes of a Project
• Client Retains the Risks
• Duplication of
Administration & Additional
Paperwork
• Some Duplication of
Administration
• More Paperwork for Client
• Fast Tracking Difficult to
Control With Designer &
CM
• Sometimes Difficult to
Manage All Phased
Packages With Costs,
Changes & Schedule
DBOM • Integrates the Process of
Design, Construction, and
Maintenance
• One Contract for All
Services and Products
• Maintenance & Any
Operations Aspects Can Be
Considered During Design
• Projects Completed Faster
• Better Life Cycle Costs
• Similar Benefits Earlier
Mentioned in D-B
• Longer Tendering Process
• Costly Tendering
• Similar Disadvantages As
Earlier Mentioned in D-B
DBFO • Complete Projects that
Could Not Normally Be
Accomplished with Internal
Funding
• Integrates the Process of
Design, Construction, and
Maintenance
• Maintenance & Any
Operations Aspects Can Be
Considered During Design
• Projects Completed Faster
• Better Life Cycle Costs
• Better Net Present Value
(NPV)
• Similar Benefits Earlier
Mentioned in D-B
• Private Financing With No
Revenue Risk
• Costs More In the Long
Run
• Longer Tendering Process
• Costly Tendering
• Similar Disadvantages As
Earlier Mentioned in D-B
• Difficulty With Long Term
Relationships
• Future Political Changes
May Not Accept/Agree
with Prior
Agreements/Commitments
CAPITAL PROJECT DELIVERY METHODS
CM at Fee
(Usually
Public
Sector)
CM at Risk
(Usually
Private
Sector, but
now public
sector using)
• Provides a Managing and
Administering for All Phases
of a Project
• Treats Planning, Design,
Construction as an
Integrated Tasks
• Some Costs and Schedule
Control
• Good for Clients With
Insufficient Staff
• Owner Flexibility
• Responsible for Time &
Cost overruns
• Holds & Manages the Trade
Contractors
• Constructability Design
Review
• Same Legal Position as a
General Contractor
• Provides A Guaranteed
Maximum Price (GMP)
• Works Closely as a
Teaming Effort &
Encouraging Partnering &
Trust
• Owner Flexibility
• No Contractual
Relationship With Trade
Contractors
• No Contractual
Responsibility for
Outcomes of a Project
• Client Retains the Risks
• Duplication of
Administration & Additional
Paperwork
• Some Duplication of
Administration
• More Paperwork for Client
• Fast Tracking Difficult to
Control With Designer &
CM
• Sometimes Difficult to
Manage All Phased
Packages With Costs,
Changes & Schedule
DBOM • Integrates the Process of
Design, Construction, and
Maintenance
• One Contract for All
Services and Products
• Maintenance & Any
Operations Aspects Can Be
Considered During Design
• Projects Completed Faster
• Better Life Cycle Costs
• Similar Benefits Earlier
Mentioned in D-B
• Longer Tendering Process
• Costly Tendering
• Similar Disadvantages As
Earlier Mentioned in D-B
DBFO • Complete Projects that
Could Not Normally Be
Accomplished with Internal
Funding
• Integrates the Process of
Design, Construction, and
Maintenance
• Maintenance & Any
Operations Aspects Can Be
Considered During Design
• Projects Completed Faster
• Better Life Cycle Costs
• Better Net Present Value
(NPV)
• Similar Benefits Earlier
Mentioned in D-B
• Private Financing With No
Revenue Risk
• Costs More In the Long
Run
• Longer Tendering Process
• Costly Tendering
• Similar Disadvantages As
Earlier Mentioned in D-B
• Difficulty With Long Term
Relationships
• Future Political Changes
May Not Accept/Agree
with Prior
Agreements/Commitments
Paraphrase This Document
Need a fresh take? Get an instant paraphrase of this document with our AI Paraphraser

Innovative Project Delivery Methods for Infrastructure 37
CAPITAL PROJECT DELIVERY METHODS
FD or PM • Shorter Time To Project
Completion
• Fully Integrated Process
From Project Inception
• Maximizes Planning &
Reduces Problems During
Execution
• Knowledgeable Alternative
Funding Sources
• Good for Large & Complex
Projects
• Single Source of Expertise
• Quality Should Be Greater
• Difficult to tender and not
knowing the costs
• Compatibility Issues with
Client
• Quality Based Selection
Process (Negotiated)
• Client Needs To Make
Decisions Quicker
BOT &
BOOT
• Same Benefits as DBFO
• Usually for Toll Roads
• Includes the Operations
Aspects
• Ownership is Transferred
• Same Disadvantages as
DBFO
• Difficulty With Long Term
Relationships
• Future Political Changes
May Not Accept/Agree
with Prior
Agreements/Commitments
Source: Pekka Pakkala (Finnra)
TABLE 5 Delivery Methods - Advantages & Disadvantages
The list of advantages and disadvantages has been gathered through much
research from various sources, personal expertise and past knowledge,
meetings with clients organization, reports, journals, experience with building
technology practices, and other publications.
CAPITAL PROJECT DELIVERY METHODS
FD or PM • Shorter Time To Project
Completion
• Fully Integrated Process
From Project Inception
• Maximizes Planning &
Reduces Problems During
Execution
• Knowledgeable Alternative
Funding Sources
• Good for Large & Complex
Projects
• Single Source of Expertise
• Quality Should Be Greater
• Difficult to tender and not
knowing the costs
• Compatibility Issues with
Client
• Quality Based Selection
Process (Negotiated)
• Client Needs To Make
Decisions Quicker
BOT &
BOOT
• Same Benefits as DBFO
• Usually for Toll Roads
• Includes the Operations
Aspects
• Ownership is Transferred
• Same Disadvantages as
DBFO
• Difficulty With Long Term
Relationships
• Future Political Changes
May Not Accept/Agree
with Prior
Agreements/Commitments
Source: Pekka Pakkala (Finnra)
TABLE 5 Delivery Methods - Advantages & Disadvantages
The list of advantages and disadvantages has been gathered through much
research from various sources, personal expertise and past knowledge,
meetings with clients organization, reports, journals, experience with building
technology practices, and other publications.

38 Innovative Project Delivery Methods for Infrastructure
CAPITAL PROJECT DELIVERY METHODS
2.3.3 Suggestions & Recommendations
As it can be seen, there are differences in the usage of any project delivery
method chosen by the client. When the time issue become more important
and dominant, then some form of Design-Build is a good choice. If the Client
does not have sufficient staffing to manage a project, then Construction
Management (CM), especially CM At-Risk, may be a relevant option. If there
are projects that do not require any innovation and are classical type
projects, then Design-Bid-Build may be the better option. Obviously, when
internal funding is lacking, the DBFO model is the method of choice. Since
there is not enough experience and practice with the Full delivery or
Program Management models for capital projects for roads, it is difficult to
make any objective recommendations. However, when time is the ultimate
factor, it is estimated that the full delivery model can potentially save years in
project completion (depending upon complexity and other issues), because
many stages of procurement, environmental statements, approvals, and pre-
planning aspects can be accomplished simultaneously, or at the minimum,
completed prior to the actual construction phase. There is also potential for
reducing duplication, eliminating unworthy design solutions, and more
efficiently controlling the process.
In summary, the project delivery methods that are most suitable in providing
innovation are:
• Design-Build (DB)
• Design-Build-Operate-Maintain (DBOM)
• Design-Build-Finance-Operate (DBFO)
• Full Delivery or Program Management
• BOT & BOOT - For countries desiring transfer of ownership and
operations included
It should also be noted that there are some “tools” available for predicting
which delivery method might be applicable to projects that are being
considered or planned. It was not the goal of this study to investigate such
tools, but it should be noted that there are tools available that can assist
clients in this decision-making matrix. Two sources were uncovered during
this study:
• Design-Build SelectorTM (from the University of Colorado, Georgia Tech
& NSF)
• Project Procurement System Selection Model (PPSSM), Reference
Journal of Construction Engineering & Management, May/June 2000
CAPITAL PROJECT DELIVERY METHODS
2.3.3 Suggestions & Recommendations
As it can be seen, there are differences in the usage of any project delivery
method chosen by the client. When the time issue become more important
and dominant, then some form of Design-Build is a good choice. If the Client
does not have sufficient staffing to manage a project, then Construction
Management (CM), especially CM At-Risk, may be a relevant option. If there
are projects that do not require any innovation and are classical type
projects, then Design-Bid-Build may be the better option. Obviously, when
internal funding is lacking, the DBFO model is the method of choice. Since
there is not enough experience and practice with the Full delivery or
Program Management models for capital projects for roads, it is difficult to
make any objective recommendations. However, when time is the ultimate
factor, it is estimated that the full delivery model can potentially save years in
project completion (depending upon complexity and other issues), because
many stages of procurement, environmental statements, approvals, and pre-
planning aspects can be accomplished simultaneously, or at the minimum,
completed prior to the actual construction phase. There is also potential for
reducing duplication, eliminating unworthy design solutions, and more
efficiently controlling the process.
In summary, the project delivery methods that are most suitable in providing
innovation are:
• Design-Build (DB)
• Design-Build-Operate-Maintain (DBOM)
• Design-Build-Finance-Operate (DBFO)
• Full Delivery or Program Management
• BOT & BOOT - For countries desiring transfer of ownership and
operations included
It should also be noted that there are some “tools” available for predicting
which delivery method might be applicable to projects that are being
considered or planned. It was not the goal of this study to investigate such
tools, but it should be noted that there are tools available that can assist
clients in this decision-making matrix. Two sources were uncovered during
this study:
• Design-Build SelectorTM (from the University of Colorado, Georgia Tech
& NSF)
• Project Procurement System Selection Model (PPSSM), Reference
Journal of Construction Engineering & Management, May/June 2000

Innovative Project Delivery Methods for Infrastructure 39
CAPITAL PROJECT DELIVERY METHODS
2.3.4 Future Developments
Since there is very little practice and knowledge related to the Full Delivery
or Program Management model, this may be an opportunity to develop and
study this method and possibly utilize it as a pilot project. If the lessons
learned and this method produce good results, it may be a potential
candidate for inclusion in the mix of project delivery methods used by clients.
This method allows contractor participation during the project development
process, emphasis on total delivery, a win-win approach, an open and
honest relationship among the key stakeholders, and commitment from all
parties involved.
Design-Build seems to be increasing in use as a viable delivery method, and
it has many advantages compared to the traditional method. However, an
innovative process is needed to reduce the tendering costs and keep a
healthy level of competition for each project. This might require some
forward thinking in order to resolve these difficult issues and make Design-
Build more acceptable.
In some cases laws and public tendering regulations that may hinder or
inhibit the use of innovative project delivery methods, such as the USA
situation with Design-Build (Some states in the USA prohibit the Design-
Build model). New legislation presently being implemented has been
introduced by the Federal Highway Administration (FHWA) as an attempt to
resolve this issue.
CAPITAL PROJECT DELIVERY METHODS
2.3.4 Future Developments
Since there is very little practice and knowledge related to the Full Delivery
or Program Management model, this may be an opportunity to develop and
study this method and possibly utilize it as a pilot project. If the lessons
learned and this method produce good results, it may be a potential
candidate for inclusion in the mix of project delivery methods used by clients.
This method allows contractor participation during the project development
process, emphasis on total delivery, a win-win approach, an open and
honest relationship among the key stakeholders, and commitment from all
parties involved.
Design-Build seems to be increasing in use as a viable delivery method, and
it has many advantages compared to the traditional method. However, an
innovative process is needed to reduce the tendering costs and keep a
healthy level of competition for each project. This might require some
forward thinking in order to resolve these difficult issues and make Design-
Build more acceptable.
In some cases laws and public tendering regulations that may hinder or
inhibit the use of innovative project delivery methods, such as the USA
situation with Design-Build (Some states in the USA prohibit the Design-
Build model). New legislation presently being implemented has been
introduced by the Federal Highway Administration (FHWA) as an attempt to
resolve this issue.
Secure Best Marks with AI Grader
Need help grading? Try our AI Grader for instant feedback on your assignments.

40 Innovative Project Delivery Methods for Infrastructure
MAINTENANCE PROCUREMENT
3 MAINTENANCE PROCUREMENT
3.1 Introduction & Overview of Maintenance Procurement
In the past history of road authorities, maintenance activities and duties in
the road sector were typically self-performed by the road administrations with
most of the control and decision-making taken care of internally. Throughout
the years, changes were introduced and maintenance was procured from
the private sector for diverse elements of maintenance requirements.
Subsequently, this lead to more and more procurement from the private
sector and created a private sector relationship for maintenance activities
that could be done more efficiently and effectively. Some of the earlier
procurement maintenance activities were typically achieved via separate
agreements for each type of diverse activity. Some examples of these are
listed below:
• Mowing & vegetation
• Guard rail replacement
• Some aspects of winter and summer maintenance
• Line painting
• Traffic signs and signals
• Materials & products
These maintenance activities were usually procured based on labor rates,
materials and supplies, unit prices (schedule of rates), and sometimes a
lump sum (fixed price). These maintenance activities were also procured on
an as-needed basis and were typically for one or multi-year agreements.
Some of the more common type of practices of maintenance procurement
are described below:
• Labor Rates
• Unit Price (Schedule of Rates)
• Lump Sum (Fixed Price)
Further studies and global practices showed that outsourcing and
privatization can result in significant cost savings and better efficiency of
service. Several of the progressive countries actually changed to a new
paradigm, in which all maintenance activities are procured from the private
sector. This is sometimes referred to as a privatization process. As
previously noted in Figure 1 (Introduction Section), the phases of a road
organization generally determine the full extent of outsourcing of
maintenance activities. Finland is no exception to this paradigm change, and
it is one of the countries moving forward in the process of privatization. The
Finnish Road Administration no longer retains any of its own internal work
force for maintenance activities. Basically, emergency, traffic and safety
management are still kept as strategic resources in the client organization.
MAINTENANCE PROCUREMENT
3 MAINTENANCE PROCUREMENT
3.1 Introduction & Overview of Maintenance Procurement
In the past history of road authorities, maintenance activities and duties in
the road sector were typically self-performed by the road administrations with
most of the control and decision-making taken care of internally. Throughout
the years, changes were introduced and maintenance was procured from
the private sector for diverse elements of maintenance requirements.
Subsequently, this lead to more and more procurement from the private
sector and created a private sector relationship for maintenance activities
that could be done more efficiently and effectively. Some of the earlier
procurement maintenance activities were typically achieved via separate
agreements for each type of diverse activity. Some examples of these are
listed below:
• Mowing & vegetation
• Guard rail replacement
• Some aspects of winter and summer maintenance
• Line painting
• Traffic signs and signals
• Materials & products
These maintenance activities were usually procured based on labor rates,
materials and supplies, unit prices (schedule of rates), and sometimes a
lump sum (fixed price). These maintenance activities were also procured on
an as-needed basis and were typically for one or multi-year agreements.
Some of the more common type of practices of maintenance procurement
are described below:
• Labor Rates
• Unit Price (Schedule of Rates)
• Lump Sum (Fixed Price)
Further studies and global practices showed that outsourcing and
privatization can result in significant cost savings and better efficiency of
service. Several of the progressive countries actually changed to a new
paradigm, in which all maintenance activities are procured from the private
sector. This is sometimes referred to as a privatization process. As
previously noted in Figure 1 (Introduction Section), the phases of a road
organization generally determine the full extent of outsourcing of
maintenance activities. Finland is no exception to this paradigm change, and
it is one of the countries moving forward in the process of privatization. The
Finnish Road Administration no longer retains any of its own internal work
force for maintenance activities. Basically, emergency, traffic and safety
management are still kept as strategic resources in the client organization.

Innovative Project Delivery Methods for Infrastructure 41
MAINTENANCE PROCUREMENT
Organizational maintenance and operations can be broadly categorized in
three sectors as follows:
• All activities performed by own work forces
• Some activities via own forces and other aspects outsourced
• All activities outsource - no internal work force
Progressing further, more and more maintenance activities were combined
into one agreement, and quite recently they are being procured for all
activities, hereby referred to as “Fully Integrated Client Services”. As part of
the progressive process, the maintenance contracts were also tendered for
long periods of time, with the longest typically for 10 year arrangements.
New Zealand, parts of Australia, and England are utilizing these “Fully
Integrated Client Services” and long-term contracts for maintenance. With
more and more experience and dissemination of these practices, it appears
there is global interest or movement toward outsourcing maintenance, with
most, if not all aspects of maintenance, being procured under one contract
for a long duration.
3.2 Drivers for Change
It is extremely interesting to understand some of the reasons for change in
the procurement process of maintenance activities. Each country needs to
understand its own cultural needs, present state of industrial expertise,
drivers for change, and ability to change. Some countries have followed the
course of action of other countries, evaluated results derived from the World
Road Association (PIARC) and other organizations, political decisions,
attempts to reduce costs, and from any internal cultural and social issues.
Some of the reasons why some countries have decided to change can be
explained with the elements presented below. This is not intended to be a
comprehensive and exhaustive list, but it provides a good overview of some
of the main reasons for changing to a new paradigm:
• Issues of providing present and future society with a better or equal road
quality infrastructure in the demanding & competitive struggle for the
appropriation of government funds
• Seeking integrated maintenance services (Fully Integrated Client
Services)
• Cost savings
• Risk sharing
• Reductions in client staffing
• Changing to performance-based criteria (Outcome-based criteria)
• Partnering potential
• Innovation
• Better asset management
• Whole life cost decisions/Life Cycle Costing (LCC)
• Road user satisfaction
• Improved budgeting
MAINTENANCE PROCUREMENT
Organizational maintenance and operations can be broadly categorized in
three sectors as follows:
• All activities performed by own work forces
• Some activities via own forces and other aspects outsourced
• All activities outsource - no internal work force
Progressing further, more and more maintenance activities were combined
into one agreement, and quite recently they are being procured for all
activities, hereby referred to as “Fully Integrated Client Services”. As part of
the progressive process, the maintenance contracts were also tendered for
long periods of time, with the longest typically for 10 year arrangements.
New Zealand, parts of Australia, and England are utilizing these “Fully
Integrated Client Services” and long-term contracts for maintenance. With
more and more experience and dissemination of these practices, it appears
there is global interest or movement toward outsourcing maintenance, with
most, if not all aspects of maintenance, being procured under one contract
for a long duration.
3.2 Drivers for Change
It is extremely interesting to understand some of the reasons for change in
the procurement process of maintenance activities. Each country needs to
understand its own cultural needs, present state of industrial expertise,
drivers for change, and ability to change. Some countries have followed the
course of action of other countries, evaluated results derived from the World
Road Association (PIARC) and other organizations, political decisions,
attempts to reduce costs, and from any internal cultural and social issues.
Some of the reasons why some countries have decided to change can be
explained with the elements presented below. This is not intended to be a
comprehensive and exhaustive list, but it provides a good overview of some
of the main reasons for changing to a new paradigm:
• Issues of providing present and future society with a better or equal road
quality infrastructure in the demanding & competitive struggle for the
appropriation of government funds
• Seeking integrated maintenance services (Fully Integrated Client
Services)
• Cost savings
• Risk sharing
• Reductions in client staffing
• Changing to performance-based criteria (Outcome-based criteria)
• Partnering potential
• Innovation
• Better asset management
• Whole life cost decisions/Life Cycle Costing (LCC)
• Road user satisfaction
• Improved budgeting

42 Innovative Project Delivery Methods for Infrastructure
MAINTENANCE PROCUREMENT
• Allowing more focus on the strategic issues (safety, reliability & traffic)
• Too much contract administration
• Lack of profitability & competition by contractors
• Maintenance budget fluctuations (especially regionally)
• Lack of expertise and aging workforce
• Lack of future prospects (younger professionals) in this discipline
Client organizations are continuously competing for public funding resources
and can appreciate the need to reduce costs. The accumulation of the asset
value with limited financial expenditures has resulted in compromising the
maintenance of the entire asset at a satisfactory level for all roads. There are
continuous evaluations, and funds are given to roads with greater priority.
Also, having demonstrated cost saving measures in the past can be
considered a good driver when attempting to request increased expenditure.
Since costs are an important driver for change, they need to be seriously
considered as an important aspect toward changing into a new aspect of
maintenance. Figure 6 attempts to demonstrate some of the potential cost
savings parameters associated with moving into different paradigms or
changing to more innovative processes. The values displayed in the figure
are not intended to be accurate or totally reliable, but they are examples of
estimated potential levels of cost savings that might be achieved. Some
countries have actually achieved these figures, but it should be noted that
savings will vary from culture to culture, and depend upon each country’s
present starting conditions and status. Even savings of single digit values
would be highly welcomed in this present situation.
Another example of the reason for change can be seen in Figure 7, which
shows some key reasons why clients might be interested in changing to
outcome-based criteria. If the desire is to transfer risks, seek innovation, and
rely more on asset management, then it may warrant changes in
maintenance practices.
MAINTENANCE PROCUREMENT
• Allowing more focus on the strategic issues (safety, reliability & traffic)
• Too much contract administration
• Lack of profitability & competition by contractors
• Maintenance budget fluctuations (especially regionally)
• Lack of expertise and aging workforce
• Lack of future prospects (younger professionals) in this discipline
Client organizations are continuously competing for public funding resources
and can appreciate the need to reduce costs. The accumulation of the asset
value with limited financial expenditures has resulted in compromising the
maintenance of the entire asset at a satisfactory level for all roads. There are
continuous evaluations, and funds are given to roads with greater priority.
Also, having demonstrated cost saving measures in the past can be
considered a good driver when attempting to request increased expenditure.
Since costs are an important driver for change, they need to be seriously
considered as an important aspect toward changing into a new aspect of
maintenance. Figure 6 attempts to demonstrate some of the potential cost
savings parameters associated with moving into different paradigms or
changing to more innovative processes. The values displayed in the figure
are not intended to be accurate or totally reliable, but they are examples of
estimated potential levels of cost savings that might be achieved. Some
countries have actually achieved these figures, but it should be noted that
savings will vary from culture to culture, and depend upon each country’s
present starting conditions and status. Even savings of single digit values
would be highly welcomed in this present situation.
Another example of the reason for change can be seen in Figure 7, which
shows some key reasons why clients might be interested in changing to
outcome-based criteria. If the desire is to transfer risks, seek innovation, and
rely more on asset management, then it may warrant changes in
maintenance practices.
Paraphrase This Document
Need a fresh take? Get an instant paraphrase of this document with our AI Paraphraser

Innovative Project Delivery Methods for Infrastructure 43
MAINTENANCE PROCUREMENT
Paradigm Changes In Client
Procurement of Maintenance
Estimated
Potential
Savings
Own Forces
(Method Based)
OutsourcingLong Term
Agreements
Outcome
Based
20%
30%
40%
??
Source: Pekka Pakkala (Finnra)
FIGURE 6 Potential Cost Savings from Paradigm Changes
Client Decisions
Traditional
(Method Based)
Performance Based
(Outcome Based)
RISKS Transferred NO YES
Keep Control YES NO
Innovation NO YES
Significant Cost
Savings
Minor/Some YES
Less Management NO YES
Reliance on Asset
Management
NO YES
Source: Pekka Pakkala (Finnra)
FIGURE 7 Client Decision Matrix
MAINTENANCE PROCUREMENT
Paradigm Changes In Client
Procurement of Maintenance
Estimated
Potential
Savings
Own Forces
(Method Based)
OutsourcingLong Term
Agreements
Outcome
Based
20%
30%
40%
??
Source: Pekka Pakkala (Finnra)
FIGURE 6 Potential Cost Savings from Paradigm Changes
Client Decisions
Traditional
(Method Based)
Performance Based
(Outcome Based)
RISKS Transferred NO YES
Keep Control YES NO
Innovation NO YES
Significant Cost
Savings
Minor/Some YES
Less Management NO YES
Reliance on Asset
Management
NO YES
Source: Pekka Pakkala (Finnra)
FIGURE 7 Client Decision Matrix

44 Innovative Project Delivery Methods for Infrastructure
MAINTENANCE PROCUREMENT
It should be noted that “the good old days” of having sufficient organizational
resources and expertise to manage an entire road network are not possible
for most countries. Even the private sector does not have substantial (in-
house) resources and skills for managing all aspects of road maintenance in
long-term maintenance contracts. This requires the private sector to develop
and utilize more of a partnering effort or alliances between differing service
and product suppliers. Hopefully, the change would be a motivation for
innovation and allow more incentives to utilize newer tools, equipment, and
invest in innovative practices and products. Information Technology (IT) may
be a good example of increased innovation potential, because the initial
costs for new IT applications are quite high, but with partnering and long-
term contracts, the expense can be itemized throughout the length of the
contract.
3.3 Methods Used in Finland
As previously mentioned, the new organizational structure of the Finnish
Road Administration (Finnra) and the Finnish Road Enterprise transpired on
January 1, 2001. Finnra is now responsible for the procurement of
maintenance aspects in Finland. Open, public tendering for routine/periodic
maintenance began this year (2001) in 23 network maintenance areas. A
few contracts still remain that are negotiated with the Finnish Road
Enterprise, and they will be phased into open competition at a later date.
Other network areas will be phased in on a yearly basis, and all the network
area contracts are planned for open competition by the year 2005.
The 23 network maintenance areas that were opened to competition in 2001
for routine/periodic maintenance activities were for a duration of 3 years, with
a “Lump Sum” (Fixed Price) contract. The contractor selection criteria in
these 3-year contracts used weighted averages with 75% price criteria and
25% technical qualifications. All other non-routine maintenance activities are
procured via the traditional system and by using unit prices and/or lump sum
contracts.
Most of the services included in these new 3-year routine maintenance
agreements include:
• Winter maintenance
• Summer maintenance (shoulders, pot holes, etc.)
• Gravel roads
• Vegetation control
• Drainage
• Minor bridge maintenance
• Certain types of road signs
• Cleaning activities
• Routine maintenance of pathways
MAINTENANCE PROCUREMENT
It should be noted that “the good old days” of having sufficient organizational
resources and expertise to manage an entire road network are not possible
for most countries. Even the private sector does not have substantial (in-
house) resources and skills for managing all aspects of road maintenance in
long-term maintenance contracts. This requires the private sector to develop
and utilize more of a partnering effort or alliances between differing service
and product suppliers. Hopefully, the change would be a motivation for
innovation and allow more incentives to utilize newer tools, equipment, and
invest in innovative practices and products. Information Technology (IT) may
be a good example of increased innovation potential, because the initial
costs for new IT applications are quite high, but with partnering and long-
term contracts, the expense can be itemized throughout the length of the
contract.
3.3 Methods Used in Finland
As previously mentioned, the new organizational structure of the Finnish
Road Administration (Finnra) and the Finnish Road Enterprise transpired on
January 1, 2001. Finnra is now responsible for the procurement of
maintenance aspects in Finland. Open, public tendering for routine/periodic
maintenance began this year (2001) in 23 network maintenance areas. A
few contracts still remain that are negotiated with the Finnish Road
Enterprise, and they will be phased into open competition at a later date.
Other network areas will be phased in on a yearly basis, and all the network
area contracts are planned for open competition by the year 2005.
The 23 network maintenance areas that were opened to competition in 2001
for routine/periodic maintenance activities were for a duration of 3 years, with
a “Lump Sum” (Fixed Price) contract. The contractor selection criteria in
these 3-year contracts used weighted averages with 75% price criteria and
25% technical qualifications. All other non-routine maintenance activities are
procured via the traditional system and by using unit prices and/or lump sum
contracts.
Most of the services included in these new 3-year routine maintenance
agreements include:
• Winter maintenance
• Summer maintenance (shoulders, pot holes, etc.)
• Gravel roads
• Vegetation control
• Drainage
• Minor bridge maintenance
• Certain types of road signs
• Cleaning activities
• Routine maintenance of pathways

Innovative Project Delivery Methods for Infrastructure 45
MAINTENANCE PROCUREMENT
Items not currently included, but possibly phased into these agreements
later, include:
• Lighting
• Energy consumption
• Line marking
• Traffic signs and signals
• Resurfacing
• Rehabilitation
It should be noted that resurfacing and rehabilitation (presently tendered
under capital investments) are generally not included in typical maintenance
contracts, but this may change in the future. Winter maintenance is by far the
largest single expense item in routine maintenance costs. Clearly, safety is
the most important issue in the winter season, and strategies and practices
are defined for effective and efficient snow removal and de-icing methods.
Finland has also developed a snow/fuel/inflation index that accounts for
aspects or risks that are beyond the control of the client and contractor. This
indexing was a part of the 3-year contracts.
3.4 Innovative Procurement Methods for Maintenance
In recent years, several countries have developed progressive and
innovative procurement methods and mechanisms for maintenance
contracting. As part of the process, the maintenance responsibilities have
been divided into certain defined road length areas known as network
maintenance areas. The responsible organization is then responsible for all
the maintenance activities on the roads, bridges, and pathways in that
network area. The most innovative procurement methods encountered
during this study could be classified as follows:
• Traditional 3-year contracts
• Hybrid type contracts (Combination of Lump Sum and Unit Price -
Schedule of Rates)
• Long-term maintenance contracts
• Performance Specified Maintenance Contracts (PSMC)
• Under consideration - Privately Financed Managing Agent Contractor
(PFMAC - England)
There are significant differences between traditional (output-based), hybrid
(output and outcome-based), other long-term contracts (output and
outcome-based), and PSMC type contracts (outcome-based). One key
difference is that the PSMC contracts include both resurfacing and
rehabilitation as well as all other “Fully Integrated Client Services”. PSMC
contracts are typically long-term contracts of 10 years, which define the
desired outcomes and allow the contractor more flexibility to meet or exceed
these desired outcomes. Typically, traditional 3-year contracts have output-
based criteria in which the client procures road services and products
according to a complete list of activities, and the desired outputs are in terms
of unit prices for each level of activity. A good example is that output-based
criteria actual state the required procedures in order to achieve the level of
MAINTENANCE PROCUREMENT
Items not currently included, but possibly phased into these agreements
later, include:
• Lighting
• Energy consumption
• Line marking
• Traffic signs and signals
• Resurfacing
• Rehabilitation
It should be noted that resurfacing and rehabilitation (presently tendered
under capital investments) are generally not included in typical maintenance
contracts, but this may change in the future. Winter maintenance is by far the
largest single expense item in routine maintenance costs. Clearly, safety is
the most important issue in the winter season, and strategies and practices
are defined for effective and efficient snow removal and de-icing methods.
Finland has also developed a snow/fuel/inflation index that accounts for
aspects or risks that are beyond the control of the client and contractor. This
indexing was a part of the 3-year contracts.
3.4 Innovative Procurement Methods for Maintenance
In recent years, several countries have developed progressive and
innovative procurement methods and mechanisms for maintenance
contracting. As part of the process, the maintenance responsibilities have
been divided into certain defined road length areas known as network
maintenance areas. The responsible organization is then responsible for all
the maintenance activities on the roads, bridges, and pathways in that
network area. The most innovative procurement methods encountered
during this study could be classified as follows:
• Traditional 3-year contracts
• Hybrid type contracts (Combination of Lump Sum and Unit Price -
Schedule of Rates)
• Long-term maintenance contracts
• Performance Specified Maintenance Contracts (PSMC)
• Under consideration - Privately Financed Managing Agent Contractor
(PFMAC - England)
There are significant differences between traditional (output-based), hybrid
(output and outcome-based), other long-term contracts (output and
outcome-based), and PSMC type contracts (outcome-based). One key
difference is that the PSMC contracts include both resurfacing and
rehabilitation as well as all other “Fully Integrated Client Services”. PSMC
contracts are typically long-term contracts of 10 years, which define the
desired outcomes and allow the contractor more flexibility to meet or exceed
these desired outcomes. Typically, traditional 3-year contracts have output-
based criteria in which the client procures road services and products
according to a complete list of activities, and the desired outputs are in terms
of unit prices for each level of activity. A good example is that output-based
criteria actual state the required procedures in order to achieve the level of
Secure Best Marks with AI Grader
Need help grading? Try our AI Grader for instant feedback on your assignments.

46 Innovative Project Delivery Methods for Infrastructure
MAINTENANCE PROCUREMENT
output, whereas outcome criteria state the desired outcomes, and it is at the
discretion of the contractor to determine reasonable methods or means to
achieve the results. Herein lies the key to the main difference of PSMC,
where quality resides in the level of the outcome criteria specified by the
client. Essentially, in the PSMC model, there is almost a form of ownership
transferred to the contractor for the purpose of caring for and maintaining the
assets specified in the given contract. The contractor then determines the
intervention levels, treatment practices, and all actions needed to prevent
consumption or deterioration of the asset. Other differences include the
length of the contract, the maintenance activities included, the flexibility or
risks transferred to the contractor, and the contract pricing arrangements.
It is important to realize that the New Zealand, Australia, and England
models use a consulting organization as the network manager for the client
in traditional and hybrid type models. This means the consulting agency
actually manages the administration and network, directs the maintenance
strategy, provides the contractor with the planned scope of
work/maintenance, and administers the tendering process. In the PSMC
model, the consultant is usually a partner/advisor to the contractor, and the
contractor manages the agreement with the client.
A new and innovative method which is being considered in England is called
a “Privately Financed Managing Agent Contractor” (PFMAC), which
introduces private financing into the maintenance process. There are
greater risks transferred, a longer-term contract of 15-30 years, and
mechanisms similar to the DBFO model in capital projects. This has not
been tested to date, but it is worth following up and determining the
feasibility of this type of model for long-term maintenance contracts. This is
quite innovative and it will be interesting to see if England can make this
model a reality.
See Table 6 for a summary of the differences between the contract types.
Traditional Hybrid Other Long-Term
Methods PSMC
Length of
Contract 3-5 Years 5 years Varies From
5-8 Years 10 Years
Contract
Type
Unit Price & Lump
Sum
(Schedule of Rates)
Lump Sum & Unit
Price (Schedule of
Rates)
Lump Sum Lump Sum
Activities
Included All As Prescribed
All Except
Rehabilitation (Others
As Prescribed)
All Except
Rehabilitation &
Sometimes
Resurfacing
All
Prescribed
Criteria Output Based Criteria Output & Some
Outcome-Based
Output & Outcome-
Based Outcome-Based
Risks
CLIENT
CLIENT
&
CONTRACTOR
CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR
Contractor
Flexibility NO SOME
YES (Except for
Rehabilitation &
Sometimes
Resurfacing)
YES
TABLE 6 Differences Between Innovative Maintenance Practices
MAINTENANCE PROCUREMENT
output, whereas outcome criteria state the desired outcomes, and it is at the
discretion of the contractor to determine reasonable methods or means to
achieve the results. Herein lies the key to the main difference of PSMC,
where quality resides in the level of the outcome criteria specified by the
client. Essentially, in the PSMC model, there is almost a form of ownership
transferred to the contractor for the purpose of caring for and maintaining the
assets specified in the given contract. The contractor then determines the
intervention levels, treatment practices, and all actions needed to prevent
consumption or deterioration of the asset. Other differences include the
length of the contract, the maintenance activities included, the flexibility or
risks transferred to the contractor, and the contract pricing arrangements.
It is important to realize that the New Zealand, Australia, and England
models use a consulting organization as the network manager for the client
in traditional and hybrid type models. This means the consulting agency
actually manages the administration and network, directs the maintenance
strategy, provides the contractor with the planned scope of
work/maintenance, and administers the tendering process. In the PSMC
model, the consultant is usually a partner/advisor to the contractor, and the
contractor manages the agreement with the client.
A new and innovative method which is being considered in England is called
a “Privately Financed Managing Agent Contractor” (PFMAC), which
introduces private financing into the maintenance process. There are
greater risks transferred, a longer-term contract of 15-30 years, and
mechanisms similar to the DBFO model in capital projects. This has not
been tested to date, but it is worth following up and determining the
feasibility of this type of model for long-term maintenance contracts. This is
quite innovative and it will be interesting to see if England can make this
model a reality.
See Table 6 for a summary of the differences between the contract types.
Traditional Hybrid Other Long-Term
Methods PSMC
Length of
Contract 3-5 Years 5 years Varies From
5-8 Years 10 Years
Contract
Type
Unit Price & Lump
Sum
(Schedule of Rates)
Lump Sum & Unit
Price (Schedule of
Rates)
Lump Sum Lump Sum
Activities
Included All As Prescribed
All Except
Rehabilitation (Others
As Prescribed)
All Except
Rehabilitation &
Sometimes
Resurfacing
All
Prescribed
Criteria Output Based Criteria Output & Some
Outcome-Based
Output & Outcome-
Based Outcome-Based
Risks
CLIENT
CLIENT
&
CONTRACTOR
CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR
Contractor
Flexibility NO SOME
YES (Except for
Rehabilitation &
Sometimes
Resurfacing)
YES
TABLE 6 Differences Between Innovative Maintenance Practices

Innovative Project Delivery Methods for Infrastructure 47
MAINTENANCE PROCUREMENT
It should be clearly stated that when considering procurement of long-term
maintenance via PSMC type contracts, a significant difference or paradigm
change is required and a cooperative effort is needed between the client and
industry organizations. One important aspect is defining the appropriate level
or measure of outcome-based criteria. It is critical that the entire industry
understands and can objectively measure the desired outcomes and the
performance of the assets maintained in the contract. Some outcome-based
criteria can be typically defined in terms of:
• Roughness
• Rutting
• Skid Resistance
• Deflection
• Texture
• Cracking
Based on Table 6 and interviews/meetings held during this study, the most
innovative models would be the PSMC model and the long-term
maintenance type contracts that utilize outcome-based criteria. The main
issue is that longer-term contracts maximize the potential for innovation by
the contractor because new equipment, IT tools, and practices can be
adopted and the expenses can be amortized over the duration of the
contract. Also, providing outcome-based criteria allows more flexibility and
effective measures for utilizing new and innovative measures that could not
normally be tried or tested. This means the contractor assumes the risk for
these innovations, since most of the risks are transferred to the contractor.
3.4.1 Comparison & Summary of Innovative Practices
When trying to evaluate large countries such as Australia, the USA and
Canada, it is not feasible or appropriate to analyze each state, territory or
province and make general statements representing each country. So, the
reader needs to understand that the results do not necessarily represent the
entire country, but merely demonstrate where some of these innovative
practices are utilized. Therefore, the comparisons describe the most
innovative and best practices from each progressive country and do not
represent all the practices of each country.
Based on the countries selected for this study and the interviews that were
conducted, it can be concluded that the trend is toward longer-term
maintenance contract duration and using a lump sum type contract
agreement. Several of the countries in this survey began with shorter-term
contracts of about 3 years, and then five years, and now most are moving
toward 7-8 years. Australia and New Zealand have used 10-year contracts.
Table 7 shows a summary of the models or procurement methods used for
maintenance contracts. Also, Table 8 shows more detailed information
regarding the long-term contracts existing in the selected countries.
MAINTENANCE PROCUREMENT
It should be clearly stated that when considering procurement of long-term
maintenance via PSMC type contracts, a significant difference or paradigm
change is required and a cooperative effort is needed between the client and
industry organizations. One important aspect is defining the appropriate level
or measure of outcome-based criteria. It is critical that the entire industry
understands and can objectively measure the desired outcomes and the
performance of the assets maintained in the contract. Some outcome-based
criteria can be typically defined in terms of:
• Roughness
• Rutting
• Skid Resistance
• Deflection
• Texture
• Cracking
Based on Table 6 and interviews/meetings held during this study, the most
innovative models would be the PSMC model and the long-term
maintenance type contracts that utilize outcome-based criteria. The main
issue is that longer-term contracts maximize the potential for innovation by
the contractor because new equipment, IT tools, and practices can be
adopted and the expenses can be amortized over the duration of the
contract. Also, providing outcome-based criteria allows more flexibility and
effective measures for utilizing new and innovative measures that could not
normally be tried or tested. This means the contractor assumes the risk for
these innovations, since most of the risks are transferred to the contractor.
3.4.1 Comparison & Summary of Innovative Practices
When trying to evaluate large countries such as Australia, the USA and
Canada, it is not feasible or appropriate to analyze each state, territory or
province and make general statements representing each country. So, the
reader needs to understand that the results do not necessarily represent the
entire country, but merely demonstrate where some of these innovative
practices are utilized. Therefore, the comparisons describe the most
innovative and best practices from each progressive country and do not
represent all the practices of each country.
Based on the countries selected for this study and the interviews that were
conducted, it can be concluded that the trend is toward longer-term
maintenance contract duration and using a lump sum type contract
agreement. Several of the countries in this survey began with shorter-term
contracts of about 3 years, and then five years, and now most are moving
toward 7-8 years. Australia and New Zealand have used 10-year contracts.
Table 7 shows a summary of the models or procurement methods used for
maintenance contracts. Also, Table 8 shows more detailed information
regarding the long-term contracts existing in the selected countries.

48 Innovative Project Delivery Methods for Infrastructure
MAINTENANCE PROCUREMENT
Type of
Contract
Contract
Duration
Contract
Method
Contractor
Selection
Criteria
Activities
Included
Australia
Sydney, WA &
Tasmania
Outcome-
Based
10 Years Lump Sum 50% Price
50% Other
(Varies with
Territory)
ALL
Alberta,
Canada
Output
Based 5 Years Unit Price 78% Price
22% Other
All except
Resurfacing &
Rehabilitation
British
Columbia,
Canada
Outcome-
Based
8 Years
(New – 5+3) Lump Sum 40% Price
60% Other
ALL except
Resurfacing &
Rehabilitation
Ontario,
Canada
Output
Based
8 Years
(New – 5+3) Lump Sum 90% Price
10% Other
ALL except
Resurfacing &
Rehabilitation
England Outcome-
Based
7 Years
(New – 5+2) Lump Sum 30-40% Price
60-70% Other ALL
Finland
Output &
Few
Outcomes
3 Years Lump Sum 75% Price
25% Other
ALL except
Resurfacing &
Rehabilitation
New Zealand Outcome-
Based 10 Years Lump Sum Quality Price
Trade Off (QPTO) ALL
Sweden Output & Few
Outcomes
8 Years
(New – 6+2) Lump Sum 90% Price
10% Other
ALL except
Resurfacing &
Rehab
USA Outcome-
Based
5 & 10 Years
(5+5)
Lump Sum 50% Price
50% Other &
(Negotiated)
ALL except
Rehabilitation
Source: Pekka Pakkala (Finnra)
TABLE 7 Long-Term Contract Models
MAINTENANCE PROCUREMENT
Type of
Contract
Contract
Duration
Contract
Method
Contractor
Selection
Criteria
Activities
Included
Australia
Sydney, WA &
Tasmania
Outcome-
Based
10 Years Lump Sum 50% Price
50% Other
(Varies with
Territory)
ALL
Alberta,
Canada
Output
Based 5 Years Unit Price 78% Price
22% Other
All except
Resurfacing &
Rehabilitation
British
Columbia,
Canada
Outcome-
Based
8 Years
(New – 5+3) Lump Sum 40% Price
60% Other
ALL except
Resurfacing &
Rehabilitation
Ontario,
Canada
Output
Based
8 Years
(New – 5+3) Lump Sum 90% Price
10% Other
ALL except
Resurfacing &
Rehabilitation
England Outcome-
Based
7 Years
(New – 5+2) Lump Sum 30-40% Price
60-70% Other ALL
Finland
Output &
Few
Outcomes
3 Years Lump Sum 75% Price
25% Other
ALL except
Resurfacing &
Rehabilitation
New Zealand Outcome-
Based 10 Years Lump Sum Quality Price
Trade Off (QPTO) ALL
Sweden Output & Few
Outcomes
8 Years
(New – 6+2) Lump Sum 90% Price
10% Other
ALL except
Resurfacing &
Rehab
USA Outcome-
Based
5 & 10 Years
(5+5)
Lump Sum 50% Price
50% Other &
(Negotiated)
ALL except
Rehabilitation
Source: Pekka Pakkala (Finnra)
TABLE 7 Long-Term Contract Models
Paraphrase This Document
Need a fresh take? Get an instant paraphrase of this document with our AI Paraphraser

NSW
Australia
Virginia
USA
Washington
DC USA
Waco, TX
TxDOT -
USA
Dallas, TX
TxDOT- USA
Tasmania
Australia 0
Start Date 1995 1995 - 1996 June 2000 Sept 1999 Sept 1999 July 1998 J
Contract
Duration
10 Years 5.5 & 5 Years 5 Years 5 + 3 Years 5 + 3 Years 10 Years 1
Costs AU$ 20 M
Per Year
US$ 131.6 M
(First Term)
2nd Term
Renewed
US$ 69.6 M
(Total)
US$ 19.8 M
(Total)
US$ 11.3 M
(Total)
AU$ 8 M
Per Year
N
Length of
Roads
1000 km 402 km 120 km 193 km 97 km 1200 km 4
Maintenance
Activities ALL ALL except
Rehabilitation
ALL except
Rehabilitation
ALL except
Rehabilitation
ALL except
Rehabilitation
ALL
Contract
Type
Lump
Sum
Lump Sum Lump Sum Lump Sum
Low Bid –
Required by
State Law
Lump Sum
Low Bid –
Required by
State Law
Lump Sum Lu
Contract
Criteria
Outcome
Based
Outcome
Based
Outcome
Based
Outcome
Based
Outcome
Based
Outcome
Based
O
TABLE 8 Other Countries Long Term Contracts
Australia
Virginia
USA
Washington
DC USA
Waco, TX
TxDOT -
USA
Dallas, TX
TxDOT- USA
Tasmania
Australia 0
Start Date 1995 1995 - 1996 June 2000 Sept 1999 Sept 1999 July 1998 J
Contract
Duration
10 Years 5.5 & 5 Years 5 Years 5 + 3 Years 5 + 3 Years 10 Years 1
Costs AU$ 20 M
Per Year
US$ 131.6 M
(First Term)
2nd Term
Renewed
US$ 69.6 M
(Total)
US$ 19.8 M
(Total)
US$ 11.3 M
(Total)
AU$ 8 M
Per Year
N
Length of
Roads
1000 km 402 km 120 km 193 km 97 km 1200 km 4
Maintenance
Activities ALL ALL except
Rehabilitation
ALL except
Rehabilitation
ALL except
Rehabilitation
ALL except
Rehabilitation
ALL
Contract
Type
Lump
Sum
Lump Sum Lump Sum Lump Sum
Low Bid –
Required by
State Law
Lump Sum
Low Bid –
Required by
State Law
Lump Sum Lu
Contract
Criteria
Outcome
Based
Outcome
Based
Outcome
Based
Outcome
Based
Outcome
Based
Outcome
Based
O
TABLE 8 Other Countries Long Term Contracts

Western
Australia
TNC 01
Western
Australia
TNC 02
Western
Australia
TNC 03
Western
Australia
TNC 04
Western
Australia
TNC 05
West
Austr
TNC
Start Date Nov 2000 Nov 2000 Nov 1999 Sept 2000 May 2000 June 2
Contract
Duration
10 Years 10 Years 10 Years 10 Years 10 Years 10 Ye
Costs AU$ 95.05M Per
Year
AU$ 136.2M
Per Year
AU$ 244.7M
Per Year
AU$ 99.1M
Per Year
AU$ 141.7M
Per Year
AU$ 10
Per Y
Length of
Roads
2120 km 4280 km 3470 km 2350 km 3160 km 1560
Maintenance
Activities
ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL AL
Contract
Type Lump Sum Lump Sum Lump Sum Lump Sum Lump Sum Lump
Contract
Criteria
Outcome
Based
Outcome
Based
Outcome
Based
Outcome
Based
Outcome
Based
Outco
Bas
TABLE 8 Other Countries Long Term Contracts (Cont’d)
Australia
TNC 01
Western
Australia
TNC 02
Western
Australia
TNC 03
Western
Australia
TNC 04
Western
Australia
TNC 05
West
Austr
TNC
Start Date Nov 2000 Nov 2000 Nov 1999 Sept 2000 May 2000 June 2
Contract
Duration
10 Years 10 Years 10 Years 10 Years 10 Years 10 Ye
Costs AU$ 95.05M Per
Year
AU$ 136.2M
Per Year
AU$ 244.7M
Per Year
AU$ 99.1M
Per Year
AU$ 141.7M
Per Year
AU$ 10
Per Y
Length of
Roads
2120 km 4280 km 3470 km 2350 km 3160 km 1560
Maintenance
Activities
ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL AL
Contract
Type Lump Sum Lump Sum Lump Sum Lump Sum Lump Sum Lump
Contract
Criteria
Outcome
Based
Outcome
Based
Outcome
Based
Outcome
Based
Outcome
Based
Outco
Bas
TABLE 8 Other Countries Long Term Contracts (Cont’d)

Innovative Project Delivery Methods for Infrastructure 51
MAINTENANCE PROCUREMENT
3.4.2 Long Term Contract Advantages & Disadvantages
During the course of this study it was important to realize what potential or
motivation there might be toward accepting new maintenance type contracts.
Maintenance by contract, especially long-term contract, should be carefully
considered prior to making any quick decisions, because changes can effect
the present industry and practices. Sometimes it seems as if it might be a
radical departure from the norm, and it may be politically or socially
motivated. Whatever, the influence, it is feasible to determine some of the
potential advantages and disadvantages. Below is a comparison of some of
the results from discussions with actual organizations and from reports that
have been issued concerning these progressive practices.
ADVANTAGES DISADVANTAGES
• Cost savings
• Fully integrated client services
• Transferring risks
• Innovation
• Better asset management
• Easier budgeting
• Lesser contract administration
• Better level of service
• Partnering potential
• Targeted maintenance
• Road user satisfaction
• Building trust
• Applying improvements to other
roads
• Developing a new industry
• Benefits of economy of scale
• Costly tendering for PSMC
• Longer tendering period for
PSMC
• Reduction of competition (social
justice), usually for large
contractors
• Client role changes (loss of
experts)?
• Uncertainty of long term
relationships
• Mobilization issues need to be
addressed
• Specifying inappropriate
outcome criteria
• Loss of control
• Loss of financial flexibility for
other roads
• Applying changes in mid-term
One the most problematic difficulties in PSMC contracts is the cost of
tendering and the longer tendering periods. If rehabilitation would not be
included in the maintenance activity, then the tendering costs and duration
would be substantially less, as noticed in the projects in the USA and
Canada. Another major concern is the competition issues and their effects
on the market and the inability to compete next to large companies. Results
to date have not indicated any major problems with smaller companies or
medium-sized companies, as they have found their place by specializing in
their core areas and by partnering and forming alliances. This is one area for
continuing investigation and updating as these long-term projects advance
into their later years.
Partnering is one area that has unanimous agreement in all countries. Most,
if not all, agree that partnering is essential in long-term agreements and may
be the key reason why the industry can survive such a change. Since most
organizations are sharing in a win/win scenario, both are benefiting and
working more as a team to care for the entire road asset. As a personal
comment, I believe this is the essential ingredient for true success in any
MAINTENANCE PROCUREMENT
3.4.2 Long Term Contract Advantages & Disadvantages
During the course of this study it was important to realize what potential or
motivation there might be toward accepting new maintenance type contracts.
Maintenance by contract, especially long-term contract, should be carefully
considered prior to making any quick decisions, because changes can effect
the present industry and practices. Sometimes it seems as if it might be a
radical departure from the norm, and it may be politically or socially
motivated. Whatever, the influence, it is feasible to determine some of the
potential advantages and disadvantages. Below is a comparison of some of
the results from discussions with actual organizations and from reports that
have been issued concerning these progressive practices.
ADVANTAGES DISADVANTAGES
• Cost savings
• Fully integrated client services
• Transferring risks
• Innovation
• Better asset management
• Easier budgeting
• Lesser contract administration
• Better level of service
• Partnering potential
• Targeted maintenance
• Road user satisfaction
• Building trust
• Applying improvements to other
roads
• Developing a new industry
• Benefits of economy of scale
• Costly tendering for PSMC
• Longer tendering period for
PSMC
• Reduction of competition (social
justice), usually for large
contractors
• Client role changes (loss of
experts)?
• Uncertainty of long term
relationships
• Mobilization issues need to be
addressed
• Specifying inappropriate
outcome criteria
• Loss of control
• Loss of financial flexibility for
other roads
• Applying changes in mid-term
One the most problematic difficulties in PSMC contracts is the cost of
tendering and the longer tendering periods. If rehabilitation would not be
included in the maintenance activity, then the tendering costs and duration
would be substantially less, as noticed in the projects in the USA and
Canada. Another major concern is the competition issues and their effects
on the market and the inability to compete next to large companies. Results
to date have not indicated any major problems with smaller companies or
medium-sized companies, as they have found their place by specializing in
their core areas and by partnering and forming alliances. This is one area for
continuing investigation and updating as these long-term projects advance
into their later years.
Partnering is one area that has unanimous agreement in all countries. Most,
if not all, agree that partnering is essential in long-term agreements and may
be the key reason why the industry can survive such a change. Since most
organizations are sharing in a win/win scenario, both are benefiting and
working more as a team to care for the entire road asset. As a personal
comment, I believe this is the essential ingredient for true success in any
Secure Best Marks with AI Grader
Need help grading? Try our AI Grader for instant feedback on your assignments.

52 Innovative Project Delivery Methods for Infrastructure
MAINTENANCE PROCUREMENT
long-term maintenance agreements. Since there is not one organization that
can meet all the needs of maintenance, a partnering or teaming approach is
needed and there is potential to efficiently serve the maintenance needs at a
reduced cost to the client. When a long-term agreement is shared with other
key organizations, then innovation, efficiency, and the influence of supply
chain management will maximize the overall potential for the client, and
eventually, the road user.
3.5 Lessons Learned
Many changes are required and many aspects need reviewing when moving
toward a new direction and when considering these Performance Specified
Maintenance Contracts (PSMC) or long-term maintenance contracts. It is not
an easy transition, and it requires partnering and cooperation from the
industry to achieve the most effective results. It is of merit to demonstrate
some of the potential difficulties and so called “lessons learned”. Some of
the lessons learned in this study are:
• Politically and socially sensitive decisions (each country needs to
decide)
• Cost savings to be achieved (difficult to objectively measure - 10-20%
has been quoted )
• Maintenance costs have not risen despite inflation, additional traffic
volume & better perceived quality
• ESSENTIAL to develop PARTNERING & TRUST
• Innovation is MAXIMIZED via long-term agreements, lump sum contracts
& quality-based selection criteria
• Contract duration should be a minimum of 7 years
• Perceived loss of control by the client
• Loss of flexibility by the client
• Mobilization issues need to be addressed & include financial flexibility
• Hire an independent consultant as a monitor & evaluator
• Client have clear scope (know what you really want)
• Role of the client changes - Utilizing more management skills & requiring
different skills
• Transparent tendering & fair competition
• Project plan portfolio that lists future upcoming projects
• Next key paradigm - Supply chain management
• Client to determine what risks/liability you want shifted to the contractor,
or what decision-making you are willing to transfer
• Develop pre-qualifications for maintenance contracting
• Provide a stipend for the losers of tenders? (each country needs to
decide)
• Client needs to decide what fully integrated services are required
• Good & reliable road data is needed for tendering & strategic work
(mainly for rehabilitation & resurfacing)
• Create a long term procurement strategy - Message to industry
• Work together with the industry during the process of outsourcing &
developing outcome-based criteria
• Equitable risk sharing (not going too far)
MAINTENANCE PROCUREMENT
long-term maintenance agreements. Since there is not one organization that
can meet all the needs of maintenance, a partnering or teaming approach is
needed and there is potential to efficiently serve the maintenance needs at a
reduced cost to the client. When a long-term agreement is shared with other
key organizations, then innovation, efficiency, and the influence of supply
chain management will maximize the overall potential for the client, and
eventually, the road user.
3.5 Lessons Learned
Many changes are required and many aspects need reviewing when moving
toward a new direction and when considering these Performance Specified
Maintenance Contracts (PSMC) or long-term maintenance contracts. It is not
an easy transition, and it requires partnering and cooperation from the
industry to achieve the most effective results. It is of merit to demonstrate
some of the potential difficulties and so called “lessons learned”. Some of
the lessons learned in this study are:
• Politically and socially sensitive decisions (each country needs to
decide)
• Cost savings to be achieved (difficult to objectively measure - 10-20%
has been quoted )
• Maintenance costs have not risen despite inflation, additional traffic
volume & better perceived quality
• ESSENTIAL to develop PARTNERING & TRUST
• Innovation is MAXIMIZED via long-term agreements, lump sum contracts
& quality-based selection criteria
• Contract duration should be a minimum of 7 years
• Perceived loss of control by the client
• Loss of flexibility by the client
• Mobilization issues need to be addressed & include financial flexibility
• Hire an independent consultant as a monitor & evaluator
• Client have clear scope (know what you really want)
• Role of the client changes - Utilizing more management skills & requiring
different skills
• Transparent tendering & fair competition
• Project plan portfolio that lists future upcoming projects
• Next key paradigm - Supply chain management
• Client to determine what risks/liability you want shifted to the contractor,
or what decision-making you are willing to transfer
• Develop pre-qualifications for maintenance contracting
• Provide a stipend for the losers of tenders? (each country needs to
decide)
• Client needs to decide what fully integrated services are required
• Good & reliable road data is needed for tendering & strategic work
(mainly for rehabilitation & resurfacing)
• Create a long term procurement strategy - Message to industry
• Work together with the industry during the process of outsourcing &
developing outcome-based criteria
• Equitable risk sharing (not going too far)

Innovative Project Delivery Methods for Infrastructure 53
MAINTENANCE PROCUREMENT
• Quality usually suffers during the first year - Startup
• Client perceived minimum level of effort by contractor in some cases
• Should work together with county & city administrations
• Must have proper incentives & disincentives in contract
• Need to push the contractor at the earlier stages
• Hybrid model - lump sum 3+1+1 has some good potential, especially for
mid-sized companies
• Efficiency gains through streamlined work & targeted maintenance
• Client HQ & regional office should have a common focus
• Innovations should be described in the contract and enforced
• Applying alternative treatments and innovative practices
• Duplicate inspections not needed - saves costs
• How to input future innovations into the process, such as IT
developments
• Match requirements (performance criteria) with the industry knowledge
• What will the road network performance be near the end of the contract -
9-10th years?
• Partnering is more difficult for clients
• Sub-contractors were not provided long-term contracts (usually 1-3
years)
• Contractors manage complaints and road user inputs
Now different questions are being asked:
Costs of associated levels of
service?
vs. What are we getting paid for?
Preventative savings over the LCC? vs. What was the level of quality?
Maintenance intervention LCC? vs. Did the completed work meet
certain levels of service?
Owner protection against inflation &
rising costs?
vs. Were the expectations of the
customer met?
No longer asking what are the costs
per output? (unit prices)
3.6 Case Study – Transit New Zealand PSMC 001
This case study is intended to provide background information as an
example of a presently operational innovative maintenance contract. The
objective is to provide a concrete example of the process, a general project
description and some of the results to date. Hopefully, this may provide
additional insight into this type of long-term contract and some of the related
issues and aspects.
Transit New Zealand has outsourced their road maintenance more than 10
years now, and has progressed from method-based contracts to new,
recently formed Performance Specified Maintenance Contracts (PSMC),
which are outcome-based. This has, however, been a gradual progression
from unit prices (schedule of rates) using output-based criteria quite typical
of the contracts used by many road authorities. As a further progression,
MAINTENANCE PROCUREMENT
• Quality usually suffers during the first year - Startup
• Client perceived minimum level of effort by contractor in some cases
• Should work together with county & city administrations
• Must have proper incentives & disincentives in contract
• Need to push the contractor at the earlier stages
• Hybrid model - lump sum 3+1+1 has some good potential, especially for
mid-sized companies
• Efficiency gains through streamlined work & targeted maintenance
• Client HQ & regional office should have a common focus
• Innovations should be described in the contract and enforced
• Applying alternative treatments and innovative practices
• Duplicate inspections not needed - saves costs
• How to input future innovations into the process, such as IT
developments
• Match requirements (performance criteria) with the industry knowledge
• What will the road network performance be near the end of the contract -
9-10th years?
• Partnering is more difficult for clients
• Sub-contractors were not provided long-term contracts (usually 1-3
years)
• Contractors manage complaints and road user inputs
Now different questions are being asked:
Costs of associated levels of
service?
vs. What are we getting paid for?
Preventative savings over the LCC? vs. What was the level of quality?
Maintenance intervention LCC? vs. Did the completed work meet
certain levels of service?
Owner protection against inflation &
rising costs?
vs. Were the expectations of the
customer met?
No longer asking what are the costs
per output? (unit prices)
3.6 Case Study – Transit New Zealand PSMC 001
This case study is intended to provide background information as an
example of a presently operational innovative maintenance contract. The
objective is to provide a concrete example of the process, a general project
description and some of the results to date. Hopefully, this may provide
additional insight into this type of long-term contract and some of the related
issues and aspects.
Transit New Zealand has outsourced their road maintenance more than 10
years now, and has progressed from method-based contracts to new,
recently formed Performance Specified Maintenance Contracts (PSMC),
which are outcome-based. This has, however, been a gradual progression
from unit prices (schedule of rates) using output-based criteria quite typical
of the contracts used by many road authorities. As a further progression,

54 Innovative Project Delivery Methods for Infrastructure
MAINTENANCE PROCUREMENT
Transit New Zealand decided to venture toward the PSMC maintenance
model that would hopefully improve performance and quality while
generating savings. Some of the background information was derived from a
model used in Australia with the New South Wales Roads & Traffic Authority.
Description of the Contract Assets
The PSMC-001 Contract is a total asset maintenance contract concerning
Transit New Zealand’s assets on the state highway between Hamilton (in the
middle of North Island) to the Port of New Plymouth. The network traverses
through the Awakino gorge, which has a high rainfall index, and which is a
young volcanic region subject to “slips” and “slumps” and other areas that
are subject to flooding.
The road network consists of 450 km or approximately 1000 lane km and
includes the following assets:
• 132 Bridges
• Pavements
• Vegetation control
• Drainage
• Emergency response
• Sign maintenance
• Pavement rehabilitation
• Pavement resealing
• Data collection
• Travelling stock permits
• Managing community issues
• Retaining walls
• Line marking
• Litter control
• Routine maintenance
Contract Agreement and Process
• Client - Transit New Zealand
• Commenced with an expression of interest
• Short-listed
• Request for proposal
• Contractor selection criteria - Quality Price Trade Off (QPTO)
• Tender awarded - December 9, 1998
• Winning contractor – Transfield
• Project start date - January 9, 1999
• Mobilization occurred in less than a month (Contractor had good
implementation plan)
• Costs - $NZ 75 million lump sum
• Contract duration - 10 years
• Contract had a mechanism to incorporate or delete assets
• Most risks were transferred to the contractor with some risks being
capped (Maximum)
MAINTENANCE PROCUREMENT
Transit New Zealand decided to venture toward the PSMC maintenance
model that would hopefully improve performance and quality while
generating savings. Some of the background information was derived from a
model used in Australia with the New South Wales Roads & Traffic Authority.
Description of the Contract Assets
The PSMC-001 Contract is a total asset maintenance contract concerning
Transit New Zealand’s assets on the state highway between Hamilton (in the
middle of North Island) to the Port of New Plymouth. The network traverses
through the Awakino gorge, which has a high rainfall index, and which is a
young volcanic region subject to “slips” and “slumps” and other areas that
are subject to flooding.
The road network consists of 450 km or approximately 1000 lane km and
includes the following assets:
• 132 Bridges
• Pavements
• Vegetation control
• Drainage
• Emergency response
• Sign maintenance
• Pavement rehabilitation
• Pavement resealing
• Data collection
• Travelling stock permits
• Managing community issues
• Retaining walls
• Line marking
• Litter control
• Routine maintenance
Contract Agreement and Process
• Client - Transit New Zealand
• Commenced with an expression of interest
• Short-listed
• Request for proposal
• Contractor selection criteria - Quality Price Trade Off (QPTO)
• Tender awarded - December 9, 1998
• Winning contractor – Transfield
• Project start date - January 9, 1999
• Mobilization occurred in less than a month (Contractor had good
implementation plan)
• Costs - $NZ 75 million lump sum
• Contract duration - 10 years
• Contract had a mechanism to incorporate or delete assets
• Most risks were transferred to the contractor with some risks being
capped (Maximum)
Paraphrase This Document
Need a fresh take? Get an instant paraphrase of this document with our AI Paraphraser

Innovative Project Delivery Methods for Infrastructure 55
MAINTENANCE PROCUREMENT
Maintenance Aspects
This contract is for “Fully Integrated Client Services” and it includes all
aspects of maintenance. The major emphasis and expense is for
maintaining the pavement at the desired outcome criteria. The contract also
includes a promise to rehabilitate of 50% of the network.
New Zealand uses key performance indicators (KPI) related to most of the
roads assets. Many KPIs are in the area of pavement roughness, pavement
rutting, surface cracking, texture depth, skid resistance, condition of signs,
reflectivity of line markings, drainage functionality, number of potholes per
kilometer, response times to incidents, quantity of pavement rehabilitated,
guard rail condition, edge marker post existence and alignment, and many
other criteria.
Partnering was typically utilized on a monthly basis and an external facilitator
was used in the process. All the parties in the partnering chapter confirmed
that the contract objectives were being measured and achieved according to
the stipulated criteria. Reports indicate that this was a real partnering venture
that proved to be very successful.
In addition to partnering, a strategic management board was included, which
was comprised of key representatives from both the client and contractor
organizations (senior executives). Their meetings were more of a strategic
focus that evaluated major changes or variations, financial risks, policy
issues, and other major issues during the process. An example of one
decision was the addition of a connecting highway with an annual
maintenance value of approximately 1 million NZD. The contractor was
required to provide a maintenance program and costs for the duration of the
contract term. This was subsequently approved by the management board.
Results to Date
• PSMC model is proven and functional
• Initial savings were in the order of 25%, currently between 14% and
20%. Savings are predicted to return to 25% for the client.
• Financial benefits to both parties
• Distinct improvement in the quality of service
• More well trained staff due to the long-term tenure of the job - they see it
as a career, not just a job.
• Very few problems/disputes due to trust and ethics - Have a high-level
dispute resolution team
• Great deal of trust has been developed
• Contractor has taken ownership of the road in terms of maintenance
• Concern about the future of the small subcontractor has not been a
problem, as local sub-contractors were part of the purchasing policy and
have become stronger and more skilled
• Met client’s expectations - Reporting and auditing were satisfactory the
first two years
• Reduction in the number of “bumps” as compared to national statistics
• Skid resistance improved
MAINTENANCE PROCUREMENT
Maintenance Aspects
This contract is for “Fully Integrated Client Services” and it includes all
aspects of maintenance. The major emphasis and expense is for
maintaining the pavement at the desired outcome criteria. The contract also
includes a promise to rehabilitate of 50% of the network.
New Zealand uses key performance indicators (KPI) related to most of the
roads assets. Many KPIs are in the area of pavement roughness, pavement
rutting, surface cracking, texture depth, skid resistance, condition of signs,
reflectivity of line markings, drainage functionality, number of potholes per
kilometer, response times to incidents, quantity of pavement rehabilitated,
guard rail condition, edge marker post existence and alignment, and many
other criteria.
Partnering was typically utilized on a monthly basis and an external facilitator
was used in the process. All the parties in the partnering chapter confirmed
that the contract objectives were being measured and achieved according to
the stipulated criteria. Reports indicate that this was a real partnering venture
that proved to be very successful.
In addition to partnering, a strategic management board was included, which
was comprised of key representatives from both the client and contractor
organizations (senior executives). Their meetings were more of a strategic
focus that evaluated major changes or variations, financial risks, policy
issues, and other major issues during the process. An example of one
decision was the addition of a connecting highway with an annual
maintenance value of approximately 1 million NZD. The contractor was
required to provide a maintenance program and costs for the duration of the
contract term. This was subsequently approved by the management board.
Results to Date
• PSMC model is proven and functional
• Initial savings were in the order of 25%, currently between 14% and
20%. Savings are predicted to return to 25% for the client.
• Financial benefits to both parties
• Distinct improvement in the quality of service
• More well trained staff due to the long-term tenure of the job - they see it
as a career, not just a job.
• Very few problems/disputes due to trust and ethics - Have a high-level
dispute resolution team
• Great deal of trust has been developed
• Contractor has taken ownership of the road in terms of maintenance
• Concern about the future of the small subcontractor has not been a
problem, as local sub-contractors were part of the purchasing policy and
have become stronger and more skilled
• Met client’s expectations - Reporting and auditing were satisfactory the
first two years
• Reduction in the number of “bumps” as compared to national statistics
• Skid resistance improved

56 Innovative Project Delivery Methods for Infrastructure
MAINTENANCE PROCUREMENT
• Signs improved
• Performance on drainage systems were improved
• Performance on marker posts have been improved
• Contract services are being provided by the lump sum price
Benefits
• PSMC model is proven and functional
• Initial savings were in the order of 25%, currently between 14% and
20%. Savings are predicted to return to 25% for the client.
• Distinct improvement in the quality of service
• Concern about the future of the small subcontractor has not been a
problem, as local sub-contractors were part of the purchasing policy and
have become stronger and more skilled
• Met client’s expectations - Reporting and auditing were satisfactory the
first two years
• Reduction in the number of “bumps” as compared to national statistics
• Overall road quality has improved
Disadvantages
• Contract can close competition in that network area for 10 years
• Long-term tendering process
• High tendering costs
Lessons Learned & Suggestions
• Better understanding of pavement modeling
• Utilizing meaningful Key Performance Indicators (KPI)
• Must have committed personnel
• Develop strong working relationship with all parties
• Learn how to manage risks
• Set higher-level standards
• Continuous improvement programs
• Improved understanding of the road network
• 10 years is the minimum practical term
• Price should not be the ultimate measure, but “value for money”
• Long-term contract utilizes rehabilitation for 25 year design life
• Request the contractor to model the maintenance regime for 20 years in
order to demonstrate what the maintenance costs might be for terms
longer that the contract period
Innovations
• Allows and encourages trials and research with pavement stabilization
materials.
• Asset management systems
• Asset maintenance schedules
MAINTENANCE PROCUREMENT
• Signs improved
• Performance on drainage systems were improved
• Performance on marker posts have been improved
• Contract services are being provided by the lump sum price
Benefits
• PSMC model is proven and functional
• Initial savings were in the order of 25%, currently between 14% and
20%. Savings are predicted to return to 25% for the client.
• Distinct improvement in the quality of service
• Concern about the future of the small subcontractor has not been a
problem, as local sub-contractors were part of the purchasing policy and
have become stronger and more skilled
• Met client’s expectations - Reporting and auditing were satisfactory the
first two years
• Reduction in the number of “bumps” as compared to national statistics
• Overall road quality has improved
Disadvantages
• Contract can close competition in that network area for 10 years
• Long-term tendering process
• High tendering costs
Lessons Learned & Suggestions
• Better understanding of pavement modeling
• Utilizing meaningful Key Performance Indicators (KPI)
• Must have committed personnel
• Develop strong working relationship with all parties
• Learn how to manage risks
• Set higher-level standards
• Continuous improvement programs
• Improved understanding of the road network
• 10 years is the minimum practical term
• Price should not be the ultimate measure, but “value for money”
• Long-term contract utilizes rehabilitation for 25 year design life
• Request the contractor to model the maintenance regime for 20 years in
order to demonstrate what the maintenance costs might be for terms
longer that the contract period
Innovations
• Allows and encourages trials and research with pavement stabilization
materials.
• Asset management systems
• Asset maintenance schedules

Innovative Project Delivery Methods for Infrastructure 57
MAINTENANCE PROCUREMENT
• Whole life costing
• Long-term performance skills
• Improved training and skills matrix
Information about the above case study has been derived from the following
sources:
Transit New Zealand, Media Release, May 18,2001
Transit New Zealand, Summary of Project Evaluation Report for Transit
PMSC-001
Transfield, Memo dated November 26, 2001
3.7 Suggestions & Recommendations
One of the major problems in road maintenance is the temporary or short-
term solutions applied to the road network. Long-term contracts have a more
comprehensive, longer-term perspective to meeting the needs and future
challenges of maintaining the assets of the road infrastructure. Road
authorities in the future are predicted to experience problems such as:
• Aging workforce
• Lack of expertise in the future
• Sufficient future funding to satisfactorily maintain the entire asset
• Using effective and efficient procurement methods
• Possible inflation and increases in product and material costs
• Diminishing natural resources
• How to incorporate IT innovations into the road infrastructure.
It is suggested that it is worth at least putting long-term contracts into
practice via a pilot project and have the results tested by an unbiased
expert/consultant. A management decision to use either the PSMC model or
other long-term models could also be made.
Results from the study indicate that innovation is maximized by:
• Long-term agreements - greater than 7 years
• Partnering (both client & sub-contractors)
• Lump sum contracts
• Using quality-based contractor selection criteria
• Providing most of the sub-contractors with the same long-term
agreement or at least sharing the risks/rewards
• More risks transferred to the contractor
• Ability to use innovation throughout the length of the contract
MAINTENANCE PROCUREMENT
• Whole life costing
• Long-term performance skills
• Improved training and skills matrix
Information about the above case study has been derived from the following
sources:
Transit New Zealand, Media Release, May 18,2001
Transit New Zealand, Summary of Project Evaluation Report for Transit
PMSC-001
Transfield, Memo dated November 26, 2001
3.7 Suggestions & Recommendations
One of the major problems in road maintenance is the temporary or short-
term solutions applied to the road network. Long-term contracts have a more
comprehensive, longer-term perspective to meeting the needs and future
challenges of maintaining the assets of the road infrastructure. Road
authorities in the future are predicted to experience problems such as:
• Aging workforce
• Lack of expertise in the future
• Sufficient future funding to satisfactorily maintain the entire asset
• Using effective and efficient procurement methods
• Possible inflation and increases in product and material costs
• Diminishing natural resources
• How to incorporate IT innovations into the road infrastructure.
It is suggested that it is worth at least putting long-term contracts into
practice via a pilot project and have the results tested by an unbiased
expert/consultant. A management decision to use either the PSMC model or
other long-term models could also be made.
Results from the study indicate that innovation is maximized by:
• Long-term agreements - greater than 7 years
• Partnering (both client & sub-contractors)
• Lump sum contracts
• Using quality-based contractor selection criteria
• Providing most of the sub-contractors with the same long-term
agreement or at least sharing the risks/rewards
• More risks transferred to the contractor
• Ability to use innovation throughout the length of the contract
Secure Best Marks with AI Grader
Need help grading? Try our AI Grader for instant feedback on your assignments.

58 Innovative Project Delivery Methods for Infrastructure
CONTRACTOR SELECTION METHODS
4 CONTRACTOR SELECTION METHODS
Once the project delivery method has been selected by the client and the
preplanning process has been completed, there usually is some form of
public announcement about the project along with a notification as part of
the EU regulations (European Union countries). After the public
announcement, there is usually a Request For Proposals (RFP), sometimes
referred to as a Request For Tenders (RFT), which includes the type of
contract and the criteria that are being utilized to determine the eventual
winner of the tender. This is referred to as a “contractor selection method”,
and the criteria range between 100% price to 100% “quality-based selection
criteria”. A tender evaluation team arranged by the client determines the
eventual winner of the contract. This process is almost the same for both
capital and maintenance contracts.
When criteria other than price are considered, the evaluation process for
contractor selection is usually performed using a two-envelop system, where
the quality aspects of all the contenders are evaluated first and then the
price envelop is opened. Usually, some type of formula is used to determine
the winner of the tender. In some cases, a “blind selection process” is used
where the company names are not known by the evaluation team until all the
envelops are opened. The blind selection process is sometimes used to
prevent any prejudice during the evaluation of quality criteria, so there is no
bias from the tender evaluation members.
This topic of contractor selection methods seems to result in diverse
viewpoints and contradicting perspectives. The main issue seems to be in
determining the most appropriate measuring standard when evaluating the
non-price criteria. However, there are common aspects that most all
organizations agree upon when discussing the contractor selection method.
When these aspects are defined and clearly practiced, then even the non-
winners of the tender are somewhat satisfied or assured that they were
treated properly. These common issues are summarized as:
• Clearly defined client scope
• Transparent tendering
• Fair competition
Some of the common forms of contractor selection methods used are:
• Low bid or lowest price
• Lowest price conforming tender (lowest price which meets certain
pass/fail criteria)
• Weighted Average (WA - Formula for weighting price and non-price
criteria)
• Quality Price Trade Off (QPTO - A trade off system for providing quality)
• Negotiated (Both parties negotiate until a satisfactory price is agreed
upon - small projects)
CONTRACTOR SELECTION METHODS
4 CONTRACTOR SELECTION METHODS
Once the project delivery method has been selected by the client and the
preplanning process has been completed, there usually is some form of
public announcement about the project along with a notification as part of
the EU regulations (European Union countries). After the public
announcement, there is usually a Request For Proposals (RFP), sometimes
referred to as a Request For Tenders (RFT), which includes the type of
contract and the criteria that are being utilized to determine the eventual
winner of the tender. This is referred to as a “contractor selection method”,
and the criteria range between 100% price to 100% “quality-based selection
criteria”. A tender evaluation team arranged by the client determines the
eventual winner of the contract. This process is almost the same for both
capital and maintenance contracts.
When criteria other than price are considered, the evaluation process for
contractor selection is usually performed using a two-envelop system, where
the quality aspects of all the contenders are evaluated first and then the
price envelop is opened. Usually, some type of formula is used to determine
the winner of the tender. In some cases, a “blind selection process” is used
where the company names are not known by the evaluation team until all the
envelops are opened. The blind selection process is sometimes used to
prevent any prejudice during the evaluation of quality criteria, so there is no
bias from the tender evaluation members.
This topic of contractor selection methods seems to result in diverse
viewpoints and contradicting perspectives. The main issue seems to be in
determining the most appropriate measuring standard when evaluating the
non-price criteria. However, there are common aspects that most all
organizations agree upon when discussing the contractor selection method.
When these aspects are defined and clearly practiced, then even the non-
winners of the tender are somewhat satisfied or assured that they were
treated properly. These common issues are summarized as:
• Clearly defined client scope
• Transparent tendering
• Fair competition
Some of the common forms of contractor selection methods used are:
• Low bid or lowest price
• Lowest price conforming tender (lowest price which meets certain
pass/fail criteria)
• Weighted Average (WA - Formula for weighting price and non-price
criteria)
• Quality Price Trade Off (QPTO - A trade off system for providing quality)
• Negotiated (Both parties negotiate until a satisfactory price is agreed
upon - small projects)

Innovative Project Delivery Methods for Infrastructure 59
CONTRACTOR SELECTION METHODS
4.1 Comparison of Most Innovative Contractor Selection
Methods
Figure 8 shows the range of possibilities for “contractor selection criteria”. In
addition, some of the most common project delivery methods are shown at
the bottom to represent some typical practices. It is easy to realize that the
easiest and simplest method of choice would be the low bid process (100%
price criteria). Because it is quantitatively measured, it is objective, unbiased
and not contestable.
The main goal of this study was to determine which methods and practices
introduce innovation into the process, and simply relying on a low price is not
inducive to creating innovation and savings in the long-term perspective.
Almost all agreed that the low-bid process does not accomplish this.
Typically, consultants and designers are selected via quality-based criteria
(usually 100% Quality), after which the price is usually negotiated. This is
typical practice with most countries when procuring design/engineering
experts.
Contractor Selection Criteria
PRICE
Other
Criteria
Innovation
PSMC & DBOM
Material, Labor
& Equip & D-B-B
100 %
Price
100 %
Quality
Criteria
Best Value
Design-Build
Source: Pekka Pakkala (Finnra)
FIGURE 8 Contractor Selection Criteria Possibilities
The process is different, however, when selecting a contractor to complete
the project and provide services, products, actual construction, and other
requirements. Other than the low-bid method, most clients usually desire
some elements of quality and technical criteria when taking on projects.
There must be some declared aspects of quality (not only quality standards)
in the tender to assure that the client receives a good product for a fair price.
Since road projects are used by the general public, there should be some
CONTRACTOR SELECTION METHODS
4.1 Comparison of Most Innovative Contractor Selection
Methods
Figure 8 shows the range of possibilities for “contractor selection criteria”. In
addition, some of the most common project delivery methods are shown at
the bottom to represent some typical practices. It is easy to realize that the
easiest and simplest method of choice would be the low bid process (100%
price criteria). Because it is quantitatively measured, it is objective, unbiased
and not contestable.
The main goal of this study was to determine which methods and practices
introduce innovation into the process, and simply relying on a low price is not
inducive to creating innovation and savings in the long-term perspective.
Almost all agreed that the low-bid process does not accomplish this.
Typically, consultants and designers are selected via quality-based criteria
(usually 100% Quality), after which the price is usually negotiated. This is
typical practice with most countries when procuring design/engineering
experts.
Contractor Selection Criteria
PRICE
Other
Criteria
Innovation
PSMC & DBOM
Material, Labor
& Equip & D-B-B
100 %
Price
100 %
Quality
Criteria
Best Value
Design-Build
Source: Pekka Pakkala (Finnra)
FIGURE 8 Contractor Selection Criteria Possibilities
The process is different, however, when selecting a contractor to complete
the project and provide services, products, actual construction, and other
requirements. Other than the low-bid method, most clients usually desire
some elements of quality and technical criteria when taking on projects.
There must be some declared aspects of quality (not only quality standards)
in the tender to assure that the client receives a good product for a fair price.
Since road projects are used by the general public, there should be some

60 Innovative Project Delivery Methods for Infrastructure
CONTRACTOR SELECTION METHODS
demand for quality and reliability. Some of the more common quality criteria
are:
• Technical skills
• Personal skills (resources)
• Management team
• Supply chain management
• Methodology
• Environmental criteria
• Relevant experience
• Past performance
Some of the quality criteria can be clearly identified as relevant and
important, but the difficulty arises when evaluating these aspects, because
some of them are personal skills and not totally objective criteria. Also
important is the aspect that people create innovation, and choosing the best
qualified people also increases the potential for innovation in the project. In a
related “Finnish study” on the same topic, one of the most important reasons
for success or failure in a project was the “Project Manager” from both the
client’s and contractor’s organization. Another important result from the
same study revealed that client organizations had difficulty in separating
these quality criteria “points” and making them significantly different so that
one organization was clearly superior than the competing companies. Most
countries in this study also realized the same difficulty, that clients did not
provide a substantial differential in the quality criteria “points”, and most
contractors were basically considered as being similar. It is unclear if this is
due to the fear of contesting the contract and possibly requiring litigation to
resolve the matter, or was it too difficult to measure these so-called
subjective criteria. In any case, the weighting of these different factors
should be appropriately defined and measured as objectively as possible for
them to be effective. Most countries weighted each factor differently and also
had a different proportion for the percentage of quality criteria versus the
price. In order to reward quality aspects, they should be weighted to
appropriate levels that make a distinguishable difference. Therefore, in order
to improve innovation and have the best qualified organization provide the
maintenance activities, appropriate percentages for the quality aspects
should be considered. Since each country varies in their cultural and
industrial aspects, they need to make decisions that reflect their own culture.
It is quite safe and practical to say that a minimum of at least 30% “quality-
based selection criteria” could be considered.
It should also be noted that there may be a potential for “underbidding” in
these long-term contracts, which could possibly cause a default if a
contractor does not correctly price all the aspects and future aspects of
resurfacing and rehabilitation (road failure or subsurface deterioration).
Therefore, consideration and emphasis should be placed on the contractor
best suited to continue through the duration of the contract.
Methodology is a more clear determining factor, and it can determine what
innovation or lack of innovation is being planned for the project. Typically, all
countries valued the importance of methodology criteria and they were
generally weighted as the highest criteria. In general, if quality and best
suited organization to perform the construction portion are desired, it is
CONTRACTOR SELECTION METHODS
demand for quality and reliability. Some of the more common quality criteria
are:
• Technical skills
• Personal skills (resources)
• Management team
• Supply chain management
• Methodology
• Environmental criteria
• Relevant experience
• Past performance
Some of the quality criteria can be clearly identified as relevant and
important, but the difficulty arises when evaluating these aspects, because
some of them are personal skills and not totally objective criteria. Also
important is the aspect that people create innovation, and choosing the best
qualified people also increases the potential for innovation in the project. In a
related “Finnish study” on the same topic, one of the most important reasons
for success or failure in a project was the “Project Manager” from both the
client’s and contractor’s organization. Another important result from the
same study revealed that client organizations had difficulty in separating
these quality criteria “points” and making them significantly different so that
one organization was clearly superior than the competing companies. Most
countries in this study also realized the same difficulty, that clients did not
provide a substantial differential in the quality criteria “points”, and most
contractors were basically considered as being similar. It is unclear if this is
due to the fear of contesting the contract and possibly requiring litigation to
resolve the matter, or was it too difficult to measure these so-called
subjective criteria. In any case, the weighting of these different factors
should be appropriately defined and measured as objectively as possible for
them to be effective. Most countries weighted each factor differently and also
had a different proportion for the percentage of quality criteria versus the
price. In order to reward quality aspects, they should be weighted to
appropriate levels that make a distinguishable difference. Therefore, in order
to improve innovation and have the best qualified organization provide the
maintenance activities, appropriate percentages for the quality aspects
should be considered. Since each country varies in their cultural and
industrial aspects, they need to make decisions that reflect their own culture.
It is quite safe and practical to say that a minimum of at least 30% “quality-
based selection criteria” could be considered.
It should also be noted that there may be a potential for “underbidding” in
these long-term contracts, which could possibly cause a default if a
contractor does not correctly price all the aspects and future aspects of
resurfacing and rehabilitation (road failure or subsurface deterioration).
Therefore, consideration and emphasis should be placed on the contractor
best suited to continue through the duration of the contract.
Methodology is a more clear determining factor, and it can determine what
innovation or lack of innovation is being planned for the project. Typically, all
countries valued the importance of methodology criteria and they were
generally weighted as the highest criteria. In general, if quality and best
suited organization to perform the construction portion are desired, it is
Paraphrase This Document
Need a fresh take? Get an instant paraphrase of this document with our AI Paraphraser

Innovative Project Delivery Methods for Infrastructure 61
CONTRACTOR SELECTION METHODS
recommendable to include quality criteria as a substantial proportion of the
weighting criteria.
Typically, Design-Build projects utilize a weighted average and can vary from
project to project and country to country, but a typical value encountered is
about 50% price based and 50% quality based.
A full delivery system probably utilizes the best qualified (mostly near the
100% quality criteria) team or consortium and then arranges a pricing
mechanism (target price) that is fair and rewarding. It should be emphasized
that time is the main driver in the full delivery method and everyone involved
must understand and work toward this goal.
4.2 Advantages & Disadvantages of Contractor Selection
Methods
It is wide practice that the Design-Bid-Build (D-B-B) project delivery method
uses the low-bid contractor selection method, whereas most other project
delivery methods use quality-based criteria with elements of price included.
Table 9 shows some of the benefits and problems associated with each
project delivery method when incorporating price and quality aspects.
DELIVERY
METHOD ADVANTAGES DISADVANTAGES
PRICE
BASED
D-B-B
CM
Design-Build
(Rare)
• Easily Administered
• Widely Used & Accepted
• Clear & Objective Selection
Process
• Lack of Innovation
• Tendency For Change
Orders & Cost Overruns
• Tendency For Mediocre
Quality
QUALITY
BASED
ASPECTS
CM
Design-Build
DBOM
DBFO
FD or PM
• Quality Potential
• Potential For Innovation
• Best Qualified Organization
• Better People Skills
• Best Methodology Potential
• Potential For Project
Success
• Some Criteria is Subjective
• Requires More Effort & Skill
For Tender Evaluation
Team
TABLE 9 Advantages & Disadvantages of Price Versus Quality Features
Several other contractor selection methods are in use or under development
in other countries, and some have experimented with various types of
innovative processes. It is not possible to list them all or to research all the
possibilities, but there are a few that are worthy of note, especially to
minimize road user impacts. Some of the most promising are listed in Table
10.
CONTRACTOR SELECTION METHODS
recommendable to include quality criteria as a substantial proportion of the
weighting criteria.
Typically, Design-Build projects utilize a weighted average and can vary from
project to project and country to country, but a typical value encountered is
about 50% price based and 50% quality based.
A full delivery system probably utilizes the best qualified (mostly near the
100% quality criteria) team or consortium and then arranges a pricing
mechanism (target price) that is fair and rewarding. It should be emphasized
that time is the main driver in the full delivery method and everyone involved
must understand and work toward this goal.
4.2 Advantages & Disadvantages of Contractor Selection
Methods
It is wide practice that the Design-Bid-Build (D-B-B) project delivery method
uses the low-bid contractor selection method, whereas most other project
delivery methods use quality-based criteria with elements of price included.
Table 9 shows some of the benefits and problems associated with each
project delivery method when incorporating price and quality aspects.
DELIVERY
METHOD ADVANTAGES DISADVANTAGES
PRICE
BASED
D-B-B
CM
Design-Build
(Rare)
• Easily Administered
• Widely Used & Accepted
• Clear & Objective Selection
Process
• Lack of Innovation
• Tendency For Change
Orders & Cost Overruns
• Tendency For Mediocre
Quality
QUALITY
BASED
ASPECTS
CM
Design-Build
DBOM
DBFO
FD or PM
• Quality Potential
• Potential For Innovation
• Best Qualified Organization
• Better People Skills
• Best Methodology Potential
• Potential For Project
Success
• Some Criteria is Subjective
• Requires More Effort & Skill
For Tender Evaluation
Team
TABLE 9 Advantages & Disadvantages of Price Versus Quality Features
Several other contractor selection methods are in use or under development
in other countries, and some have experimented with various types of
innovative processes. It is not possible to list them all or to research all the
possibilities, but there are a few that are worthy of note, especially to
minimize road user impacts. Some of the most promising are listed in Table
10.

62 Innovative Project Delivery Methods for Infrastructure
CONTRACTOR SELECTION METHODS
DESCRPTION POTENTIAL BENEFITS
Cost Plus Time
Bidding
A + B + Quality
(USA)
• “A” portion is the total cost
for completion of project
• “B” portion is the total
number of days to complete
the project
• B is multiplied via the given
estimated cost per day
(client supplied statistical
data)
• The “B” cost is deducted
from the A portion to
determine the value and
contract awarded to the
lowest price
• Optional Use of Incentives &
Disincentives
• Optional Use of Quality is
the warranty aspects
• Minimize delivery time
• Reduce road user
impacts on highly
congested roads
• Usually has cost
savings
• Better quality when
included in agreement
Lane Rental
(USA)
• A fee is assessed for
occupying lanes or
shoulders.
• Rates are specified in the
contract
• Deducted from monthly
payments when contractor
occupies or obstructs lanes
• Some alternates is to
include the lane rental as
part of the bid and
determine the low bid via
the A+B method the work.
• In areas of high traffic
volume, it motivates
contractors to
minimize road user
impacts or delays
during construction.
• Results have seen
reduced cost to the
client
Incentives &
Disincentives
(USA)
• Provision to reward or
penalizes a contractor for
early completion
• Compensation is based
upon a fixed amount per day
for completing ahead of
schedule
• Penalty is incurred for each
day that the project is
delayed
• Complete projects on
time or ahead of
schedule
• Traffic delays &
congestion are
minimized
Design-Build
(Low Bid)
(2 step process
with short listing
via Pre-
Qualifications
• Using Pre-Qualification
process to determine the
preferred tenders (Quality)
• Selecting the award to the
lowest price
• Provides an
alternative option for
client
• Easier to Administer
• Reduces Tendering
Costs
• Objective criteria in
step 2
TABLE 10 Other Alternative Contractor Selection Methods
CONTRACTOR SELECTION METHODS
DESCRPTION POTENTIAL BENEFITS
Cost Plus Time
Bidding
A + B + Quality
(USA)
• “A” portion is the total cost
for completion of project
• “B” portion is the total
number of days to complete
the project
• B is multiplied via the given
estimated cost per day
(client supplied statistical
data)
• The “B” cost is deducted
from the A portion to
determine the value and
contract awarded to the
lowest price
• Optional Use of Incentives &
Disincentives
• Optional Use of Quality is
the warranty aspects
• Minimize delivery time
• Reduce road user
impacts on highly
congested roads
• Usually has cost
savings
• Better quality when
included in agreement
Lane Rental
(USA)
• A fee is assessed for
occupying lanes or
shoulders.
• Rates are specified in the
contract
• Deducted from monthly
payments when contractor
occupies or obstructs lanes
• Some alternates is to
include the lane rental as
part of the bid and
determine the low bid via
the A+B method the work.
• In areas of high traffic
volume, it motivates
contractors to
minimize road user
impacts or delays
during construction.
• Results have seen
reduced cost to the
client
Incentives &
Disincentives
(USA)
• Provision to reward or
penalizes a contractor for
early completion
• Compensation is based
upon a fixed amount per day
for completing ahead of
schedule
• Penalty is incurred for each
day that the project is
delayed
• Complete projects on
time or ahead of
schedule
• Traffic delays &
congestion are
minimized
Design-Build
(Low Bid)
(2 step process
with short listing
via Pre-
Qualifications
• Using Pre-Qualification
process to determine the
preferred tenders (Quality)
• Selecting the award to the
lowest price
• Provides an
alternative option for
client
• Easier to Administer
• Reduces Tendering
Costs
• Objective criteria in
step 2
TABLE 10 Other Alternative Contractor Selection Methods

Innovative Project Delivery Methods for Infrastructure 63
CONTRACT TYPE
5 CONTRACT TYPE
Capital Projects
Almost all clients have some form of general contract associated with capital
projects which stipulates most of the requirements, including the contract
type. There are not too many variations of the contract type, but there are a
few differences and some favor one method over another. Table 11 shows
the different types of contracts and some of their general benefits and
disadvantages.
PROJECT
METHOD DESCRIPTION ADVANTAGES DISADVANTAGES
Lump Sum
(Fixed
Price)
D-B-B A single stipulated
sum of payment for
the agreement of
goods and services.
(Does not include
change orders by
client)
• Contractors generally
prefer
• Efficient & effective
contractors have better
profit margins
• Client knows price
other than changes
• Competitive
environment
• Reliable market price
• Potential for innovation
when used with
alternative delivery
methods
• Costs might exceed
designers estimate
• Potential for claims
Unit Price D-B-B A payment system
made in terms of
costs per specified
unit. (Sometimes
used in combination
with Lump Sum
contracts)
• Good when quantities
are unknown
• Generally have lower
prices
• Can complicate the
bidding process
• May cause higher bids
Guaranteed
Maximum
Price (GMP)
D-B, DBOM,
CM, &
DBFO
This is the
maximum price paid
for goods and
services. Usually
used in D-B and CM
methods.
• Client knows budget
• Any savings can be
shared
• May result in higher
costs, unless savings
are shared
Cost Plus a
Fixed Fee
CM Contractor is paid
for all actual costs
plus an agreed
upon fee. (Also
Can be capped to
GMP)
• Contractor guaranteed
a fixed profit &
overhead
• Good for projects that
have uncertain criteria
• No incentive for
innovation & cost
saving measures
• No Risks shared
TABLE 11 Typical Contract Types
CONTRACT TYPE
5 CONTRACT TYPE
Capital Projects
Almost all clients have some form of general contract associated with capital
projects which stipulates most of the requirements, including the contract
type. There are not too many variations of the contract type, but there are a
few differences and some favor one method over another. Table 11 shows
the different types of contracts and some of their general benefits and
disadvantages.
PROJECT
METHOD DESCRIPTION ADVANTAGES DISADVANTAGES
Lump Sum
(Fixed
Price)
D-B-B A single stipulated
sum of payment for
the agreement of
goods and services.
(Does not include
change orders by
client)
• Contractors generally
prefer
• Efficient & effective
contractors have better
profit margins
• Client knows price
other than changes
• Competitive
environment
• Reliable market price
• Potential for innovation
when used with
alternative delivery
methods
• Costs might exceed
designers estimate
• Potential for claims
Unit Price D-B-B A payment system
made in terms of
costs per specified
unit. (Sometimes
used in combination
with Lump Sum
contracts)
• Good when quantities
are unknown
• Generally have lower
prices
• Can complicate the
bidding process
• May cause higher bids
Guaranteed
Maximum
Price (GMP)
D-B, DBOM,
CM, &
DBFO
This is the
maximum price paid
for goods and
services. Usually
used in D-B and CM
methods.
• Client knows budget
• Any savings can be
shared
• May result in higher
costs, unless savings
are shared
Cost Plus a
Fixed Fee
CM Contractor is paid
for all actual costs
plus an agreed
upon fee. (Also
Can be capped to
GMP)
• Contractor guaranteed
a fixed profit &
overhead
• Good for projects that
have uncertain criteria
• No incentive for
innovation & cost
saving measures
• No Risks shared
TABLE 11 Typical Contract Types
Secure Best Marks with AI Grader
Need help grading? Try our AI Grader for instant feedback on your assignments.

64 Innovative Project Delivery Methods for Infrastructure
CONTRACT TYPE
Most contractors rely on the client’s requirements and the type of contract
stipulated in the general contract. For most Design-Bid-Build projects, the
lump sum seems to be the more relevant, while Design-Build typically
incorporates a Guaranteed Maximum Price (GMP). As mentioned in the
contractor selection method, incentives are sometimes added to the contract
for the purpose of faster delivery or to reduce the effects of road user delays.
Unit prices are rarely used in most capital projects, but there are times when
there are undefined aspects of a project. When undefined aspects are
tendered they can be incorporated as unit prices, and the client (with the
contractor) determines the appropriate quantity.
Maintenance Contracts
For the most innovative long-term maintenance contracts, it appears almost
unanimous that the “Lump Sum” contract is the best and most commonly
practiced in long-term maintenance contracts. A unit price contract will most
likely provide lower costs, but innovation, best applied quality materials, and
consideration of the whole pavement life may not be realized. As a final
thought, it seems only wise to recommend the “Lump Sum” for long-term
maintenance contracts.
CONTRACT TYPE
Most contractors rely on the client’s requirements and the type of contract
stipulated in the general contract. For most Design-Bid-Build projects, the
lump sum seems to be the more relevant, while Design-Build typically
incorporates a Guaranteed Maximum Price (GMP). As mentioned in the
contractor selection method, incentives are sometimes added to the contract
for the purpose of faster delivery or to reduce the effects of road user delays.
Unit prices are rarely used in most capital projects, but there are times when
there are undefined aspects of a project. When undefined aspects are
tendered they can be incorporated as unit prices, and the client (with the
contractor) determines the appropriate quantity.
Maintenance Contracts
For the most innovative long-term maintenance contracts, it appears almost
unanimous that the “Lump Sum” contract is the best and most commonly
practiced in long-term maintenance contracts. A unit price contract will most
likely provide lower costs, but innovation, best applied quality materials, and
consideration of the whole pavement life may not be realized. As a final
thought, it seems only wise to recommend the “Lump Sum” for long-term
maintenance contracts.

Innovative Project Delivery Methods for Infrastructure 65
QUALITY
6 QUALITY
Capital Projects
Quality is an important aspect in contracts and it is imperative to stipulate
quality assurance and quality control measures in new construction projects.
It is typically the function of the client to develop the quality assurance
requirements and the contractor to provide the quality control measures.
It is not practical in this study to explain the different quality requirements of
each country. However, it is important to acknowledge that all countries
have quality systems and practices in place for both capital and
maintenance procurement. How each country approaches quality varies,
and it depends mostly on the accepted development and practices. The
quality requirements in a given contract may include some of the following:
• ISO 9000
• Road authorities’ quality standards, depending on the complexity of the
project
• Contractor quality plan
• Quality organization/management plan
• Quality control & inspection
• Subcontractor quality control
• Certification & reporting requirements
• Standards & product requirements
• Warranties
• Performance-related specifications
• Optimum inspection levels
It should be noted that AASHTO and AUSTROADS have quality
requirements that are followed in several countries and are quite
respectable. Even the European Union (EU) has standards that need to be
followed.
Maintenance Contracts
Quality in maintenance contracts is also an important aspect and it is
imperative to stipulate quality assurance and quality control measures in
maintenance contracts. Maintenance contracts also have differing quality
requirements for different levels of service and for each class of activities. It
is typically the function of the client to develop the quality assurance
requirements and the contractor to provide the quality control measures. The
quality requirements in a given maintenance contract may include some of
the following:
• ISO 9000
• Road authorities’ quality standards, depending on the complexity of the
project
• Contractor quality plan
• Quality organization/management plan
• Quality control & inspection
QUALITY
6 QUALITY
Capital Projects
Quality is an important aspect in contracts and it is imperative to stipulate
quality assurance and quality control measures in new construction projects.
It is typically the function of the client to develop the quality assurance
requirements and the contractor to provide the quality control measures.
It is not practical in this study to explain the different quality requirements of
each country. However, it is important to acknowledge that all countries
have quality systems and practices in place for both capital and
maintenance procurement. How each country approaches quality varies,
and it depends mostly on the accepted development and practices. The
quality requirements in a given contract may include some of the following:
• ISO 9000
• Road authorities’ quality standards, depending on the complexity of the
project
• Contractor quality plan
• Quality organization/management plan
• Quality control & inspection
• Subcontractor quality control
• Certification & reporting requirements
• Standards & product requirements
• Warranties
• Performance-related specifications
• Optimum inspection levels
It should be noted that AASHTO and AUSTROADS have quality
requirements that are followed in several countries and are quite
respectable. Even the European Union (EU) has standards that need to be
followed.
Maintenance Contracts
Quality in maintenance contracts is also an important aspect and it is
imperative to stipulate quality assurance and quality control measures in
maintenance contracts. Maintenance contracts also have differing quality
requirements for different levels of service and for each class of activities. It
is typically the function of the client to develop the quality assurance
requirements and the contractor to provide the quality control measures. The
quality requirements in a given maintenance contract may include some of
the following:
• ISO 9000
• Road authorities’ quality standards, depending on the complexity of the
project
• Contractor quality plan
• Quality organization/management plan
• Quality control & inspection

66 Innovative Project Delivery Methods for Infrastructure
QUALITY
• Subcontractor quality control
• Certification & reporting requirements
If outcome type criteria are utilized, then some of the quality aspects are
determined by the level set for these end result criteria. For example, when
the client specifies the roughness aspects, the quality of the road is set by
the limit or average level. Therefore, the quality criteria can be set by
appropriate outcome-based criteria measurements.
QUALITY
• Subcontractor quality control
• Certification & reporting requirements
If outcome type criteria are utilized, then some of the quality aspects are
determined by the level set for these end result criteria. For example, when
the client specifies the roughness aspects, the quality of the road is set by
the limit or average level. Therefore, the quality criteria can be set by
appropriate outcome-based criteria measurements.
Paraphrase This Document
Need a fresh take? Get an instant paraphrase of this document with our AI Paraphraser

Innovative Project Delivery Methods for Infrastructure 67
ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES
7 ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES
Environmental consequences and issues are becoming more and more
important in the transport sector, not only from the material perspective and
existing land perspective, but also during the construction process of new
roads. Environmental regulations are typically part of the requirements in
most contracts of capital investment projects, and environmental impact and
assessment studies are performed and analyzed. Each country has some
form of environmental requirements, regulations, and restrictions that must
be adhered to. The European Union (EU) countries have common legislation
and regulations through the EU process.
During the course of the study there were no significantly new environmental
methods, processes, or innovations. Most of the environmental criteria are
incorporated in the standards and other portions of the general
requirements, etc. The most innovative result that was noted was an
example of utilizing local products and material suppliers, which reduces
some of the environmental burden.
Maintenance aspects that are included in the environmental issues mostly
concern the type of materials and products used:
• Hazardous fuels and oils (includes storage)
• Pesticides or similar vegetation products
• Salt usage for winter maintenance that may effect ground water
contamination
• Salt storage
• Hazardous storage of products, etc.
All countries are aware of the fact that the emissions and other
environmental consequences from actual maintenance activities are
concerns, but so are safety and traffic issues.
Finland along with some EU countries is developing tools for analyzing the
consequences of environmental criteria. This is probably one of the most
innovative concepts. It is probable that environmental criteria will become
more and more important and maybe part of the tendering criteria.
A good, noteworthy resource or reference for environmental and life cycle
considerations was published by the IVL Swedish Environmental Research
Institute Ltd. The title of the document is “Life Cycle Inventory of Asphalt
Pavements.”
ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES
7 ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES
Environmental consequences and issues are becoming more and more
important in the transport sector, not only from the material perspective and
existing land perspective, but also during the construction process of new
roads. Environmental regulations are typically part of the requirements in
most contracts of capital investment projects, and environmental impact and
assessment studies are performed and analyzed. Each country has some
form of environmental requirements, regulations, and restrictions that must
be adhered to. The European Union (EU) countries have common legislation
and regulations through the EU process.
During the course of the study there were no significantly new environmental
methods, processes, or innovations. Most of the environmental criteria are
incorporated in the standards and other portions of the general
requirements, etc. The most innovative result that was noted was an
example of utilizing local products and material suppliers, which reduces
some of the environmental burden.
Maintenance aspects that are included in the environmental issues mostly
concern the type of materials and products used:
• Hazardous fuels and oils (includes storage)
• Pesticides or similar vegetation products
• Salt usage for winter maintenance that may effect ground water
contamination
• Salt storage
• Hazardous storage of products, etc.
All countries are aware of the fact that the emissions and other
environmental consequences from actual maintenance activities are
concerns, but so are safety and traffic issues.
Finland along with some EU countries is developing tools for analyzing the
consequences of environmental criteria. This is probably one of the most
innovative concepts. It is probable that environmental criteria will become
more and more important and maybe part of the tendering criteria.
A good, noteworthy resource or reference for environmental and life cycle
considerations was published by the IVL Swedish Environmental Research
Institute Ltd. The title of the document is “Life Cycle Inventory of Asphalt
Pavements.”

68 Innovative Project Delivery Methods for Infrastructure
CONCLUSIONS
8 CONCLUSIONS
Capital Projects
Project delivery methods can be considered as tools for a client organization
when deciding to initiate a project. The type of project, client expectations,
and many other criteria are inputs into the process the client decides to
utilize when selecting a project delivery method. Also, as part of a client
procurement strategy it would be wise to consider a healthy mix of project
types for flexibility, maintaining competition, and project duration.
More and more countries appear to be increasing the use of Design-Build in
their new construction projects and also seeking some type of innovation.
Some of the more innovative capital project methods are:
• Design-Build (DB)
• Design-Build Operate Maintain (DBOM)
• Design-Build Finance Operate (DBFO)
• Build Own Operate (BOT) & Build Own Operate Transfer (BOOT)
• Full Delivery or Program Management
The contractor selection method should also include some form of “quality-
based selection criteria” in order to have a quality contractor perform the
construction services and products. Other innovative considerations for
minimizing road user impacts are:
• Multi-parameter bidding known as A+B and A+B & Quality (warranty)
• Lane rental
• Incentives & disincentives
It should be noted that it is essential that the tendering process is fair,
transparent, and the client has developed a clear scope for the project.
Other innovative concepts that can be used in the capital projects include:
• Partnering
• Constructability reviews
• Value engineering
• Performance & outcome-based criteria
Maintenance Contracts
More and more clients are outsourcing maintenance to private industry, and
several innovative practices are being used in several countries. Based on
the studies of this project, more and more countries appear to be practicing
some form of long-term maintenance contracts. The most innovative include
the following parameters:
• Long-term agreements - greater than 7 years
• Partnering (both client & sub-contractors)
• Lump sum contracts
CONCLUSIONS
8 CONCLUSIONS
Capital Projects
Project delivery methods can be considered as tools for a client organization
when deciding to initiate a project. The type of project, client expectations,
and many other criteria are inputs into the process the client decides to
utilize when selecting a project delivery method. Also, as part of a client
procurement strategy it would be wise to consider a healthy mix of project
types for flexibility, maintaining competition, and project duration.
More and more countries appear to be increasing the use of Design-Build in
their new construction projects and also seeking some type of innovation.
Some of the more innovative capital project methods are:
• Design-Build (DB)
• Design-Build Operate Maintain (DBOM)
• Design-Build Finance Operate (DBFO)
• Build Own Operate (BOT) & Build Own Operate Transfer (BOOT)
• Full Delivery or Program Management
The contractor selection method should also include some form of “quality-
based selection criteria” in order to have a quality contractor perform the
construction services and products. Other innovative considerations for
minimizing road user impacts are:
• Multi-parameter bidding known as A+B and A+B & Quality (warranty)
• Lane rental
• Incentives & disincentives
It should be noted that it is essential that the tendering process is fair,
transparent, and the client has developed a clear scope for the project.
Other innovative concepts that can be used in the capital projects include:
• Partnering
• Constructability reviews
• Value engineering
• Performance & outcome-based criteria
Maintenance Contracts
More and more clients are outsourcing maintenance to private industry, and
several innovative practices are being used in several countries. Based on
the studies of this project, more and more countries appear to be practicing
some form of long-term maintenance contracts. The most innovative include
the following parameters:
• Long-term agreements - greater than 7 years
• Partnering (both client & sub-contractors)
• Lump sum contracts

Innovative Project Delivery Methods for Infrastructure 69
CONCLUSIONS
• Using quality-based contractor selection criteria
• Provide some of the sub-contractors with the same long-term agreement
or at least sharing the risks/rewards
• Utilizing outcome-based criteria
• Ability to use innovation throughout the length of the contract
• A new method that is under consideration in England is the called the
“Privately Financed Managing Agent Contractor” (PFMAC)
It should be mentioned that changing from an in-house organization to a
client-based organization usually requires a significant cultural change and is
not a simple process. It requires an industry-wide cooperative effort,
partnering and trust, and bold champions in the decision-making process in
order to achieve successful long-term maintenance contracts. It also means
the client needs to develop new, appropriate contracting systems that can be
used in the public delivery process.
There are several benefits in these long-term contracts, and some of the
advantages are listed below:
• Cost savings
• Fully integrated client services
• Transferring risks
• Innovation potential
• Better asset management
• Easier budgeting
• Better level of service
• Partnering potential
Not only are there advantages, but also disadvantages. The disadvantages
that also need to be considered when considering these long-term
maintenance contracts are mentioned below:
• Costly tendering for PSMC (when using rehabilitation & resurfacing in the
contract)
• Longer tendering period for PSMC (when using rehabilitation &
resurfacing in the contract)
• Reduction of competition (social justice), usually for large contractors
• Client role changes (loss of experts and know-how)?
• Uncertainty of long-term relationships
• Mobilization issues need to be addressed
• Specifying inappropriate outcome criteria
• Loss of control and applying changes in mid-term
CONCLUSIONS
• Using quality-based contractor selection criteria
• Provide some of the sub-contractors with the same long-term agreement
or at least sharing the risks/rewards
• Utilizing outcome-based criteria
• Ability to use innovation throughout the length of the contract
• A new method that is under consideration in England is the called the
“Privately Financed Managing Agent Contractor” (PFMAC)
It should be mentioned that changing from an in-house organization to a
client-based organization usually requires a significant cultural change and is
not a simple process. It requires an industry-wide cooperative effort,
partnering and trust, and bold champions in the decision-making process in
order to achieve successful long-term maintenance contracts. It also means
the client needs to develop new, appropriate contracting systems that can be
used in the public delivery process.
There are several benefits in these long-term contracts, and some of the
advantages are listed below:
• Cost savings
• Fully integrated client services
• Transferring risks
• Innovation potential
• Better asset management
• Easier budgeting
• Better level of service
• Partnering potential
Not only are there advantages, but also disadvantages. The disadvantages
that also need to be considered when considering these long-term
maintenance contracts are mentioned below:
• Costly tendering for PSMC (when using rehabilitation & resurfacing in the
contract)
• Longer tendering period for PSMC (when using rehabilitation &
resurfacing in the contract)
• Reduction of competition (social justice), usually for large contractors
• Client role changes (loss of experts and know-how)?
• Uncertainty of long-term relationships
• Mobilization issues need to be addressed
• Specifying inappropriate outcome criteria
• Loss of control and applying changes in mid-term
Secure Best Marks with AI Grader
Need help grading? Try our AI Grader for instant feedback on your assignments.

70 Innovative Project Delivery Methods for Infrastructure
INNOVATION SUMMARY
9 INNOVATION SUMMARY
Innovation is simply defined as the introduction of something new, or an act
or process for new ideas, methods, or devices. In actual practice this means
new products, processes or methods. The intention of this study/project was
to seek out new and better ways to procure infrastructure and to determine
which procurement methods promote or simply encourage innovative
solutions. The intent was to seek modes in which new practices, processes,
and products would have incentives and propagate innovation.
However, it was discovered that other parameters, such as partnering, trust,
cultural issues or political decisions, privatization, organizational structures,
and social justice, have significant input as either incentives or disincentives
for innovation. Originally, the main objective was to seek innovative ideas in
three main areas of a project delivery process. Also, more effort was placed
on “Maintenance Contracts” because of the priority strategy given to
maintenance in the existing road network. The three main areas included in
the study are listed below:
• Procurement delivery methods
• Type of contract
• Contractor selections methods
It was somewhat of a surprise or discovery that the manner in which a client
orders procurement methods can have a significant impact on innovation.
Even cost savings can be considered as an innovation because costs are
reduced via changes (something new) in the delivery process or by utilizing
different practices. The process can either stimulate and advance
innovation, or it can suppress innovation. Hopefully, it is the desire of the
client to encourage and provide mechanisms that promote and maximize the
potential for innovation. This can be realized by using the most appropriate
procurement method that would encourage and advance innovation.
The prior sections discussed this in more detail and explained some of the
benefits and disadvantages. In reality it does not mean that innovation is the
main reason for securing a project, but rather that it allows innovative efforts
and products through the completion of the project or maintenance activity.
In addition, providing financial flexibility (flexible payment structure),
especially for long-term maintenance contracts, can provide incentives for
innovation and reduce problematic issues during mobility phases in the
network area. Another simple consideration that is not necessarily a great
innovation is simply to have a project plan portfolio that lists upcoming
projects for the next several years.
INNOVATION SUMMARY
9 INNOVATION SUMMARY
Innovation is simply defined as the introduction of something new, or an act
or process for new ideas, methods, or devices. In actual practice this means
new products, processes or methods. The intention of this study/project was
to seek out new and better ways to procure infrastructure and to determine
which procurement methods promote or simply encourage innovative
solutions. The intent was to seek modes in which new practices, processes,
and products would have incentives and propagate innovation.
However, it was discovered that other parameters, such as partnering, trust,
cultural issues or political decisions, privatization, organizational structures,
and social justice, have significant input as either incentives or disincentives
for innovation. Originally, the main objective was to seek innovative ideas in
three main areas of a project delivery process. Also, more effort was placed
on “Maintenance Contracts” because of the priority strategy given to
maintenance in the existing road network. The three main areas included in
the study are listed below:
• Procurement delivery methods
• Type of contract
• Contractor selections methods
It was somewhat of a surprise or discovery that the manner in which a client
orders procurement methods can have a significant impact on innovation.
Even cost savings can be considered as an innovation because costs are
reduced via changes (something new) in the delivery process or by utilizing
different practices. The process can either stimulate and advance
innovation, or it can suppress innovation. Hopefully, it is the desire of the
client to encourage and provide mechanisms that promote and maximize the
potential for innovation. This can be realized by using the most appropriate
procurement method that would encourage and advance innovation.
The prior sections discussed this in more detail and explained some of the
benefits and disadvantages. In reality it does not mean that innovation is the
main reason for securing a project, but rather that it allows innovative efforts
and products through the completion of the project or maintenance activity.
In addition, providing financial flexibility (flexible payment structure),
especially for long-term maintenance contracts, can provide incentives for
innovation and reduce problematic issues during mobility phases in the
network area. Another simple consideration that is not necessarily a great
innovation is simply to have a project plan portfolio that lists upcoming
projects for the next several years.

Innovative Project Delivery Methods for Infrastructure 71
INNOVATION SUMMARY
Capital Project Delivery Methods
To the best of my knowledge, there are no really new procurement methods
for capital projects for road projects, only existing methods (those used in
the past) that have been utilized and refined. Some of the more innovative
delivery methods that were demonstrated include:
• Design-Build (DB)
• Design-Build Operate Maintain (DBOM)
• Design-Build Finance Operate (DBFO)
• Build Own Operate (BOT) & Build Own Operate Transfer (BOOT)
• Full Delivery or Program Management
It is interesting to note that in the USA during the late 1790s and early
1930s, Design-Build Operate Maintain (DBOM) and Design-Build Finance
Operate (DBFO) were the main delivery methods used to create some of the
roots of infrastructure development in the USA. Refer to Table 2, which
shows these past methods.
Even Construction Management At-Risk (CM At-Risk) can be seen as
having potential in road projects and can be somewhat innovative. However,
there are not many practical results (not known) to justify making a more
definitive statement.
It was expected, or at least hoped, that there would be some real
breakthrough, state-of-the-art type pavement or product innovations, but
such were not encountered in this study. Most of the materials and
processes that are used today have been in existence for many years, and
the way pavements are basically constructed and repaired have not
changed dramatically. Of course, there has been some progress, but the
expectations were greater in light of the amount of investment in research
and development over the years. It should be noted that there have been
many safety and traffic-related innovations. It is expected that IT
developments will be the next step for major innovations.
As far as the contract type is concerned, a “Lump Sum” or fixed price seem
to be more favored than a unit price system.
Regarding “Contractor Selection Methods”, there were several parameters or
practices that can be considered innovative, and it depends on what the
main drivers are for each project. Some of these methods that are worthy of
note are:
• More emphasis on quality criteria than price considerations. This is a
general statement, but evaluation criteria are needed to measure the
more important aspects such as methodology, past performance, project
management expertise and quality promises
• A+B and A+B & Quality (warranty) – the USA utilizes these where the
main issue is time for project completion and less effects on road
closures, road user satisfaction, and warranty
• Lane rental method – the USA utilizes these; each contractor pays for
occupying the existing roads and the emphasis again is on project
completion and less effects on road closures and road user satisfaction
INNOVATION SUMMARY
Capital Project Delivery Methods
To the best of my knowledge, there are no really new procurement methods
for capital projects for road projects, only existing methods (those used in
the past) that have been utilized and refined. Some of the more innovative
delivery methods that were demonstrated include:
• Design-Build (DB)
• Design-Build Operate Maintain (DBOM)
• Design-Build Finance Operate (DBFO)
• Build Own Operate (BOT) & Build Own Operate Transfer (BOOT)
• Full Delivery or Program Management
It is interesting to note that in the USA during the late 1790s and early
1930s, Design-Build Operate Maintain (DBOM) and Design-Build Finance
Operate (DBFO) were the main delivery methods used to create some of the
roots of infrastructure development in the USA. Refer to Table 2, which
shows these past methods.
Even Construction Management At-Risk (CM At-Risk) can be seen as
having potential in road projects and can be somewhat innovative. However,
there are not many practical results (not known) to justify making a more
definitive statement.
It was expected, or at least hoped, that there would be some real
breakthrough, state-of-the-art type pavement or product innovations, but
such were not encountered in this study. Most of the materials and
processes that are used today have been in existence for many years, and
the way pavements are basically constructed and repaired have not
changed dramatically. Of course, there has been some progress, but the
expectations were greater in light of the amount of investment in research
and development over the years. It should be noted that there have been
many safety and traffic-related innovations. It is expected that IT
developments will be the next step for major innovations.
As far as the contract type is concerned, a “Lump Sum” or fixed price seem
to be more favored than a unit price system.
Regarding “Contractor Selection Methods”, there were several parameters or
practices that can be considered innovative, and it depends on what the
main drivers are for each project. Some of these methods that are worthy of
note are:
• More emphasis on quality criteria than price considerations. This is a
general statement, but evaluation criteria are needed to measure the
more important aspects such as methodology, past performance, project
management expertise and quality promises
• A+B and A+B & Quality (warranty) – the USA utilizes these where the
main issue is time for project completion and less effects on road
closures, road user satisfaction, and warranty
• Lane rental method – the USA utilizes these; each contractor pays for
occupying the existing roads and the emphasis again is on project
completion and less effects on road closures and road user satisfaction

72 Innovative Project Delivery Methods for Infrastructure
INNOVATION SUMMARY
• Incentives & disincentives - an approach that provides incentives for
innovation and a penalty if criteria are not met
• Quality Price Trade Off (QPTO) allows for quality consideration in the
price
It should be noted that it is essential that the tendering process is fair,
transparent, and the client has developed a clear scope for the project.
Sometimes the client does not really know what they want, which can cause
difficulties during the project.
Other innovative concepts include:
• Partnering
• Constructability reviews
• Value engineering
• Performance & outcome-based criteria
Maintenance Contracts
Maintenance contracts are seen as the new paradigm in which many of the
maintenance activities are being outsourced to the private sector in many
countries. Some aspects of maintenance were outsourced earlier, especially
distinctive type items, but now changes have occurred and maintenance is
moving in the direction of “Fully Integrated Client Services”, in which most
services and products are procured under one contract. This is very
interesting because it is creating different market opportunities and a
possibility for new companies/existing companies to be formed, merged, and
maybe displaced. This is the fear of mid-sized companies, but partnering
and alliance concepts can allow them to continue to retain their specialty.
There are now newly-created maintenance contracts, including a special
type called Performance Specified Maintenance Contracts (PSMC), that
have integrated almost all the maintenance activities and procured them for
a specified length of time. Some use the term “Long-Term Maintenance
Contracts” as a general term, but there is an implicit difference in that PSMC
utilize outcome-based criteria. Long-Term Maintenance Contracts are quite
new to many road administrations, and the length of the contract varies from
country to country. Some countries have utilized Long-Term Maintenance
Contracts for over 10 years, and they are perceived to be the innovators in
perfecting these methods and PSMC type contracts.
Results from the study indicated that innovation is maximized via:
• Long-term agreements - greater than 7 years
• Partnering (both client & sub-contractors)
• Lump sum contracts
• Using quality-based contractor selection criteria
• Provide most of the sub-contractors with same long-term agreement or
at least sharing the risks/rewards
• More risks transferred to the contractor
• Ability to use innovation throughout the length of the contract
INNOVATION SUMMARY
• Incentives & disincentives - an approach that provides incentives for
innovation and a penalty if criteria are not met
• Quality Price Trade Off (QPTO) allows for quality consideration in the
price
It should be noted that it is essential that the tendering process is fair,
transparent, and the client has developed a clear scope for the project.
Sometimes the client does not really know what they want, which can cause
difficulties during the project.
Other innovative concepts include:
• Partnering
• Constructability reviews
• Value engineering
• Performance & outcome-based criteria
Maintenance Contracts
Maintenance contracts are seen as the new paradigm in which many of the
maintenance activities are being outsourced to the private sector in many
countries. Some aspects of maintenance were outsourced earlier, especially
distinctive type items, but now changes have occurred and maintenance is
moving in the direction of “Fully Integrated Client Services”, in which most
services and products are procured under one contract. This is very
interesting because it is creating different market opportunities and a
possibility for new companies/existing companies to be formed, merged, and
maybe displaced. This is the fear of mid-sized companies, but partnering
and alliance concepts can allow them to continue to retain their specialty.
There are now newly-created maintenance contracts, including a special
type called Performance Specified Maintenance Contracts (PSMC), that
have integrated almost all the maintenance activities and procured them for
a specified length of time. Some use the term “Long-Term Maintenance
Contracts” as a general term, but there is an implicit difference in that PSMC
utilize outcome-based criteria. Long-Term Maintenance Contracts are quite
new to many road administrations, and the length of the contract varies from
country to country. Some countries have utilized Long-Term Maintenance
Contracts for over 10 years, and they are perceived to be the innovators in
perfecting these methods and PSMC type contracts.
Results from the study indicated that innovation is maximized via:
• Long-term agreements - greater than 7 years
• Partnering (both client & sub-contractors)
• Lump sum contracts
• Using quality-based contractor selection criteria
• Provide most of the sub-contractors with same long-term agreement or
at least sharing the risks/rewards
• More risks transferred to the contractor
• Ability to use innovation throughout the length of the contract
Paraphrase This Document
Need a fresh take? Get an instant paraphrase of this document with our AI Paraphraser

Innovative Project Delivery Methods for Infrastructure 73
INNOVATION SUMMARY
There are also innovations in the processes or in the efficiency/effectiveness
of maintaining the network area which are resulting in cost savings. There
have been some examples of innovative equipment, materials and technical
efficiencies. Some of the innovations noted are listed below:
• New patching material
• New pot hole repair equipment
• Thermoplastic line painting
• Project management systems
• Pavement Managing Systems
• Technical efficiency in maintenance activities
• Performing activities correctly the first time
• Allows and encourages trials and research with pavement stabilization
materials.
• Asset management systems
• Asset maintenance schedules
• Whole life costing
• Long-term performance skills
• Improved training and skills matrix
• Continually refining/improving the tendering process
A new and innovative method which is being considered in England is called
a “Privately Financed Managing Agent Contractor” (PFMAC), which
introduces private financing into the maintenance process. There are greater
risks transferred, longer-term contracts of 15-30 years, and mechanisms
similar to the DBFO model in capital projects. This has not been tested to
date, but it is worth following up and determining the feasibility of this type of
model for long-term maintenance contracts. This is quite innovative and it
will be interesting to see if England can make this model a reality.
INNOVATION SUMMARY
There are also innovations in the processes or in the efficiency/effectiveness
of maintaining the network area which are resulting in cost savings. There
have been some examples of innovative equipment, materials and technical
efficiencies. Some of the innovations noted are listed below:
• New patching material
• New pot hole repair equipment
• Thermoplastic line painting
• Project management systems
• Pavement Managing Systems
• Technical efficiency in maintenance activities
• Performing activities correctly the first time
• Allows and encourages trials and research with pavement stabilization
materials.
• Asset management systems
• Asset maintenance schedules
• Whole life costing
• Long-term performance skills
• Improved training and skills matrix
• Continually refining/improving the tendering process
A new and innovative method which is being considered in England is called
a “Privately Financed Managing Agent Contractor” (PFMAC), which
introduces private financing into the maintenance process. There are greater
risks transferred, longer-term contracts of 15-30 years, and mechanisms
similar to the DBFO model in capital projects. This has not been tested to
date, but it is worth following up and determining the feasibility of this type of
model for long-term maintenance contracts. This is quite innovative and it
will be interesting to see if England can make this model a reality.

74 Innovative Project Delivery Methods for Infrastructure
SUGGESTIONS TO PROMOTE INNOVATION IN THE INFRA SECTOR
10 SUGGESTIONS TO PROMOTE INNOVATION IN THE
INFRA SECTOR
Capital Projects
The Tekes INFRA National Technology Program was created to propagate
innovation into the infrastructure sector. In the course of this study, it was
determined that innovation can be enhanced or suppressed by both client
and contractor processes and organizations. What this means is that client
organizations can provide a mechanism that potentially increases the
opportunity for innovation, or simply continue the existing method, which is a
gradual process. Likewise, contractors can then place these innovations
more rapidly into practice because of more flexibility, as compared to
traditional methods. The contractor also has the option of not using an
innovation. It should be realized that contractors do not strictly utilize
innovation for the motivation of innovation in itself or provide the client with a
better product unless there is some reward or incentive. For example, if a
new innovation allows the contractor to save time during the construction
process, it benefits both the contractor through cost savings and the client by
having the project completed faster.
The methods and processes that are most suitable formaximizing the
potential for innovation in this study are:
• Design-Build (DB)
• Design-Build Operate Maintain (DBOM)
• Design-Build Finance Operate (DBFO)
• Full Delivery or Program Management
• Partnering
• Constructability Reviews
• Value Engineering
• Performance & Outcome-Based Criteria
• Incentives & Disincentive
• Multi-parameter bidding known as A+B and A+B & Quality (warranty)
• Lane Rental
These methods provide the potential for innovation, but they are not
automatic. When a healthy atmosphere of trust and partnering is created,
there is reasonable potential for an increase in innovation. Since most
innovations are produced from the “bottom up”, the contractors’ and sub-
contractors’ partnering efforts are an essential part of the process.
SUGGESTIONS TO PROMOTE INNOVATION IN THE INFRA SECTOR
10 SUGGESTIONS TO PROMOTE INNOVATION IN THE
INFRA SECTOR
Capital Projects
The Tekes INFRA National Technology Program was created to propagate
innovation into the infrastructure sector. In the course of this study, it was
determined that innovation can be enhanced or suppressed by both client
and contractor processes and organizations. What this means is that client
organizations can provide a mechanism that potentially increases the
opportunity for innovation, or simply continue the existing method, which is a
gradual process. Likewise, contractors can then place these innovations
more rapidly into practice because of more flexibility, as compared to
traditional methods. The contractor also has the option of not using an
innovation. It should be realized that contractors do not strictly utilize
innovation for the motivation of innovation in itself or provide the client with a
better product unless there is some reward or incentive. For example, if a
new innovation allows the contractor to save time during the construction
process, it benefits both the contractor through cost savings and the client by
having the project completed faster.
The methods and processes that are most suitable formaximizing the
potential for innovation in this study are:
• Design-Build (DB)
• Design-Build Operate Maintain (DBOM)
• Design-Build Finance Operate (DBFO)
• Full Delivery or Program Management
• Partnering
• Constructability Reviews
• Value Engineering
• Performance & Outcome-Based Criteria
• Incentives & Disincentive
• Multi-parameter bidding known as A+B and A+B & Quality (warranty)
• Lane Rental
These methods provide the potential for innovation, but they are not
automatic. When a healthy atmosphere of trust and partnering is created,
there is reasonable potential for an increase in innovation. Since most
innovations are produced from the “bottom up”, the contractors’ and sub-
contractors’ partnering efforts are an essential part of the process.

Innovative Project Delivery Methods for Infrastructure 75
SUGGESTIONS TO PROMOTE INNOVATION IN THE INFRA SECTOR
Maintenance Contracts
The maintenance contract methods and practices that provide the most
potential for innovation are:
• Long-term agreements - greater than 7 years
• Partnering (both client & sub-contractors)
• Lump sum contracts
• Using quality-based contractor selection criteria
• Provide most of the sub-contractors with the same long-term agreement
or at least sharing the risks/rewards
• Utilizing outcome-based criteria
• Ability to use innovation throughout the length of the contract
• Incentives & disincentives
Since innovation at times results in higher initial cost, it can be introduced
into the process and amortized through the length of the long-term contract.
Normally, it may not be applied because of the extra costs, and because the
contractor may not be able to recoup these costs in a traditional process.
Therefore, the innovative process is maximized mostly via long-term
contracts.
Also, most of the innovations discovered under these contracts were
primarily innovations in the processes or in the efficiency/effectiveness of
maintaining the network area. In some cases there were examples of
innovative equipment, materials and technical efficiencies. Some of the
innovations are noted below:
• New patching material
• New pot hole repair equipment
• Thermoplastic line painting
• Project management systems
• Pavement managing systems
• Technical efficiency in maintenance activities
It was initially pondered during meetings with many of the participating
organizations whether innovation criteria could be added into the contract to
possibly promote innovation. However, there was a great deal of opposition
and uncertainty over whether it would be an effective tool. Some contractors
might expose their innovation in the tendering process and then may not be
awarded the contract. Also, it could be difficult to measure and difficult to
enforce. Therefore, adding innovation into the contract was not a widely
accepted approach or practice.
In summary, if innovative potential is desired for the entire infrastructure
sector and to make innovation occur more rapidly, these innovative methods
should be considered to transform the infrastructure industry. Not only is
innovation enhanced, but cost savings and value-added services are
realized.
SUGGESTIONS TO PROMOTE INNOVATION IN THE INFRA SECTOR
Maintenance Contracts
The maintenance contract methods and practices that provide the most
potential for innovation are:
• Long-term agreements - greater than 7 years
• Partnering (both client & sub-contractors)
• Lump sum contracts
• Using quality-based contractor selection criteria
• Provide most of the sub-contractors with the same long-term agreement
or at least sharing the risks/rewards
• Utilizing outcome-based criteria
• Ability to use innovation throughout the length of the contract
• Incentives & disincentives
Since innovation at times results in higher initial cost, it can be introduced
into the process and amortized through the length of the long-term contract.
Normally, it may not be applied because of the extra costs, and because the
contractor may not be able to recoup these costs in a traditional process.
Therefore, the innovative process is maximized mostly via long-term
contracts.
Also, most of the innovations discovered under these contracts were
primarily innovations in the processes or in the efficiency/effectiveness of
maintaining the network area. In some cases there were examples of
innovative equipment, materials and technical efficiencies. Some of the
innovations are noted below:
• New patching material
• New pot hole repair equipment
• Thermoplastic line painting
• Project management systems
• Pavement managing systems
• Technical efficiency in maintenance activities
It was initially pondered during meetings with many of the participating
organizations whether innovation criteria could be added into the contract to
possibly promote innovation. However, there was a great deal of opposition
and uncertainty over whether it would be an effective tool. Some contractors
might expose their innovation in the tendering process and then may not be
awarded the contract. Also, it could be difficult to measure and difficult to
enforce. Therefore, adding innovation into the contract was not a widely
accepted approach or practice.
In summary, if innovative potential is desired for the entire infrastructure
sector and to make innovation occur more rapidly, these innovative methods
should be considered to transform the infrastructure industry. Not only is
innovation enhanced, but cost savings and value-added services are
realized.
Secure Best Marks with AI Grader
Need help grading? Try our AI Grader for instant feedback on your assignments.

76 Innovative Project Delivery Methods for Infrastructure
POSSIBLE FUTURE DEVELOPMENTS FOR FINLAND
11 POSSIBLE FUTURE DEVELOPMENTS FOR FINLAND
Capital Projects
If it is desired and decided to seek innovative methods and practices, then
there are several aspects that could be developed in Finland. Some of
these so-called alternative or innovative practices are easier to implement
than others, and it mainly depends on which methods or practices are to be
implemented. From the capital projects perspective, some of the following
practices could be considered as development possibilities:
• Make Design-Build more productive and flexible (less focus on strict
methods & over-design)
• Develop the Design-Build Operate Maintain (DBOM) method
• Use the Design-Build Finance Operate (DBFO) method when
permissible
• Create a pilot project for the Full Delivery or Program Management
method
• Partnering
• Constructability reviews
• Value engineering
• Developing performance & outcome-based criteria
• Incentives & disincentives
• Consider multi-parameter bidding where appropriate: A+B and A+B &
Quality (warranty)
• Consider lane rental where appropriate
Maintenance Contracts
Maintenance developments are probably more easily introduced because
these activities need to be performed on a routine basis and there is a
continuous search for better practices and refinements. As mentioned
above, it depends mostly upon which aspects are desired and which
parameters are more strategic. Some of the following items could be
considered as development possibilities:
• Long-term agreements - greater than 7 years
• Partnering (both client & sub-contractors)
• Develop outcome-based criteria & performance specifications
• Pilot project using PSMC type model
• Developing objective quality-based contractor selection criteria
• Pre-qualification system
• Mobilization criteria & financial flexibility
• Develop a procurement strategy
• Continue with asset management
• Develop a proper mix of procurement models (keep the industry
competitive & social justice)
POSSIBLE FUTURE DEVELOPMENTS FOR FINLAND
11 POSSIBLE FUTURE DEVELOPMENTS FOR FINLAND
Capital Projects
If it is desired and decided to seek innovative methods and practices, then
there are several aspects that could be developed in Finland. Some of
these so-called alternative or innovative practices are easier to implement
than others, and it mainly depends on which methods or practices are to be
implemented. From the capital projects perspective, some of the following
practices could be considered as development possibilities:
• Make Design-Build more productive and flexible (less focus on strict
methods & over-design)
• Develop the Design-Build Operate Maintain (DBOM) method
• Use the Design-Build Finance Operate (DBFO) method when
permissible
• Create a pilot project for the Full Delivery or Program Management
method
• Partnering
• Constructability reviews
• Value engineering
• Developing performance & outcome-based criteria
• Incentives & disincentives
• Consider multi-parameter bidding where appropriate: A+B and A+B &
Quality (warranty)
• Consider lane rental where appropriate
Maintenance Contracts
Maintenance developments are probably more easily introduced because
these activities need to be performed on a routine basis and there is a
continuous search for better practices and refinements. As mentioned
above, it depends mostly upon which aspects are desired and which
parameters are more strategic. Some of the following items could be
considered as development possibilities:
• Long-term agreements - greater than 7 years
• Partnering (both client & sub-contractors)
• Develop outcome-based criteria & performance specifications
• Pilot project using PSMC type model
• Developing objective quality-based contractor selection criteria
• Pre-qualification system
• Mobilization criteria & financial flexibility
• Develop a procurement strategy
• Continue with asset management
• Develop a proper mix of procurement models (keep the industry
competitive & social justice)

Innovative Project Delivery Methods for Infrastructure 77
REFERENCES
12 REFERENCES
Maintenance by Contract: Is it delivering best value? ARRB Transport
Research, April 2001 (Australia)
Road Maintenance by Contract: What are the Risks & Benefits? ARRB
Transport Research, August 1998 (Australia)
Asset Management and Road Maintenance By Contract in Australia and
New Zealand. Paul Robinson, ARRB Transport Research. TRB 70th Annual
Meeting, January 9-13, 2000 (USA)
Long Term Maintenance Contracts: Having the Right Performance Criteria
Are The Key Ingredient To A Successful Outcome. Stuart Hughson,
Malcolm Frost, & Graeme Booth. 10th REAAA Meeting September 6-9, 2000
(Tokyo)
Managing Your transport Assets: Proceedings of the 20th ARRB Conference
19-21 March 2001, Melbourne, Australia: Invited Papers (Australia)
Contract Road Maintenance: RTA Sydney Pilot Study. (R.B. Smith, M.F.
Frost, J. Foster), Proceedings from 17th ARRB Conference., Part 3
(Australia)
Road Maintenance By Contract in Tasmania. Gus Donnelly, Tasmania
Department of Transport (Australia)
Road Facts 2000 - An overview of the Australian and the New Zealand road
systems, Austroads Inc. 2000 (Australia)
Austroads Strategic Plan 1998-2001, Austroads Inc. 1998 (Australia)
Transfield, Memo dated November 26, 2001 (Australia)
Provincial Highway Maintenance Retendering in Alberta. Alberta
Transportation Alan Griffith, Gerry Pyper & Steve Otto. September 18, 2001,
2001 Annual Conference of the Transportation Association of Canada -
Halifax, Nova Scotia (Canada)
A Review Of Contract Maintenance For Roads. Professor K. Madelin,
University of Birmingham, CC Parkman Transport Research Laboratory,
Bershire (England)
Potential For Private Sector Delivery Of Road Maintenance Services in
Developing Countries: Experiences of Case Studies. Professor K. Madelin,
University of Birmingham, CC Parkman Transport Research Laboratory,
Bershire; Richard Robinson Independent Consultant at the University of
Birmingham (England)
Paving the Way, Highways Agency, December 1999 (England)
REFERENCES
12 REFERENCES
Maintenance by Contract: Is it delivering best value? ARRB Transport
Research, April 2001 (Australia)
Road Maintenance by Contract: What are the Risks & Benefits? ARRB
Transport Research, August 1998 (Australia)
Asset Management and Road Maintenance By Contract in Australia and
New Zealand. Paul Robinson, ARRB Transport Research. TRB 70th Annual
Meeting, January 9-13, 2000 (USA)
Long Term Maintenance Contracts: Having the Right Performance Criteria
Are The Key Ingredient To A Successful Outcome. Stuart Hughson,
Malcolm Frost, & Graeme Booth. 10th REAAA Meeting September 6-9, 2000
(Tokyo)
Managing Your transport Assets: Proceedings of the 20th ARRB Conference
19-21 March 2001, Melbourne, Australia: Invited Papers (Australia)
Contract Road Maintenance: RTA Sydney Pilot Study. (R.B. Smith, M.F.
Frost, J. Foster), Proceedings from 17th ARRB Conference., Part 3
(Australia)
Road Maintenance By Contract in Tasmania. Gus Donnelly, Tasmania
Department of Transport (Australia)
Road Facts 2000 - An overview of the Australian and the New Zealand road
systems, Austroads Inc. 2000 (Australia)
Austroads Strategic Plan 1998-2001, Austroads Inc. 1998 (Australia)
Transfield, Memo dated November 26, 2001 (Australia)
Provincial Highway Maintenance Retendering in Alberta. Alberta
Transportation Alan Griffith, Gerry Pyper & Steve Otto. September 18, 2001,
2001 Annual Conference of the Transportation Association of Canada -
Halifax, Nova Scotia (Canada)
A Review Of Contract Maintenance For Roads. Professor K. Madelin,
University of Birmingham, CC Parkman Transport Research Laboratory,
Bershire (England)
Potential For Private Sector Delivery Of Road Maintenance Services in
Developing Countries: Experiences of Case Studies. Professor K. Madelin,
University of Birmingham, CC Parkman Transport Research Laboratory,
Bershire; Richard Robinson Independent Consultant at the University of
Birmingham (England)
Paving the Way, Highways Agency, December 1999 (England)

78 Innovative Project Delivery Methods for Infrastructure
REFERENCES
DBFO – Value in roads; A case study on the first eight DBFO raod contracts
and their development, Highways Agency (England)
Business Plan 2001/02: Delivering the 10 Year Plan. Highways Agency,
February 2001 (England)
Transportation Statistics Bulletin: Road Traffic Statistics 1999. Department
of the Environment, Transport and The Regions, August 2000 (England)
The Private Finance Initiative: The First Four Design, Build, Finance and
Operate Road Contracts. Department of the Environment, Transport and
The Regions, January 28, 1998 (England)
Finnish Infra Project Delivery Report. Helsinki University of Technology,
October 2001 (Finland)
Long Term Procurement Strategy, Transit New Zealand, December 2000
(New Zealand)
Transit New Zealand Media Release, May 18,2001 (New Zealand)
Trends in Procurement Models for Highway Maintenance, Opus International
Consultants Ltd. Tony Porter (New Zealand)
Summary of the Project Evaluation Report for Transit New Zealand PMSC-
001. Transit New Zealand (New Zealand)
Contracting the Future, Symposium 2001, October 14-1, 2001, Transit New
Zealand & New Zealand Institute of Highway Technology Ltd. (New
Zealand)
How To Manage & Organize a Road Network. Dr. Robin Dunlop, Transit
New Zealand, 2nd Eurasphalt & Eurobitume Congress – Barcelona, Spain
20-22 September 2000. (New Zealand)
National State Highway Strategy, Transit New Zealand (New Zealand)
Transit New Zealand Annual Report, Transit New Zealand (New Zealand)
Competitive Pricing Procedures Maunal, Volume: 1Transfund New Zealand,
October 27, 2000 (New Zealand)
Transfund New Zealand Roading Statistics 1999-2000. Transfund New
Zealand (New Zealand)
Transfund New Zealand Annual Report 1999-2000. Transfund New Zealand
(New Zealand)
Facts About The Swedish National Road Administration, Roads and Traffic
2000. Swedish National Road Administration 2000 (Sweden)
The Swedish National Road Administration Annual report 2000. Swedish
National Road Administration 2000 (Sweden)
REFERENCES
DBFO – Value in roads; A case study on the first eight DBFO raod contracts
and their development, Highways Agency (England)
Business Plan 2001/02: Delivering the 10 Year Plan. Highways Agency,
February 2001 (England)
Transportation Statistics Bulletin: Road Traffic Statistics 1999. Department
of the Environment, Transport and The Regions, August 2000 (England)
The Private Finance Initiative: The First Four Design, Build, Finance and
Operate Road Contracts. Department of the Environment, Transport and
The Regions, January 28, 1998 (England)
Finnish Infra Project Delivery Report. Helsinki University of Technology,
October 2001 (Finland)
Long Term Procurement Strategy, Transit New Zealand, December 2000
(New Zealand)
Transit New Zealand Media Release, May 18,2001 (New Zealand)
Trends in Procurement Models for Highway Maintenance, Opus International
Consultants Ltd. Tony Porter (New Zealand)
Summary of the Project Evaluation Report for Transit New Zealand PMSC-
001. Transit New Zealand (New Zealand)
Contracting the Future, Symposium 2001, October 14-1, 2001, Transit New
Zealand & New Zealand Institute of Highway Technology Ltd. (New
Zealand)
How To Manage & Organize a Road Network. Dr. Robin Dunlop, Transit
New Zealand, 2nd Eurasphalt & Eurobitume Congress – Barcelona, Spain
20-22 September 2000. (New Zealand)
National State Highway Strategy, Transit New Zealand (New Zealand)
Transit New Zealand Annual Report, Transit New Zealand (New Zealand)
Competitive Pricing Procedures Maunal, Volume: 1Transfund New Zealand,
October 27, 2000 (New Zealand)
Transfund New Zealand Roading Statistics 1999-2000. Transfund New
Zealand (New Zealand)
Transfund New Zealand Annual Report 1999-2000. Transfund New Zealand
(New Zealand)
Facts About The Swedish National Road Administration, Roads and Traffic
2000. Swedish National Road Administration 2000 (Sweden)
The Swedish National Road Administration Annual report 2000. Swedish
National Road Administration 2000 (Sweden)
Paraphrase This Document
Need a fresh take? Get an instant paraphrase of this document with our AI Paraphraser

Innovative Project Delivery Methods for Infrastructure 79
REFERENCES
Sectoral Report 99. Swedish National Road Administration 2000. (Sweden)
Primer on Contracting 2000 2nd edition, AASHTO, Ocotber 1998 (USA)
Design-Build SelectorTM - University of Colorado, Georgia Tech & NSF
(USA)
Project Procurement System Selection Model (PPSSM), ASCE Journal of
Construction Engineering & Management May/June 2000 (USA)
Report on VDOT’s Comprehensive Agreement for Interstate Asset
Management Services - VMS Operations for 1999/2000. December 2000
(USA)
Project Delivery Systems For Building Construction, Associated General
Contractors of America (AGC), by Robert Dorcey (USA)
Principles of Pubic & Private Infrastructure Delivery - Prof. John B. Miller
(MIT), MIT 2000 (USA)
NCHRP Report 428, Guidebook to Highway Contracting for Innovation: The
Role of Procurement and Contracting Approaches in Facilitating the
Implementation of Research Findings, TRB & NRC (USA)
Partnered Project Performance in Texas Department of Transportation,
ASCE Journal of Infrastructure Systems, June 2000 (USA)
Partnering on a Design-Build Project: Making the Three-Way Love Affair
Work, Abstract
Design-Build Contract Award Methods For Transportation Projects. Douglas
Gransberg & Sanjaya Senadheera. ASCE Journal of Transportation
Engineering, November/December 1999 (USA)
Contractor Selection For Design/Build Projects. Ekambaram Palaneeswaran
& Mohan Kumaraswamy. ASCE Journal of Construction Engineering and
Management, September/October 2000 (USA)
Toward A New Paradigm: Simultaneous Use Of Multiple Project Delivery
Methods. John B. Miller & C. William Ibbs. ASCE Journal of Management In
Engineering, May/June 2000
Contracting Methods for Highway Construction. Donn Hancher - University
of Kentucky. Transportation in the New Millennium, TRB/NRC January 2000
Managing Quality. Charles Hughes. Transportation in the New Millennium,
TRB/NRC January 2000
A + B Bidding Method – Hidden Success Story For Highway Construction.
Zohar Herbsman. ASCE Journal of Construction Engineering and
Management, December 1995 (USA)
REFERENCES
Sectoral Report 99. Swedish National Road Administration 2000. (Sweden)
Primer on Contracting 2000 2nd edition, AASHTO, Ocotber 1998 (USA)
Design-Build SelectorTM - University of Colorado, Georgia Tech & NSF
(USA)
Project Procurement System Selection Model (PPSSM), ASCE Journal of
Construction Engineering & Management May/June 2000 (USA)
Report on VDOT’s Comprehensive Agreement for Interstate Asset
Management Services - VMS Operations for 1999/2000. December 2000
(USA)
Project Delivery Systems For Building Construction, Associated General
Contractors of America (AGC), by Robert Dorcey (USA)
Principles of Pubic & Private Infrastructure Delivery - Prof. John B. Miller
(MIT), MIT 2000 (USA)
NCHRP Report 428, Guidebook to Highway Contracting for Innovation: The
Role of Procurement and Contracting Approaches in Facilitating the
Implementation of Research Findings, TRB & NRC (USA)
Partnered Project Performance in Texas Department of Transportation,
ASCE Journal of Infrastructure Systems, June 2000 (USA)
Partnering on a Design-Build Project: Making the Three-Way Love Affair
Work, Abstract
Design-Build Contract Award Methods For Transportation Projects. Douglas
Gransberg & Sanjaya Senadheera. ASCE Journal of Transportation
Engineering, November/December 1999 (USA)
Contractor Selection For Design/Build Projects. Ekambaram Palaneeswaran
& Mohan Kumaraswamy. ASCE Journal of Construction Engineering and
Management, September/October 2000 (USA)
Toward A New Paradigm: Simultaneous Use Of Multiple Project Delivery
Methods. John B. Miller & C. William Ibbs. ASCE Journal of Management In
Engineering, May/June 2000
Contracting Methods for Highway Construction. Donn Hancher - University
of Kentucky. Transportation in the New Millennium, TRB/NRC January 2000
Managing Quality. Charles Hughes. Transportation in the New Millennium,
TRB/NRC January 2000
A + B Bidding Method – Hidden Success Story For Highway Construction.
Zohar Herbsman. ASCE Journal of Construction Engineering and
Management, December 1995 (USA)

80 Innovative Project Delivery Methods for Infrastructure
REFERENCES
Integrating Constructability Into Project Devlopment: A Process Approach.
Stuart Anderson, Deborah Fisher, Suhel Rahman. ASCE Journal of
Construction Engineering and Management, March/April 2000 (USA)
Total Maintenance Contracts. Joe Graff - Texas DOT. 9th AASHTO/TRB
Maintenance Management Conference (USA)
A Guide for Methods and Procedures in Contract Maintenance (DRAFT).
AASHTO Highway Subcommittee on Maintenance, July 2001 (USA)
FHWA Perspective Warranty Issues. Jerry Yakowenko (Paper Copy of
Presentation)
Our Nation’s Highways, Selected Facts and Figures. U.S. Department of
Transportation & Federal Highway Administration (USA)
REFERENCES
Integrating Constructability Into Project Devlopment: A Process Approach.
Stuart Anderson, Deborah Fisher, Suhel Rahman. ASCE Journal of
Construction Engineering and Management, March/April 2000 (USA)
Total Maintenance Contracts. Joe Graff - Texas DOT. 9th AASHTO/TRB
Maintenance Management Conference (USA)
A Guide for Methods and Procedures in Contract Maintenance (DRAFT).
AASHTO Highway Subcommittee on Maintenance, July 2001 (USA)
FHWA Perspective Warranty Issues. Jerry Yakowenko (Paper Copy of
Presentation)
Our Nation’s Highways, Selected Facts and Figures. U.S. Department of
Transportation & Federal Highway Administration (USA)

Innovative Project Delivery Methods for Infrastructure 81
REFERENCES
WWW SITES
AUSTROADS WWW Site (Home Page)
http://www.austroads.com.au/austroads/default.html
ARRB Transport Research WWW Site (Home Page) http://www.arrb.org.au/
Department of Transport And Regional Services - Australia WWW Site
(Home Page) http://www.dotrs.gov.au/
Main Roads Western Australia WWW Site (Home Page)
http://www.mainroads.wa.gov.au/
VIC Roads - Australia WWW Site (Home Page)
http://www.vicroads.vic.gov.au/
Tasmania Department of Infrastructure, Energy and Resources, Transport
Division - Australia WWW Site (Home Page)
http://www.transport.tas.gov.au/about/
Roads and Traffic Authority (NSW) - Australia WWW Site (Home Page)
http://www.rta.nsw.gov.au/
Ontario Ministry of Transportation WWW Site (Home Page)
http://www.mto.gov.on.ca/
Alberta Transportation WWW Site (Home Page) http://www.trans.gov.ab.ca/
British Columbia Ministry of Transportation WWW Site (Home Page)
http://www.gov.bc.ca/tran/
Highways Agency WWW Site (Home Page) http://www.highways.gov.uk/
Department of the Environment, Transport and The Regions WWW site
(Home Page) http://www.transtat.dtlr.gov.uk/
Finnish Road Administration WWW Site (Home Page)
http://www.tiehallinto.fi/
Transit New Zealand WWW Site (Home Page) http://www.transit.govt.nz/
Transfund New Zealand WWW Site (Home Page)
http://www.transfund.govt.nz/
Swedish National Road Administration WWW Site (Home Page)
http://www.vv.se/for_lang/english/index.htm
U.S. Department of Transportation WWW Site (Home Page)
http://www.dot.gov/
Federal Highway Administration WWW Site (Home Page)
http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/
REFERENCES
WWW SITES
AUSTROADS WWW Site (Home Page)
http://www.austroads.com.au/austroads/default.html
ARRB Transport Research WWW Site (Home Page) http://www.arrb.org.au/
Department of Transport And Regional Services - Australia WWW Site
(Home Page) http://www.dotrs.gov.au/
Main Roads Western Australia WWW Site (Home Page)
http://www.mainroads.wa.gov.au/
VIC Roads - Australia WWW Site (Home Page)
http://www.vicroads.vic.gov.au/
Tasmania Department of Infrastructure, Energy and Resources, Transport
Division - Australia WWW Site (Home Page)
http://www.transport.tas.gov.au/about/
Roads and Traffic Authority (NSW) - Australia WWW Site (Home Page)
http://www.rta.nsw.gov.au/
Ontario Ministry of Transportation WWW Site (Home Page)
http://www.mto.gov.on.ca/
Alberta Transportation WWW Site (Home Page) http://www.trans.gov.ab.ca/
British Columbia Ministry of Transportation WWW Site (Home Page)
http://www.gov.bc.ca/tran/
Highways Agency WWW Site (Home Page) http://www.highways.gov.uk/
Department of the Environment, Transport and The Regions WWW site
(Home Page) http://www.transtat.dtlr.gov.uk/
Finnish Road Administration WWW Site (Home Page)
http://www.tiehallinto.fi/
Transit New Zealand WWW Site (Home Page) http://www.transit.govt.nz/
Transfund New Zealand WWW Site (Home Page)
http://www.transfund.govt.nz/
Swedish National Road Administration WWW Site (Home Page)
http://www.vv.se/for_lang/english/index.htm
U.S. Department of Transportation WWW Site (Home Page)
http://www.dot.gov/
Federal Highway Administration WWW Site (Home Page)
http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/
Secure Best Marks with AI Grader
Need help grading? Try our AI Grader for instant feedback on your assignments.

82 Innovative Project Delivery Methods for Infrastructure
APPENDIXES
13 APPENDIXES
APPENDIX A - AUSTRALIA
Road Network
Australia has diverse cultures and a mixed population of around 19 million
inhabitants. The country is approximately the size of the United States, but it
has only about 3 people per square kilometer or 23 people per kilometer.
Eighty five percent of the population resides in urban areas and 39% is
located in Sydney and Melbourne. Due to its vast size, the entire road
network of Australia has approximately 810,000 kilometers of roads. See
Table A-1 for details on the road length in each territory.
Road
Type NSW VIC QLD WA SA Tas NT ACT Total
National
Highway 3,010 1,010 4,190 4,647 2,752 320 2,670 20 18,400
Rural
Arterial 29,489 18,060 19,588 12,241 8,625 2,543 3,992 255 94,793
Urban
Arterial 4,181 3,180 1,524 1,588 929 369 160 510 12,441
Rural
Local 123,516 106,100 139,269 117,815 76,846 12,940 14,403 25 600,914
Urban
Local 21,103 26,400 14,814 10,469 7,431 1,728 59 1,830 84,834
Total All
Roads 181,299 154,750 179,385 146,760 96,584 18,901 31,284 2,640 811,603
Source: Road Facts 2000 (Austroads)
TABLE A-1 Road Length Via Territory (km)
Road Organization
The hierarchy of road management has 3 layers: the Federal Government,
the territories or states, and the local government. The Federal Government
manages about 18,500 kilometers (National Highways, Roads of National
Importance, selected black spots - high traffic volumes) with an annual
budget of approximately $AUS 710 million. The remaining roads are the
responsibility of the territorial and local authorities, accounting for an annual
investment of approximately $AUS 6.3 billion. The federal government
provides untied grants to the state and local governments for road
development and upkeep. The entire road infrastructure is valued at $AUS
100 billion.
Australia’s road administration is totally different from that of New Zealand.
Each state or territory of Australia is autonomous (self governing) and
provides road management via its individual policy and practices. It is highly
political and depends upon territorial and local issues. Each territory receives
co-shared funding from the federal government, which is quite similar to the
USA system. In November 2000, the Federal Government announced it
APPENDIXES
13 APPENDIXES
APPENDIX A - AUSTRALIA
Road Network
Australia has diverse cultures and a mixed population of around 19 million
inhabitants. The country is approximately the size of the United States, but it
has only about 3 people per square kilometer or 23 people per kilometer.
Eighty five percent of the population resides in urban areas and 39% is
located in Sydney and Melbourne. Due to its vast size, the entire road
network of Australia has approximately 810,000 kilometers of roads. See
Table A-1 for details on the road length in each territory.
Road
Type NSW VIC QLD WA SA Tas NT ACT Total
National
Highway 3,010 1,010 4,190 4,647 2,752 320 2,670 20 18,400
Rural
Arterial 29,489 18,060 19,588 12,241 8,625 2,543 3,992 255 94,793
Urban
Arterial 4,181 3,180 1,524 1,588 929 369 160 510 12,441
Rural
Local 123,516 106,100 139,269 117,815 76,846 12,940 14,403 25 600,914
Urban
Local 21,103 26,400 14,814 10,469 7,431 1,728 59 1,830 84,834
Total All
Roads 181,299 154,750 179,385 146,760 96,584 18,901 31,284 2,640 811,603
Source: Road Facts 2000 (Austroads)
TABLE A-1 Road Length Via Territory (km)
Road Organization
The hierarchy of road management has 3 layers: the Federal Government,
the territories or states, and the local government. The Federal Government
manages about 18,500 kilometers (National Highways, Roads of National
Importance, selected black spots - high traffic volumes) with an annual
budget of approximately $AUS 710 million. The remaining roads are the
responsibility of the territorial and local authorities, accounting for an annual
investment of approximately $AUS 6.3 billion. The federal government
provides untied grants to the state and local governments for road
development and upkeep. The entire road infrastructure is valued at $AUS
100 billion.
Australia’s road administration is totally different from that of New Zealand.
Each state or territory of Australia is autonomous (self governing) and
provides road management via its individual policy and practices. It is highly
political and depends upon territorial and local issues. Each territory receives
co-shared funding from the federal government, which is quite similar to the
USA system. In November 2000, the Federal Government announced it

Innovative Project Delivery Methods for Infrastructure 83
APPENDIXES
would provide an extra $AUS 1.2 billion over four years to the local councils
under the Roads to Recovery Program.
Since the climate and land terrain is so diverse and many areas are not
inhabited, 40% of the roads have sealed surfaces, usually bitumen or
concrete. Another 40% have a gravel or other improved surface and 20%
are some form of built or cleared roads. The distances are great between the
north and south, and the east and west territories. In addition, there are
about 33,000 bridges.
The state road administrations or territories vary, depending on cultural and
local interests. Australia’s eight independent states and the national road
network are shown on the map in figure A-1. The territories are listed below:
New South Wales (NSW)
Victoria (VIC)
Queensland (QLD)
Western Australia (WA)
Southern Australia (SA)
Tasmania (Tas)
Northern Territories (NT)
Australian Capital Territory (ACT)
Source: http://www.dotrs.gov.au/
FIGURE A-1 Map of Australia
APPENDIXES
would provide an extra $AUS 1.2 billion over four years to the local councils
under the Roads to Recovery Program.
Since the climate and land terrain is so diverse and many areas are not
inhabited, 40% of the roads have sealed surfaces, usually bitumen or
concrete. Another 40% have a gravel or other improved surface and 20%
are some form of built or cleared roads. The distances are great between the
north and south, and the east and west territories. In addition, there are
about 33,000 bridges.
The state road administrations or territories vary, depending on cultural and
local interests. Australia’s eight independent states and the national road
network are shown on the map in figure A-1. The territories are listed below:
New South Wales (NSW)
Victoria (VIC)
Queensland (QLD)
Western Australia (WA)
Southern Australia (SA)
Tasmania (Tas)
Northern Territories (NT)
Australian Capital Territory (ACT)
Source: http://www.dotrs.gov.au/
FIGURE A-1 Map of Australia

84 Innovative Project Delivery Methods for Infrastructure
APPENDIXES
It is difficult to characterize the entire country of Australia and not practical to
analyze and explain the differences in each state territory. Just as the USA
has many states, the practices vary accordingly. A good resource for an
overview is the Austroads Publication “Road Maintenance By Contract: what
are the risks and benefits”.
Australian territories incorporate a wide range of client type organizations,
with some totally in-house and some a type of hybrid concept, and
outsourcing contractor arrangements. A summary of the practices in each
territory is shown in Table A-2.
Capital Project Delivery Methods
Capital investment projects are procured with almost all models, depending
on the territory in Australia. Each project is handled as a separate case and
the client determines the delivery system used. Contractor selection
methods vary from low bid to weighted average, and contracts may be lump
sum, schedule of rates, cost plus fee, or costs reimbursable.
TERRITORY IN-HOUSE OR
OUTSOURCED
TYPICAL
CONTRACT
LONG-TERM
CONTRACTS
New South Wales
(NSW) Both Schedule of Rates &
Labor Rates Yes
Victoria (VIC) Both Schedule of Rates No
Queensland (QLD) Mostly In-House Schedule of Rates &
Labor Rates No
Western Australia
(WA) Outsourced Lump Sum No
Southern Australia
(SA) Both
Schedule of Rates &
Labor Rates & Lump
Sum
No
Tasmania (Tas) Outsourced Schedule of Rates &
Lump Sum Yes
Northern Territories
(NT) Outsourced Schedule of Rates No
Australian Capital
Territory (ACT) Both Schedule of Rates No
Source: Maintenance by Contract – ARRB Transport Research
TABLE A-2 Maintenance Structure & Contracting Arrangements
APPENDIXES
It is difficult to characterize the entire country of Australia and not practical to
analyze and explain the differences in each state territory. Just as the USA
has many states, the practices vary accordingly. A good resource for an
overview is the Austroads Publication “Road Maintenance By Contract: what
are the risks and benefits”.
Australian territories incorporate a wide range of client type organizations,
with some totally in-house and some a type of hybrid concept, and
outsourcing contractor arrangements. A summary of the practices in each
territory is shown in Table A-2.
Capital Project Delivery Methods
Capital investment projects are procured with almost all models, depending
on the territory in Australia. Each project is handled as a separate case and
the client determines the delivery system used. Contractor selection
methods vary from low bid to weighted average, and contracts may be lump
sum, schedule of rates, cost plus fee, or costs reimbursable.
TERRITORY IN-HOUSE OR
OUTSOURCED
TYPICAL
CONTRACT
LONG-TERM
CONTRACTS
New South Wales
(NSW) Both Schedule of Rates &
Labor Rates Yes
Victoria (VIC) Both Schedule of Rates No
Queensland (QLD) Mostly In-House Schedule of Rates &
Labor Rates No
Western Australia
(WA) Outsourced Lump Sum No
Southern Australia
(SA) Both
Schedule of Rates &
Labor Rates & Lump
Sum
No
Tasmania (Tas) Outsourced Schedule of Rates &
Lump Sum Yes
Northern Territories
(NT) Outsourced Schedule of Rates No
Australian Capital
Territory (ACT) Both Schedule of Rates No
Source: Maintenance by Contract – ARRB Transport Research
TABLE A-2 Maintenance Structure & Contracting Arrangements
Paraphrase This Document
Need a fresh take? Get an instant paraphrase of this document with our AI Paraphraser

Innovative Project Delivery Methods for Infrastructure 85
APPENDIXES
Maintenance Contracts
Maintenance contracts also vary from territory to territory, with the most
innovative being the long-term contracts in Western Australia, Sydney, and
Tasmania. Neither Tasmania or Western Australia have any in-house
maintenance workers, while Sydney still maintains its own workforce. Table
A-3 shows most of the information concerning the type of contract,
contractor selection criteria and the method of delivery. Because of its
internal staff and own experts, only the RTA Sidney long-term maintenance
contract does not include consultant type assistance.
Type of
Contract
Contract
Duration
Contract
Method
Contractor
Selection
Criteria
Activities
Included
RTA, NSW Outcome-
Based 10 Years Lump Sum 80% Price
20% Other All
Tasmania
(Southern
Region)
Outcome-
Based 10 Years Lump Sum 50% Price
50% Other All
Western
Australia
Outcome-
Based 10 Years Lump Sum 40% Price
60% Other All
TABLE A-3 Long-term Maintenance Contracts Used in Australia
Benefits & Disadvantages
Benefits:
• Clients receive cost savings ranging from 10-35%
• Knowledge of the network data and conditions significantly improved
(right to monitor)
• Innovation is maximized through longer maintenance contracts
• Partnering and teaming efforts were realized & effective (Utilizes a
viewpoint that partnering and teaming were more important than what
the legal documents said)
• Better management of the network & targeted maintenance - cost
effective solutions
• Applying alternative treatments and innovative practices
• Network contractors can provide cost savings for other improvements in
the network
• Emergency response improvements by contractors
• Client has been able to transfer many risks to the contractor
• Duplicate inspections not needed - saves costs
• Realized improvements in gravel roads by maintaining a greater
thickness in the top layer
APPENDIXES
Maintenance Contracts
Maintenance contracts also vary from territory to territory, with the most
innovative being the long-term contracts in Western Australia, Sydney, and
Tasmania. Neither Tasmania or Western Australia have any in-house
maintenance workers, while Sydney still maintains its own workforce. Table
A-3 shows most of the information concerning the type of contract,
contractor selection criteria and the method of delivery. Because of its
internal staff and own experts, only the RTA Sidney long-term maintenance
contract does not include consultant type assistance.
Type of
Contract
Contract
Duration
Contract
Method
Contractor
Selection
Criteria
Activities
Included
RTA, NSW Outcome-
Based 10 Years Lump Sum 80% Price
20% Other All
Tasmania
(Southern
Region)
Outcome-
Based 10 Years Lump Sum 50% Price
50% Other All
Western
Australia
Outcome-
Based 10 Years Lump Sum 40% Price
60% Other All
TABLE A-3 Long-term Maintenance Contracts Used in Australia
Benefits & Disadvantages
Benefits:
• Clients receive cost savings ranging from 10-35%
• Knowledge of the network data and conditions significantly improved
(right to monitor)
• Innovation is maximized through longer maintenance contracts
• Partnering and teaming efforts were realized & effective (Utilizes a
viewpoint that partnering and teaming were more important than what
the legal documents said)
• Better management of the network & targeted maintenance - cost
effective solutions
• Applying alternative treatments and innovative practices
• Network contractors can provide cost savings for other improvements in
the network
• Emergency response improvements by contractors
• Client has been able to transfer many risks to the contractor
• Duplicate inspections not needed - saves costs
• Realized improvements in gravel roads by maintaining a greater
thickness in the top layer

86 Innovative Project Delivery Methods for Infrastructure
APPENDIXES
Disadvantages:
• Politics play an important role in which systems will be adopted (Social
pressures)
• Most long-term projects were 1st time efforts and problems were noted in
defining proper performance criteria and how to tender the project
properly
• Road data that contractors are bidding on is not 100% reliable
(Predicting performance on data)
• Uncertainty of long term relationships
• Difficulty during the tender process with placing a price on innovation
• How to input future innovations, such as IT developments, into the
process
• Targeted maintenance - not always what the client was normally used to
achieving
• Too much duplicate inspection in some projects, if Client mandates
• Perceived loss of control
• Some political & social consequences were noted in rural areas
• Role of the client changes - utilizing more management type skills
• Some loss of quality in the first few years, due to startup learning and
developing the network
• Client perceived minimum level of effort by Contractor in some cases
• Contractor layers results in chain of command inefficiencies
APPENDIXES
Disadvantages:
• Politics play an important role in which systems will be adopted (Social
pressures)
• Most long-term projects were 1st time efforts and problems were noted in
defining proper performance criteria and how to tender the project
properly
• Road data that contractors are bidding on is not 100% reliable
(Predicting performance on data)
• Uncertainty of long term relationships
• Difficulty during the tender process with placing a price on innovation
• How to input future innovations, such as IT developments, into the
process
• Targeted maintenance - not always what the client was normally used to
achieving
• Too much duplicate inspection in some projects, if Client mandates
• Perceived loss of control
• Some political & social consequences were noted in rural areas
• Role of the client changes - utilizing more management type skills
• Some loss of quality in the first few years, due to startup learning and
developing the network
• Client perceived minimum level of effort by Contractor in some cases
• Contractor layers results in chain of command inefficiencies

Innovative Project Delivery Methods for Infrastructure 87
APPENDIXES
APPENDIX B - CANADA
Road Network
Three provinces in Canada were included in this study: Alberta, British
Columbia and Ontario. The road network in each province is shown in Table
B-1.
Province Network
Areas Road Length Year Totally
Outsourced
Alberta,
Canada 30
15 000 km
New – Additional
15 000 local km
1997
British
Columbia,
Canada
28 42 000 km 1988
Ontario,
Canada 41 16 500 km 1996
TABLE B-1 Canadian Road Lengths Via Territory
Road Organization
All of these Canadian provinces are required to secure their own funding,
because there is no centralized federal allocation of funding. Therefore, each
province needs to fund and manage its own road network. Each province is
quite decentralized and utilizes regional offices to manage day-to-day
operations. Due to changes in the government process, these territories
were required to outsource maintenance activities to the private sector in the
year shown in Table B-1. This means the road administration needs to
procure services and products for both capital and maintenance projects.
Capital Projects
For the most part these territories utilize the same traditional Design-Bid-
Build project delivery method for roads. Only the Toronto 407 ETR utilized a
combination of Design-Build and Design-Build-Maintain-Operate as the most
innovative project.
Delivery Method Contractor
Selection Methods
Contract
Type
D-B-B Low Bid Lump Sum
APPENDIXES
APPENDIX B - CANADA
Road Network
Three provinces in Canada were included in this study: Alberta, British
Columbia and Ontario. The road network in each province is shown in Table
B-1.
Province Network
Areas Road Length Year Totally
Outsourced
Alberta,
Canada 30
15 000 km
New – Additional
15 000 local km
1997
British
Columbia,
Canada
28 42 000 km 1988
Ontario,
Canada 41 16 500 km 1996
TABLE B-1 Canadian Road Lengths Via Territory
Road Organization
All of these Canadian provinces are required to secure their own funding,
because there is no centralized federal allocation of funding. Therefore, each
province needs to fund and manage its own road network. Each province is
quite decentralized and utilizes regional offices to manage day-to-day
operations. Due to changes in the government process, these territories
were required to outsource maintenance activities to the private sector in the
year shown in Table B-1. This means the road administration needs to
procure services and products for both capital and maintenance projects.
Capital Projects
For the most part these territories utilize the same traditional Design-Bid-
Build project delivery method for roads. Only the Toronto 407 ETR utilized a
combination of Design-Build and Design-Build-Maintain-Operate as the most
innovative project.
Delivery Method Contractor
Selection Methods
Contract
Type
D-B-B Low Bid Lump Sum
Secure Best Marks with AI Grader
Need help grading? Try our AI Grader for instant feedback on your assignments.

88 Innovative Project Delivery Methods for Infrastructure
APPENDIXES
Maintenance Contracts
Ontario, Canada
Ontario province has outsourced maintenance since December 1996, and it
uses quite a different approach compared to the other provinces and
countries. They have two scenarios for maintenance, which are:
• Area Maintenance Contracts (AMC)
• Maintenance Outsourced (MO)
The strategy was to outsource via AMC if cost savings could be
demonstrated. Otherwise, they would outsource via Maintenance
Outsourced using the traditional process. The AMC were for 3 years with a
possible 2-year extension, and they usually incorporated 3-4 areas of 300-
500 km length roads. These 3-4 areas could be bid on separately or as any
combination, or all the areas could be included in one bid package.
Resurfacing and rehabilitation are still performed under capital projects.
The contractor selection method for all contracts is based on 90% price and
10% other criteria, and they are administered by the central administration,
not the regional offices. These contracts are based on a Lump Sum contract.
Recently, a new round of AMC has increased the duration to 8 years (5+3).
Alberta, Canada
Alberta province has been outsourcing maintenance since October 1995, but
it still manages the process via in-house control. In other words, the road
administration orders the service levels as physical work packages. Alberta
is divided into 30 Contract Maintenance Areas (CMA) of about 500 km
lengths, for a total road network of 15,000 km. The CMAs are for a 5-year
duration, and contractors originally could only win a total of 4 areas. Also,
these original contractor selection methods were based on 60% price and
40% other criteria, under a unit price agreement. Resurfacing and
rehabilitation is still performed under capital projects.
The second round of contracts began in the year 2000 and the contractors
were allowed to win a total of 7 CMAs. In addition, the contractor selection
method was changed to 78% Price and 22% other criteria, under a unit price
agreement.
The most recent change is that the road authority has now inherited an extra
15,000 km of local roads, which need to be added to the total network
length.
APPENDIXES
Maintenance Contracts
Ontario, Canada
Ontario province has outsourced maintenance since December 1996, and it
uses quite a different approach compared to the other provinces and
countries. They have two scenarios for maintenance, which are:
• Area Maintenance Contracts (AMC)
• Maintenance Outsourced (MO)
The strategy was to outsource via AMC if cost savings could be
demonstrated. Otherwise, they would outsource via Maintenance
Outsourced using the traditional process. The AMC were for 3 years with a
possible 2-year extension, and they usually incorporated 3-4 areas of 300-
500 km length roads. These 3-4 areas could be bid on separately or as any
combination, or all the areas could be included in one bid package.
Resurfacing and rehabilitation are still performed under capital projects.
The contractor selection method for all contracts is based on 90% price and
10% other criteria, and they are administered by the central administration,
not the regional offices. These contracts are based on a Lump Sum contract.
Recently, a new round of AMC has increased the duration to 8 years (5+3).
Alberta, Canada
Alberta province has been outsourcing maintenance since October 1995, but
it still manages the process via in-house control. In other words, the road
administration orders the service levels as physical work packages. Alberta
is divided into 30 Contract Maintenance Areas (CMA) of about 500 km
lengths, for a total road network of 15,000 km. The CMAs are for a 5-year
duration, and contractors originally could only win a total of 4 areas. Also,
these original contractor selection methods were based on 60% price and
40% other criteria, under a unit price agreement. Resurfacing and
rehabilitation is still performed under capital projects.
The second round of contracts began in the year 2000 and the contractors
were allowed to win a total of 7 CMAs. In addition, the contractor selection
method was changed to 78% Price and 22% other criteria, under a unit price
agreement.
The most recent change is that the road authority has now inherited an extra
15,000 km of local roads, which need to be added to the total network
length.

Innovative Project Delivery Methods for Infrastructure 89
APPENDIXES
British Columbia, Canada
British Columbia started outsourcing maintenance prior to any other province
in Canada, in 1988. Since outsourcing has been practiced longer, they have
basically gone through 3 phases. British Columbia has 28 network contract
areas for a total of about 42,000 km. The first phase was for 3-year Lump
Sum agreements, and in 1995 the term was increased to 5 years.
Now the contract length is 8 years (5+3 years), on a lump sum basis with
outcome-based criteria, which differs from the other provinces. Contractor
selection is based on 40% price and 60% other criteria.
All the provinces were required to outsource their maintenance activities, but
each province took a different approach to the maintenance contracting
situation. Table B-2 shows some of the different approaches and what
differences there were in each province.
Type of
Contract
Contract
Duration
Contract
Method
Contractor
Selection
Criteria
Activities
Included
Alberta,
Canada
Output
Based 5 Years Unit Price 78% Price
22% Other
All except
Resurfacing &
Rehabilitation
British
Columbia,
Canada
Outcome
Based
8 Years
(New – 5+3) Lump Sum 40% Price
60% Other
All except
Resurfacing &
Rehabilitation
Ontario,
Canada
Output
Based
8 Years
(New – 5+3) Lump Sum 90% Price
10% Other
All except
Resurfacing &
Rehabilitation
TABLE B-2 Long-term Contracts in Canada
Benefits & Disadvantages
Benefits:
• Canada has created a new maintenance industry
• Clients receive some cost savings (unable to provide any figures)
• Outsourcing has progressed quite well and forced the industry to develop
• Good cooperation with industrial groups
• The beginning is the best time to create new start-up companies (new
industry)
• Better asset management
• Knowledge of the network data improved
• Innovation is enhanced (slow improvements) in longer length contracts
• Typically there has been equipment innovation & targeted maintenance
(3-5 year contracts)
• Network quality is as good or better in these area contracts
• Partnering is working well
• Better management of the network and cost effective solutions
• Client has been able to transfer many risks to the contractor (except
Alberta)
APPENDIXES
British Columbia, Canada
British Columbia started outsourcing maintenance prior to any other province
in Canada, in 1988. Since outsourcing has been practiced longer, they have
basically gone through 3 phases. British Columbia has 28 network contract
areas for a total of about 42,000 km. The first phase was for 3-year Lump
Sum agreements, and in 1995 the term was increased to 5 years.
Now the contract length is 8 years (5+3 years), on a lump sum basis with
outcome-based criteria, which differs from the other provinces. Contractor
selection is based on 40% price and 60% other criteria.
All the provinces were required to outsource their maintenance activities, but
each province took a different approach to the maintenance contracting
situation. Table B-2 shows some of the different approaches and what
differences there were in each province.
Type of
Contract
Contract
Duration
Contract
Method
Contractor
Selection
Criteria
Activities
Included
Alberta,
Canada
Output
Based 5 Years Unit Price 78% Price
22% Other
All except
Resurfacing &
Rehabilitation
British
Columbia,
Canada
Outcome
Based
8 Years
(New – 5+3) Lump Sum 40% Price
60% Other
All except
Resurfacing &
Rehabilitation
Ontario,
Canada
Output
Based
8 Years
(New – 5+3) Lump Sum 90% Price
10% Other
All except
Resurfacing &
Rehabilitation
TABLE B-2 Long-term Contracts in Canada
Benefits & Disadvantages
Benefits:
• Canada has created a new maintenance industry
• Clients receive some cost savings (unable to provide any figures)
• Outsourcing has progressed quite well and forced the industry to develop
• Good cooperation with industrial groups
• The beginning is the best time to create new start-up companies (new
industry)
• Better asset management
• Knowledge of the network data improved
• Innovation is enhanced (slow improvements) in longer length contracts
• Typically there has been equipment innovation & targeted maintenance
(3-5 year contracts)
• Network quality is as good or better in these area contracts
• Partnering is working well
• Better management of the network and cost effective solutions
• Client has been able to transfer many risks to the contractor (except
Alberta)

90 Innovative Project Delivery Methods for Infrastructure
APPENDIXES
• Duplicate inspections not needed - saves costs, too (random
inspections)
• Better level of service for the roads
• Alberta claims to have the lowest prices
Disadvantages:
• Ontario - not all network areas were transferred to the AMC
• Unit price (Alberta) - Client retains the risk & little innovation
• New maintenance industry needed to be bonded
• Major innovations were not really realized - earlier contracts were 3-5
years
• Mobilization issues need to be discussed/resolved early in the process
(financial flexibility)
• How to input future innovations, such as IT developments, into the
process
• Targeted maintenance - not always what the client was normally used to
achieving
• Loss of control
• Loss of flexibility
• Loss of costing information
• Loss of operational knowledge (transferred to the private sector)
• BC has had defaults & labor problems (Union labor was about twice that
of the private sector)
• Role of the client changes - moving to more asset-based management &
aging workforce
• Some loss of quality in the first few years, due to startup learning and
developing the network
APPENDIXES
• Duplicate inspections not needed - saves costs, too (random
inspections)
• Better level of service for the roads
• Alberta claims to have the lowest prices
Disadvantages:
• Ontario - not all network areas were transferred to the AMC
• Unit price (Alberta) - Client retains the risk & little innovation
• New maintenance industry needed to be bonded
• Major innovations were not really realized - earlier contracts were 3-5
years
• Mobilization issues need to be discussed/resolved early in the process
(financial flexibility)
• How to input future innovations, such as IT developments, into the
process
• Targeted maintenance - not always what the client was normally used to
achieving
• Loss of control
• Loss of flexibility
• Loss of costing information
• Loss of operational knowledge (transferred to the private sector)
• BC has had defaults & labor problems (Union labor was about twice that
of the private sector)
• Role of the client changes - moving to more asset-based management &
aging workforce
• Some loss of quality in the first few years, due to startup learning and
developing the network
Paraphrase This Document
Need a fresh take? Get an instant paraphrase of this document with our AI Paraphraser

Innovative Project Delivery Methods for Infrastructure 91
APPENDIXES
APPENDIX C - ENGLAND
Road Network
England has a multi-cultural population of around 53 million inhabitants with
a road infrastructure of approximately 9,760 kilometers of main highways
and trunk roads. These main highways and trunk roads are managed by a
government agency known as the Highways Agency (HA). The network
value is estimated to be approximately £55 billion (540 billion FIM). The
remaining road network is managed and cared for by county councils
throughout England, and it contains approximately 275,000 kilometers of
roads. There are 90 somewhat county councils with various districts, which
dictate the strategy for road maintenance within their local areas. A map of
the road network is shown in Figure C-1.
Road Organization
This section only addresses the roads managed by the HA, which is funded
from the state budget (through the Department of the Environment,
Transport and the Regions - DETR) and is authorized £1.533 billion
(approximately 15 billion FIM) for the year 2001/2002. However, one county
council - Hertsfordshire County Council, is summarized since a visit was
made to their head office, and they are seeking an innovative path for future
road maintenance. The Highways Agency was formed in April 1994, and it’s
mission was to manage and care for the highways and trunk roads in
England. Prior to 1994, the road network was totally managed by the 90
county councils, but this seemed to be inefficient, and it was very difficult for
the private sector to administer to the varies procurement and contracting
methods tendered through these 90 client type organizations. The HA was
formed to bring more efficiency and effectiveness to the process. The total
budget targeted for the fiscal year 2001/2002 is:
• £687 million (about 6.7 billion FIM) - Maintenance
• £212 million (about 2.1 billion FIM) - Making Better Use of the Existing
Road Network (MBU)
• £634 million (about 6.2 billion FIM) - Major improvements (2.2 billion FIM
- PPP)
The Highways Agency has a total staff of about 1,770, with eleven offices in
the 9 Regional areas that incorporate the 20 area networks (A1-A20) of the
entire road network of 9,760 km. The Highways Agency operates similarly to
many road administrations in which actual day-to-day operations are
managed by regional offices, and the headquarters personnel provide
support, objectives, strategic direction, and future vision. The HA is
considered a client organization which procures capital projects and
maintains the existing road network. The main federal government authority
began a Compulsory Competitive Tendering (CCT) process in the late
1980s, which has continued through today. All road maintenance and capital
projects are competitively tendered through this CCT process. Even the
county councils are mandated to outsource road projects. The HA has set
objectives and a strategy for the road network. The eight key objectives
APPENDIXES
APPENDIX C - ENGLAND
Road Network
England has a multi-cultural population of around 53 million inhabitants with
a road infrastructure of approximately 9,760 kilometers of main highways
and trunk roads. These main highways and trunk roads are managed by a
government agency known as the Highways Agency (HA). The network
value is estimated to be approximately £55 billion (540 billion FIM). The
remaining road network is managed and cared for by county councils
throughout England, and it contains approximately 275,000 kilometers of
roads. There are 90 somewhat county councils with various districts, which
dictate the strategy for road maintenance within their local areas. A map of
the road network is shown in Figure C-1.
Road Organization
This section only addresses the roads managed by the HA, which is funded
from the state budget (through the Department of the Environment,
Transport and the Regions - DETR) and is authorized £1.533 billion
(approximately 15 billion FIM) for the year 2001/2002. However, one county
council - Hertsfordshire County Council, is summarized since a visit was
made to their head office, and they are seeking an innovative path for future
road maintenance. The Highways Agency was formed in April 1994, and it’s
mission was to manage and care for the highways and trunk roads in
England. Prior to 1994, the road network was totally managed by the 90
county councils, but this seemed to be inefficient, and it was very difficult for
the private sector to administer to the varies procurement and contracting
methods tendered through these 90 client type organizations. The HA was
formed to bring more efficiency and effectiveness to the process. The total
budget targeted for the fiscal year 2001/2002 is:
• £687 million (about 6.7 billion FIM) - Maintenance
• £212 million (about 2.1 billion FIM) - Making Better Use of the Existing
Road Network (MBU)
• £634 million (about 6.2 billion FIM) - Major improvements (2.2 billion FIM
- PPP)
The Highways Agency has a total staff of about 1,770, with eleven offices in
the 9 Regional areas that incorporate the 20 area networks (A1-A20) of the
entire road network of 9,760 km. The Highways Agency operates similarly to
many road administrations in which actual day-to-day operations are
managed by regional offices, and the headquarters personnel provide
support, objectives, strategic direction, and future vision. The HA is
considered a client organization which procures capital projects and
maintains the existing road network. The main federal government authority
began a Compulsory Competitive Tendering (CCT) process in the late
1980s, which has continued through today. All road maintenance and capital
projects are competitively tendered through this CCT process. Even the
county councils are mandated to outsource road projects. The HA has set
objectives and a strategy for the road network. The eight key objectives

92 Innovative Project Delivery Methods for Infrastructure
APPENDIXES
(agreed on with the ministers as part of the 1998 integrated transport white
paper “A New Deal For Trunk Roads in England”) are:
• To give priority to the maintenance of trunk roads and bridges with the
broad objective of minimizing whole life costs
• To develop the Agency's role as network operator by implementing traffic
management, network communications and other measures aimed at
making the best use of the existing infrastructure and facilitating
integration with other transport modes
• To take action to reduce congestion and increase the reliability of journey
times
• To carry out the Government's targeted program of investment in trunk
road improvements
• To minimize the impact of the trunk road network on both the natural and
built environment
• To improve safety for all road users and contribute to the Government's
new safety strategy and targets for 2010
• To work in partnership with road users, transport providers and
operators, local authorities and others affected by our operations, to
promote choice and information for travelers, monitoring and publishing
information about the performance and reliability of the network
• To be a good employer, managing the Agency's business efficiently and
effectively, seeking continuous improvement
In pursuing these objectives, the Agency works in partnership with local
highway authorities to share information and expertise on the management,
maintenance and improvement of roads. The above objectives support one
or more of the road-based outcomes identified in the 10-year plan, which are
set out along with additional outcomes, smarter roads, as identified by the
Agency in Strategic Roads 2010. The agency’s outcomes in the 10-year plan
(set in July 2000) are:
Easing Congestion - Reduction in congestion on inter-urban trunk roads to
5% below 2000 levels (compared with present forecast growth of 28%) by 31
March 2011.
Effective Maintenance - Road condition maintained to a high standard, so
that the proportion requiring maintenance in any future year is held at an
optimum level (between 7% and 8%).
Safer Travel - A one third reduction in the number of people killed or
seriously injured on the strategic road network and a 10% reduction in the
slight casualty rate by 31 March 2011.
Better Information - Greater confidence for road users planning their
journeys as a result of instant access to information about conditions on the
network.
Quieter Roads - Reduction in traffic noise benefiting three million people
living within 600 m of trunk roads.
APPENDIXES
(agreed on with the ministers as part of the 1998 integrated transport white
paper “A New Deal For Trunk Roads in England”) are:
• To give priority to the maintenance of trunk roads and bridges with the
broad objective of minimizing whole life costs
• To develop the Agency's role as network operator by implementing traffic
management, network communications and other measures aimed at
making the best use of the existing infrastructure and facilitating
integration with other transport modes
• To take action to reduce congestion and increase the reliability of journey
times
• To carry out the Government's targeted program of investment in trunk
road improvements
• To minimize the impact of the trunk road network on both the natural and
built environment
• To improve safety for all road users and contribute to the Government's
new safety strategy and targets for 2010
• To work in partnership with road users, transport providers and
operators, local authorities and others affected by our operations, to
promote choice and information for travelers, monitoring and publishing
information about the performance and reliability of the network
• To be a good employer, managing the Agency's business efficiently and
effectively, seeking continuous improvement
In pursuing these objectives, the Agency works in partnership with local
highway authorities to share information and expertise on the management,
maintenance and improvement of roads. The above objectives support one
or more of the road-based outcomes identified in the 10-year plan, which are
set out along with additional outcomes, smarter roads, as identified by the
Agency in Strategic Roads 2010. The agency’s outcomes in the 10-year plan
(set in July 2000) are:
Easing Congestion - Reduction in congestion on inter-urban trunk roads to
5% below 2000 levels (compared with present forecast growth of 28%) by 31
March 2011.
Effective Maintenance - Road condition maintained to a high standard, so
that the proportion requiring maintenance in any future year is held at an
optimum level (between 7% and 8%).
Safer Travel - A one third reduction in the number of people killed or
seriously injured on the strategic road network and a 10% reduction in the
slight casualty rate by 31 March 2011.
Better Information - Greater confidence for road users planning their
journeys as a result of instant access to information about conditions on the
network.
Quieter Roads - Reduction in traffic noise benefiting three million people
living within 600 m of trunk roads.

Innovative Project Delivery Methods for Infrastructure 93
APPENDIXES
Delivering in Partnership - A more effective roads program, with better
evaluation of needs, and options, quicker delivery and lower impacts on the
environment.
Smarter Roads - Increasing the use of new technology to improve the real-
time management of traffic on our strategic road network. New systems will
provide more reliable journey times, improve safety and control traffic flows.
The above-mentioned 10-year plan outcomes are in turn supported by:
• Ministerial Targets - 12 targets according to which the performance of
the Agency will be assessed by ministers.
• Strategic Roads 2010 Targets - 33 targets aimed at delivering 10-year
plan outcomes
• Road Users' Charter - 16 targets based on customer-focused
performance service standards published in the new edition of the Road
Users Charter.
• The Agency will continue to work with DETR to develop performance
indicators and measures with which to monitor progress towards
meeting the 10-year plan outcomes.
Therefore, the Highways Agency’s role is to procure capital projects and
maintenance services from the private sector via a public competitive
tendering process. The HA does not have any in-house design capability.
HA information, reports, and activities can be found at the following www site
- http://www.highways.gov.uk/.
Recent Changes
The HA are now changing their organizational strategy. The staff from the
Central HQ in London will be reconfigured to 30-50 administration and upper
management, while the remaining staff will be transferred to the 9 Regional
offices or to other agencies, if they do not wish to relocate. This change is
planned to occur in the year 2002.
Another significant change is that £2 billion (20 billion FÍM) is expected to be
invested in the Private Financing Intiative (PFI) during the 2010 plan, which
calls for increases in DBFOs.
One other change is that the HA is de-trunking some of the roads and
returning the areas back to the county councils for management. Some 500
km of roads are expected to be transferred during the year 2001/2002.
APPENDIXES
Delivering in Partnership - A more effective roads program, with better
evaluation of needs, and options, quicker delivery and lower impacts on the
environment.
Smarter Roads - Increasing the use of new technology to improve the real-
time management of traffic on our strategic road network. New systems will
provide more reliable journey times, improve safety and control traffic flows.
The above-mentioned 10-year plan outcomes are in turn supported by:
• Ministerial Targets - 12 targets according to which the performance of
the Agency will be assessed by ministers.
• Strategic Roads 2010 Targets - 33 targets aimed at delivering 10-year
plan outcomes
• Road Users' Charter - 16 targets based on customer-focused
performance service standards published in the new edition of the Road
Users Charter.
• The Agency will continue to work with DETR to develop performance
indicators and measures with which to monitor progress towards
meeting the 10-year plan outcomes.
Therefore, the Highways Agency’s role is to procure capital projects and
maintenance services from the private sector via a public competitive
tendering process. The HA does not have any in-house design capability.
HA information, reports, and activities can be found at the following www site
- http://www.highways.gov.uk/.
Recent Changes
The HA are now changing their organizational strategy. The staff from the
Central HQ in London will be reconfigured to 30-50 administration and upper
management, while the remaining staff will be transferred to the 9 Regional
offices or to other agencies, if they do not wish to relocate. This change is
planned to occur in the year 2002.
Another significant change is that £2 billion (20 billion FÍM) is expected to be
invested in the Private Financing Intiative (PFI) during the 2010 plan, which
calls for increases in DBFOs.
One other change is that the HA is de-trunking some of the roads and
returning the areas back to the county councils for management. Some 500
km of roads are expected to be transferred during the year 2001/2002.
Secure Best Marks with AI Grader
Need help grading? Try our AI Grader for instant feedback on your assignments.

94 Innovative Project Delivery Methods for Infrastructure
APPENDIXES
Source: HA Paving The Way
FIGURE C-1 Main Highways and Trunk Roads in England
Capital Projects
The Highways Agency has evolved so that the only main procurement
method utilizes the DBFO model for all future capital projects. Another
process being evaluated is almost considered a Full Delivery Method. These
models are:
• Design Build Finance Operate (DBFO)
• New Engineering Contract (NEC), which is somewhat similar to the New
Zealand Full Delivery Method. (The contractor and design team are
brought into the process during the early initial pre-planning phase as a
APPENDIXES
Source: HA Paving The Way
FIGURE C-1 Main Highways and Trunk Roads in England
Capital Projects
The Highways Agency has evolved so that the only main procurement
method utilizes the DBFO model for all future capital projects. Another
process being evaluated is almost considered a Full Delivery Method. These
models are:
• Design Build Finance Operate (DBFO)
• New Engineering Contract (NEC), which is somewhat similar to the New
Zealand Full Delivery Method. (The contractor and design team are
brought into the process during the early initial pre-planning phase as a

Innovative Project Delivery Methods for Infrastructure 95
APPENDIXES
Variable Lump Sum contract, and then later on when the design can be
formed into design documentation, a Target Price is negotiated).
In the past, the HA used to utilize Design-Bid-Build, but has made this
obsolete. Presently there are 2 remaining DBFOs projects to be tendered,
and more when the PFI projects are determined.
The Agency formally launched its use of the Private Finance Initiative (PFI)
to procure road service on parts of the motorway and trunk road network in
August 1994. The Agency’s objectives for each DBFO project were:
• to ensure that the project road is designed, maintained and operated
safely and satisfactorily so as to minimize any adverse impact on the
environment and maximize benefit to road users;
• to transfer the appropriate level of risk to the private sector;
• to promote innovation, not only in technical and operational matters, but
also in financial and commercial arrangements;
• to foster the development of a private sector road-operating industry in
the UK; and
• to minimize the financial contribution required from the public sector.
The service includes assuming responsibility for the operation and
maintenance of a length of existing road (where relevant) and ensuring that
specified construction scheme(s) along the length of road are constructed
and made available to road users. The private sector is subsequently
responsible for the operation and maintenance of the new sections of road.
Figure C-2 demonstrates the process quite well.
Source: HA DBFO – Value in Roads
FIGURE C-2 Typical Project Delivery Process in England
APPENDIXES
Variable Lump Sum contract, and then later on when the design can be
formed into design documentation, a Target Price is negotiated).
In the past, the HA used to utilize Design-Bid-Build, but has made this
obsolete. Presently there are 2 remaining DBFOs projects to be tendered,
and more when the PFI projects are determined.
The Agency formally launched its use of the Private Finance Initiative (PFI)
to procure road service on parts of the motorway and trunk road network in
August 1994. The Agency’s objectives for each DBFO project were:
• to ensure that the project road is designed, maintained and operated
safely and satisfactorily so as to minimize any adverse impact on the
environment and maximize benefit to road users;
• to transfer the appropriate level of risk to the private sector;
• to promote innovation, not only in technical and operational matters, but
also in financial and commercial arrangements;
• to foster the development of a private sector road-operating industry in
the UK; and
• to minimize the financial contribution required from the public sector.
The service includes assuming responsibility for the operation and
maintenance of a length of existing road (where relevant) and ensuring that
specified construction scheme(s) along the length of road are constructed
and made available to road users. The private sector is subsequently
responsible for the operation and maintenance of the new sections of road.
Figure C-2 demonstrates the process quite well.
Source: HA DBFO – Value in Roads
FIGURE C-2 Typical Project Delivery Process in England

96 Innovative Project Delivery Methods for Infrastructure
APPENDIXES
Key aspects of this project delivery are noted below:
• Fixed price with variable schedule of payments during the actual
construction phase
• Typically a 30-year contract for both capital and maintenance
• Utilizes the EU negotiated process (Short Listed and negotiated with a
preferred bidder)
• All statutory orders were publicly approved prior to contract award
• The specifications from the Client are Core requirements with outcome-
based criteria to allow for innovation and value-added schemes. The
client also provides standards, design data, and its own existing design,
which supplement the core requirements in the tender. Even alternative
design and value engineering techniques were used to reduce costs and
demonstrate their know-how.
• The contract included penalty points and incentives
• Project risks were transferred to the private sector, provided they could
be managed (a Risk Register was used – Risk Transferred, Shared
Risks, Other Risk and Retained Risks)
• A Project Management structure was in place for all key stakeholders
DBFO Benefits:
• Complete projects that could not normally be completed due to a lack of
public funds
• Whole life costing of projects - more life cycle costing
• Risk transfer
• Efficient service & reduced management
• Outcome-based criteria were realized, creating innovation
• Integrated process (design, construction & maintenance)
• Constructability is increased
• Road schemes are delivered faster
• Created partnership
• Real value for money
• Changing of client skills & developing performance-based criteria
• Options from traditional process
• Develop stable, long-term businesses
• Creates opportunities for competing in the international sector
• Development of the private sector in road projects
DBFO Disadvantages:
• Costing and long tendering process
• Allowing for changes in the 30-year process
• Predicting the future (budget, political & social changes)
• Possibly limiting competition due to high risk transfer to private sector
• What level of service is standard for the maintenance portion of the
contract
• What would happen if there is a default in the contract or a breach of
contract
• Continued non-performance - what actions to be taken
APPENDIXES
Key aspects of this project delivery are noted below:
• Fixed price with variable schedule of payments during the actual
construction phase
• Typically a 30-year contract for both capital and maintenance
• Utilizes the EU negotiated process (Short Listed and negotiated with a
preferred bidder)
• All statutory orders were publicly approved prior to contract award
• The specifications from the Client are Core requirements with outcome-
based criteria to allow for innovation and value-added schemes. The
client also provides standards, design data, and its own existing design,
which supplement the core requirements in the tender. Even alternative
design and value engineering techniques were used to reduce costs and
demonstrate their know-how.
• The contract included penalty points and incentives
• Project risks were transferred to the private sector, provided they could
be managed (a Risk Register was used – Risk Transferred, Shared
Risks, Other Risk and Retained Risks)
• A Project Management structure was in place for all key stakeholders
DBFO Benefits:
• Complete projects that could not normally be completed due to a lack of
public funds
• Whole life costing of projects - more life cycle costing
• Risk transfer
• Efficient service & reduced management
• Outcome-based criteria were realized, creating innovation
• Integrated process (design, construction & maintenance)
• Constructability is increased
• Road schemes are delivered faster
• Created partnership
• Real value for money
• Changing of client skills & developing performance-based criteria
• Options from traditional process
• Develop stable, long-term businesses
• Creates opportunities for competing in the international sector
• Development of the private sector in road projects
DBFO Disadvantages:
• Costing and long tendering process
• Allowing for changes in the 30-year process
• Predicting the future (budget, political & social changes)
• Possibly limiting competition due to high risk transfer to private sector
• What level of service is standard for the maintenance portion of the
contract
• What would happen if there is a default in the contract or a breach of
contract
• Continued non-performance - what actions to be taken
Paraphrase This Document
Need a fresh take? Get an instant paraphrase of this document with our AI Paraphraser

Innovative Project Delivery Methods for Infrastructure 97
APPENDIXES
Maintenance Contracts
The maintenance procurement process is quite different. The Highways
Agency is still considered as the client, but they have 3 basic models for
maintenance activities. The HA typically utilizes a consultant known as the
Managing Agent (MA), which manages the following activities:
• Managing agent on behalf of the Highways Agency
• Long-term maintenance focus
• Engineering role
• Work with agency
• Performance auditing
• Strategic role - Innovative Engineering Advice (IEA) & advising HA on
procurement
• Administering the procurement of the Term Maintenance Contractor
(TMC)
The Managing Agent provides instructions for maintenance activity to the
Term Maintenance Contractor. In addition, the TMC can directly perform
rehabilitation and upgrades to the road network when the value of the project
is less than £250,000 (about 2.5 million FIM), which would be administered
via the MA. The contractor’s role then becomes the physical work based on
the instructions provided from the MA. These contracts include all
maintenance aspects. Figure C-3 shows the evolution of the maintenance
process.
Source: HA Paving The Way
FIGURE C-3 Maintenance Managing Models in England
APPENDIXES
Maintenance Contracts
The maintenance procurement process is quite different. The Highways
Agency is still considered as the client, but they have 3 basic models for
maintenance activities. The HA typically utilizes a consultant known as the
Managing Agent (MA), which manages the following activities:
• Managing agent on behalf of the Highways Agency
• Long-term maintenance focus
• Engineering role
• Work with agency
• Performance auditing
• Strategic role - Innovative Engineering Advice (IEA) & advising HA on
procurement
• Administering the procurement of the Term Maintenance Contractor
(TMC)
The Managing Agent provides instructions for maintenance activity to the
Term Maintenance Contractor. In addition, the TMC can directly perform
rehabilitation and upgrades to the road network when the value of the project
is less than £250,000 (about 2.5 million FIM), which would be administered
via the MA. The contractor’s role then becomes the physical work based on
the instructions provided from the MA. These contracts include all
maintenance aspects. Figure C-3 shows the evolution of the maintenance
process.
Source: HA Paving The Way
FIGURE C-3 Maintenance Managing Models in England

98 Innovative Project Delivery Methods for Infrastructure
APPENDIXES
The client first selects the MA via quality-based selection criteria and
negotiates a price. Then the MA administers the selection process of the
TMC together with the HA. There is also a partnering agreement in all
maintenance contracts, because the HA realizes that partnering is essential
in the process. It can be clearly seen and realized that the MAC process and
processes of other countries have placed the Contractor in the leading role,
since they are the best organization to manage the process and accept the
risk transfer.
The second model (Option 2) is very similar to the first model, but with more
contractor flexibility and quality assurance. In addition, a Network Board is
established to provide strategic direction, increase contract partnering,
monitor improvements, and possibly act as a complaints resolution team.
The third model (Option 3) transfers the management of the network to a
Managing Agent Contractor (MAC), which is a combination of the Network
Advisor and the Network Contractor from Option 2. In addition, a Network
Board is created to lead the strategic direction of the project. The board
typically has two members from the HA, two members from the Contractor,
and one from the managing agent within the MAC partnership.
Some key features of the MAC arrangement are:
• More outcome-based criteria
• Lump sum contracts with some unit prices (schedule of rates)
• Creating more partnership and trust (integrated teams)
• Open and fair characteristics
• Drive continuous improvements
• Demonstrate best value
• Accounting for adjustments/changes during the contract duration
• More emphasis on whole life decisions (need a longer time period)
• Risk management
• Supply chain management
A fourth model is also being developed, called a Private Finance Managing
Agent Contract (PFMAC), which introduces private financing into the
process. It is characterized by greater risks transferred, a longer-term
contract of 15-30 years, and mechanisms similar to the DBFO model for
capital projects. This process has not been tested to date, but is worthy of a
pilot test case scenario. Table C-1 shows the contracting type and selection
criteria.
APPENDIXES
The client first selects the MA via quality-based selection criteria and
negotiates a price. Then the MA administers the selection process of the
TMC together with the HA. There is also a partnering agreement in all
maintenance contracts, because the HA realizes that partnering is essential
in the process. It can be clearly seen and realized that the MAC process and
processes of other countries have placed the Contractor in the leading role,
since they are the best organization to manage the process and accept the
risk transfer.
The second model (Option 2) is very similar to the first model, but with more
contractor flexibility and quality assurance. In addition, a Network Board is
established to provide strategic direction, increase contract partnering,
monitor improvements, and possibly act as a complaints resolution team.
The third model (Option 3) transfers the management of the network to a
Managing Agent Contractor (MAC), which is a combination of the Network
Advisor and the Network Contractor from Option 2. In addition, a Network
Board is created to lead the strategic direction of the project. The board
typically has two members from the HA, two members from the Contractor,
and one from the managing agent within the MAC partnership.
Some key features of the MAC arrangement are:
• More outcome-based criteria
• Lump sum contracts with some unit prices (schedule of rates)
• Creating more partnership and trust (integrated teams)
• Open and fair characteristics
• Drive continuous improvements
• Demonstrate best value
• Accounting for adjustments/changes during the contract duration
• More emphasis on whole life decisions (need a longer time period)
• Risk management
• Supply chain management
A fourth model is also being developed, called a Private Finance Managing
Agent Contract (PFMAC), which introduces private financing into the
process. It is characterized by greater risks transferred, a longer-term
contract of 15-30 years, and mechanisms similar to the DBFO model for
capital projects. This process has not been tested to date, but is worthy of a
pilot test case scenario. Table C-1 shows the contracting type and selection
criteria.

Innovative Project Delivery Methods for Infrastructure 99
APPENDIXES
Maintenance
Model
Contract
Type Duration Selection
Criteria Focus
Option 1
Managing Agent Unit Price 5 Years
3+1+1
80% Quality
20% Price Method Based
Option 2
Network
Advisor
Unit Price with
Lump Sum
5 Years
3+1+1
80% Quality
20% Price Output Based
Option 3
MAC Lump Sum 7 Years
5+1+1
80% Quality
20% Price
Outcome-
Based
Option 4
PFMAC Lump Sum 15-30 Years Negotiated
Target Price
Finance &
Outcome-
Based
Source: HA Paving The Way
TABLE C-1 Maintenance Models Used in England
BIDDING PROCESS
The bidding process of the Client organization is quite similar to that of most
road administrations. The process includes the following:
• Notification of Intent
• EJOC - EU notice of procurement
• Short-listing the pre-qualified participants (2-4 selected)
• Invitation to tender
• Tender due date
• Open envelope A of the tenders (quality submissions)
• Possible interview of contractor (clarify & verify quality statements)
• Final analysis of envelope A
• Open envelope B (price submissions)
• Evaluate and determine top 2 tenders
• Team interviews with 1 or 2 tenders (HA discretion)
• Final bid assessment
• Contract execution & mobilization
• Possession date
QUALITY
Quality is assured through several mechanisms:
• ISO 9002 quality standards
• Quality audit trail
• Quality management
• Quality plan
• Core requirements
There is also a requirement to submit individual quality promises or
submissions in the tender, which is evaluated to meet requirements.
APPENDIXES
Maintenance
Model
Contract
Type Duration Selection
Criteria Focus
Option 1
Managing Agent Unit Price 5 Years
3+1+1
80% Quality
20% Price Method Based
Option 2
Network
Advisor
Unit Price with
Lump Sum
5 Years
3+1+1
80% Quality
20% Price Output Based
Option 3
MAC Lump Sum 7 Years
5+1+1
80% Quality
20% Price
Outcome-
Based
Option 4
PFMAC Lump Sum 15-30 Years Negotiated
Target Price
Finance &
Outcome-
Based
Source: HA Paving The Way
TABLE C-1 Maintenance Models Used in England
BIDDING PROCESS
The bidding process of the Client organization is quite similar to that of most
road administrations. The process includes the following:
• Notification of Intent
• EJOC - EU notice of procurement
• Short-listing the pre-qualified participants (2-4 selected)
• Invitation to tender
• Tender due date
• Open envelope A of the tenders (quality submissions)
• Possible interview of contractor (clarify & verify quality statements)
• Final analysis of envelope A
• Open envelope B (price submissions)
• Evaluate and determine top 2 tenders
• Team interviews with 1 or 2 tenders (HA discretion)
• Final bid assessment
• Contract execution & mobilization
• Possession date
QUALITY
Quality is assured through several mechanisms:
• ISO 9002 quality standards
• Quality audit trail
• Quality management
• Quality plan
• Core requirements
There is also a requirement to submit individual quality promises or
submissions in the tender, which is evaluated to meet requirements.
Secure Best Marks with AI Grader
Need help grading? Try our AI Grader for instant feedback on your assignments.

100 Innovative Project Delivery Methods for Infrastructure
APPENDIXES
BENEFITS:
• Reduced administration
• Some costs savings
• Maintenance costs have not increased despite higher traffic conditions
• Better value for money
• Good partnering
• Quality service
• Reduced complaints
• Better targeted maintenance
• Full depth reconstruction not necessarily needed
• Some innovations
• Contractors focusing on client needs
• Better public confidence
• Equipment innovations
• Budgeting tool
DISADVANTAGES:
• High tendering costs
• Long tendering period
• Possibly unfair competition for medium-sized contractors
• Client needs to specify clear outcome-based criteria
• Balancing of workforce by the contractor
NOTE
Some large companies are developing full services in-house for full client
services.
Lessons Learned
The following is a quick listing of innovative ideas and practices that might
be used for future procurement developments:
• Partnering agreements as part of the process - Partnering is essential
and a MUST!
• Key for the client is to determine what risks/liability are to be shifted to
the Contractor or what decision-making can be transferred to the
contractor
• DBFO projects are increasing
• Develop full delivery models
• Determining methods to bring the contractor into the pre-planning and
acquisition phases earlier
• 7 years seem to be the minimum acceptable contract length for
innovative maintenance. England is now procuring new maintenance
via the Managing Agent Contractor (MAC)
• Client needs to know what they want and determine a set level of
expected quality
APPENDIXES
BENEFITS:
• Reduced administration
• Some costs savings
• Maintenance costs have not increased despite higher traffic conditions
• Better value for money
• Good partnering
• Quality service
• Reduced complaints
• Better targeted maintenance
• Full depth reconstruction not necessarily needed
• Some innovations
• Contractors focusing on client needs
• Better public confidence
• Equipment innovations
• Budgeting tool
DISADVANTAGES:
• High tendering costs
• Long tendering period
• Possibly unfair competition for medium-sized contractors
• Client needs to specify clear outcome-based criteria
• Balancing of workforce by the contractor
NOTE
Some large companies are developing full services in-house for full client
services.
Lessons Learned
The following is a quick listing of innovative ideas and practices that might
be used for future procurement developments:
• Partnering agreements as part of the process - Partnering is essential
and a MUST!
• Key for the client is to determine what risks/liability are to be shifted to
the Contractor or what decision-making can be transferred to the
contractor
• DBFO projects are increasing
• Develop full delivery models
• Determining methods to bring the contractor into the pre-planning and
acquisition phases earlier
• 7 years seem to be the minimum acceptable contract length for
innovative maintenance. England is now procuring new maintenance
via the Managing Agent Contractor (MAC)
• Client needs to know what they want and determine a set level of
expected quality

Innovative Project Delivery Methods for Infrastructure 101
APPENDIXES
• Innovation should bring down prices
• Need to create a cultural change internally in the client organization
• More full service contractors are evolving
• England utilizes Key Performance Indicators (KPI)
• Maintenance costs are decreasing despite increased road travel
• Next key paradigm - Supply Chain Management
• Once competition is realized - have substantial quality in contractor
selection process (~50%)
• Seeking whole life cost decisions (Asset Management) - cannot be
realized with less than 10-year agreements
• Biggest problems with contractors is keeping skilled people and
maintaining a balanced yearly workforce for the differing seasons
• Contract characteristics:
• Single responsible party for capital & maintenance contracts
• Recommended 7 – 10-year maintenance and 15 years for capital
DBFO projects
• DBFO contractor selection criteria set at 50% quality & 50% price
• Maintenance contracts set at a minimum of 40% quality and the
remainder for price
• Quality promises by the contractor are bound into the contract
• Clear & transparent tendering process
• Interview top two tenders prior to contract award (this may seem
time consuming, but you can not afford not to do this. Does the
interview match the tender’s words & oral proposal)
• Procurement model depends upon the knowledge of the contractors
and how the contractor can price the details in the proposal
APPENDIXES
• Innovation should bring down prices
• Need to create a cultural change internally in the client organization
• More full service contractors are evolving
• England utilizes Key Performance Indicators (KPI)
• Maintenance costs are decreasing despite increased road travel
• Next key paradigm - Supply Chain Management
• Once competition is realized - have substantial quality in contractor
selection process (~50%)
• Seeking whole life cost decisions (Asset Management) - cannot be
realized with less than 10-year agreements
• Biggest problems with contractors is keeping skilled people and
maintaining a balanced yearly workforce for the differing seasons
• Contract characteristics:
• Single responsible party for capital & maintenance contracts
• Recommended 7 – 10-year maintenance and 15 years for capital
DBFO projects
• DBFO contractor selection criteria set at 50% quality & 50% price
• Maintenance contracts set at a minimum of 40% quality and the
remainder for price
• Quality promises by the contractor are bound into the contract
• Clear & transparent tendering process
• Interview top two tenders prior to contract award (this may seem
time consuming, but you can not afford not to do this. Does the
interview match the tender’s words & oral proposal)
• Procurement model depends upon the knowledge of the contractors
and how the contractor can price the details in the proposal

102 Innovative Project Delivery Methods for Infrastructure
APPENDIXES
APPENDIX D - FINLAND
Road Network
Finland has quite a stable population of about 5.2 million people. The
country is situated in an arctic type climate similar to Sweden’s. The Finnish
road network incorporates a total of approximately 78,000 kilometers, and it
is a combination of unpaved (35%) and paved (65%) roads with a flexible
pavement system. The road network is divided into 99 contract areas. An
interesting fact is that there are only 549 km of highways and 4,300 km of
pedestrian and bicycle paths managed by the road administration.
Gravel roads comprise about 35% of the roads in Finland, and they can be a
major source of problems during the springtime when freeze-thaw cycles are
quite prevalent. Sometimes road weight restrictions are needed in some
areas where this is a problematic situation. New schemes for the care of
gravel roads are being tested, but presently no major solutions or cost
effective means have been developed. Typically, these gravel roads are low
traffic volume roads, and hence a lower priority.
Road Organization
Finland’s roads are managed by the Finnish Road Administration (Finnra)
which behaves similarly to a public client that needs to procure products and
services for the road infrastructure. On January 1, 2001 the “Production”
portion, known as the Finnish Road Enterprise, became a corporatized
agency under public ownership. The Finnish Road Enterprise previously
performed all maintenance activity via negotiated contracts until this year,
when they were required to compete against private sector competitors. By
2005 all network areas will be subject to open competition. In the meantime,
some of the existing and phased areas are under negotiated contracts.
Finnra has a staff of approximately 1,000 people, with nine regional offices
that manage day-to-day operations in their areas.
Capital Projects
Basically, Finland uses three methods or models for delivery of capital
investments. These models are:
• Design-Bid-Build (D-B-B)
• Finnish Design-Build Method
• Construction Management (CM At-Fee and CM At-Risk)
Finland also used Design-Build-Finance-Operate (DBFO) on one project
known as the Lahti Motorway (Finland Route 4 - Järvenpää to Lahti), but it
has not reintroduced this model, as it appeared to be a special project.
Because of the public opposition against traditional toll roads, this was
considered a “shadow toll road”.
The Finnish Design-Build system varies somewhat from the US model of
Design-Build in that there is no pre-qualifications (short listing of Design-
Build contractors) phase and the design portion is often too detailed (greater
APPENDIXES
APPENDIX D - FINLAND
Road Network
Finland has quite a stable population of about 5.2 million people. The
country is situated in an arctic type climate similar to Sweden’s. The Finnish
road network incorporates a total of approximately 78,000 kilometers, and it
is a combination of unpaved (35%) and paved (65%) roads with a flexible
pavement system. The road network is divided into 99 contract areas. An
interesting fact is that there are only 549 km of highways and 4,300 km of
pedestrian and bicycle paths managed by the road administration.
Gravel roads comprise about 35% of the roads in Finland, and they can be a
major source of problems during the springtime when freeze-thaw cycles are
quite prevalent. Sometimes road weight restrictions are needed in some
areas where this is a problematic situation. New schemes for the care of
gravel roads are being tested, but presently no major solutions or cost
effective means have been developed. Typically, these gravel roads are low
traffic volume roads, and hence a lower priority.
Road Organization
Finland’s roads are managed by the Finnish Road Administration (Finnra)
which behaves similarly to a public client that needs to procure products and
services for the road infrastructure. On January 1, 2001 the “Production”
portion, known as the Finnish Road Enterprise, became a corporatized
agency under public ownership. The Finnish Road Enterprise previously
performed all maintenance activity via negotiated contracts until this year,
when they were required to compete against private sector competitors. By
2005 all network areas will be subject to open competition. In the meantime,
some of the existing and phased areas are under negotiated contracts.
Finnra has a staff of approximately 1,000 people, with nine regional offices
that manage day-to-day operations in their areas.
Capital Projects
Basically, Finland uses three methods or models for delivery of capital
investments. These models are:
• Design-Bid-Build (D-B-B)
• Finnish Design-Build Method
• Construction Management (CM At-Fee and CM At-Risk)
Finland also used Design-Build-Finance-Operate (DBFO) on one project
known as the Lahti Motorway (Finland Route 4 - Järvenpää to Lahti), but it
has not reintroduced this model, as it appeared to be a special project.
Because of the public opposition against traditional toll roads, this was
considered a “shadow toll road”.
The Finnish Design-Build system varies somewhat from the US model of
Design-Build in that there is no pre-qualifications (short listing of Design-
Build contractors) phase and the design portion is often too detailed (greater
Paraphrase This Document
Need a fresh take? Get an instant paraphrase of this document with our AI Paraphraser

Innovative Project Delivery Methods for Infrastructure 103
APPENDIXES
than 30%), which tends to minimizes the innovation potential of the Design-
Build contractor. Otherwise, the two processes are quite similar.
Contractor selection is based on 75% price and 25% other criteria. They are
lump sum type contracts.
Maintenance Contracts
Finland has only recently begun outsourcing maintenance aspects as of
October 2001. Maintenance contracts typically have been procured under
yearly or multi-year agreements for the periodic/routine type maintenance
activities via negotiated contracts with the old production organization. But
this year the agreements were opened to the private sector and the new
procurement method for periodic/routine maintenance was tendered for a
period of 3 years with a “Lump Sum” contract. This involved 23 network
areas for a total of 16,570 kilometers. Other maintenance activities, such as
line marking, traffic signs and signals, resurfacing, rehabilitation, and lighting,
are typically procured separately via unit prices (Schedule of Rates).
Finland is presently divided into 99 network areas, which is presently
perceived as too many areas. There should be longer road lengths and
fewer network areas. There is some discussion and debate, but longer
lengths should be considered in some appropriate areas. Table D-1
summarizes the present maintenance contract system used in Finland.
Delivery Activities Routine/Periodic Maintenance
Duration 3 Years
Contract Type Lump Sum
Contractor Selection Criteria 75% Price & 25% Technical Criteria
TABLE D-1 Present Maintenance Contract Model in Finland
Benefits & Disadvantages
Benefits:
• Savings are estimated to be approximately 7-10% in new maintenance
contracts
• Somewhat less administration burden
• Easier to budget
• Seeking to integrate more maintenance activities
• Seeking to increase length of contract terms
APPENDIXES
than 30%), which tends to minimizes the innovation potential of the Design-
Build contractor. Otherwise, the two processes are quite similar.
Contractor selection is based on 75% price and 25% other criteria. They are
lump sum type contracts.
Maintenance Contracts
Finland has only recently begun outsourcing maintenance aspects as of
October 2001. Maintenance contracts typically have been procured under
yearly or multi-year agreements for the periodic/routine type maintenance
activities via negotiated contracts with the old production organization. But
this year the agreements were opened to the private sector and the new
procurement method for periodic/routine maintenance was tendered for a
period of 3 years with a “Lump Sum” contract. This involved 23 network
areas for a total of 16,570 kilometers. Other maintenance activities, such as
line marking, traffic signs and signals, resurfacing, rehabilitation, and lighting,
are typically procured separately via unit prices (Schedule of Rates).
Finland is presently divided into 99 network areas, which is presently
perceived as too many areas. There should be longer road lengths and
fewer network areas. There is some discussion and debate, but longer
lengths should be considered in some appropriate areas. Table D-1
summarizes the present maintenance contract system used in Finland.
Delivery Activities Routine/Periodic Maintenance
Duration 3 Years
Contract Type Lump Sum
Contractor Selection Criteria 75% Price & 25% Technical Criteria
TABLE D-1 Present Maintenance Contract Model in Finland
Benefits & Disadvantages
Benefits:
• Savings are estimated to be approximately 7-10% in new maintenance
contracts
• Somewhat less administration burden
• Easier to budget
• Seeking to integrate more maintenance activities
• Seeking to increase length of contract terms

104 Innovative Project Delivery Methods for Infrastructure
APPENDIXES
Disadvantages:
• Using too much traditional D-B-B project delivery methods
• 3 years is too short a time period in maintenance contracts
• Still too many network contract areas
• Little innovation
• Too many small contractors
• Little value-added client services
• Low profit industry - not enough competition
• Lack of partnering
APPENDIXES
Disadvantages:
• Using too much traditional D-B-B project delivery methods
• 3 years is too short a time period in maintenance contracts
• Still too many network contract areas
• Little innovation
• Too many small contractors
• Little value-added client services
• Low profit industry - not enough competition
• Lack of partnering

Innovative Project Delivery Methods for Infrastructure 105
APPENDIXES
APPENDIX E - NEW ZEALAND
Road Network
New Zealand has a diverse multi-cultural population of around 3.8 million
inhabitants with a road infrastructure of approximately 10,760 kilometers of
state highways and approximately 81,290 kilometers of local and rural roads,
for an approximate total of 92,050 kilometers. New Zealand is the only
country in the world with a dedicated road fund for all publicly owned road
infrastructure. In 1999/2000 Transit New Zealand received 582.7 million
NZD from Transfund New Zealand. More than half the budget, 317.6 million
NZD, was spent on capital works and 275.5 million NZD was put into
maintaining the country's existing network of state highways. It should be
noted that the national road administration (Transit New Zealand) manages
only the state highways. The urban and local road maintenance and capital
expenditures are funded through Transfund New Zealand on a cost share
basis of approximately 50%.
Road Organization
A brief history of the road administration is essential because it has
progressed and developed significantly and this explains some of the
changes in the organization, as well as the progression to an innovative road
administration. In addition, government reform and policy changes were
common and an unprecedented restructuring and commercialization of many
government entities was realized, and the road sector no exception.
Prior to 1987, the road administration was known as the Ministry of Works
and Development (MWD), which was responsible for policy, safety, design,
construction, maintenance, and a wide range of infrastructure activities for
roads. In other words, the MWD self performed most of the road construction
and maintenance activities. The staff comprised about 9600 people. In 1988
the government transferred the commercial activities to a new state-owned
enterprise called Works and Development Services Corporation Limited,
which was responsible for consulting and construction of the roads. The
policy and regulations were transferred to the Ministry of Transport. Works
and Development Services Corporation Limited was a limited liability
company that was 100% held by the government, and staffing was
appointed by the government to maintain some expertise and know-how in
various positions.
Briefly afterwards in 1989, Transit New Zealand was created by the Transit
New Zealand Act to enable integrated planning and funding of roads,
passenger transport services, and road safety. The act also made New
Zealand the only country in the world with a dedicated road fund for all
publicly owned road infrastructure. In addition, a process needed to be
developed for tendering and true competition, which was initiated by the
development of Competitive Pricing Procedures (CPP).
APPENDIXES
APPENDIX E - NEW ZEALAND
Road Network
New Zealand has a diverse multi-cultural population of around 3.8 million
inhabitants with a road infrastructure of approximately 10,760 kilometers of
state highways and approximately 81,290 kilometers of local and rural roads,
for an approximate total of 92,050 kilometers. New Zealand is the only
country in the world with a dedicated road fund for all publicly owned road
infrastructure. In 1999/2000 Transit New Zealand received 582.7 million
NZD from Transfund New Zealand. More than half the budget, 317.6 million
NZD, was spent on capital works and 275.5 million NZD was put into
maintaining the country's existing network of state highways. It should be
noted that the national road administration (Transit New Zealand) manages
only the state highways. The urban and local road maintenance and capital
expenditures are funded through Transfund New Zealand on a cost share
basis of approximately 50%.
Road Organization
A brief history of the road administration is essential because it has
progressed and developed significantly and this explains some of the
changes in the organization, as well as the progression to an innovative road
administration. In addition, government reform and policy changes were
common and an unprecedented restructuring and commercialization of many
government entities was realized, and the road sector no exception.
Prior to 1987, the road administration was known as the Ministry of Works
and Development (MWD), which was responsible for policy, safety, design,
construction, maintenance, and a wide range of infrastructure activities for
roads. In other words, the MWD self performed most of the road construction
and maintenance activities. The staff comprised about 9600 people. In 1988
the government transferred the commercial activities to a new state-owned
enterprise called Works and Development Services Corporation Limited,
which was responsible for consulting and construction of the roads. The
policy and regulations were transferred to the Ministry of Transport. Works
and Development Services Corporation Limited was a limited liability
company that was 100% held by the government, and staffing was
appointed by the government to maintain some expertise and know-how in
various positions.
Briefly afterwards in 1989, Transit New Zealand was created by the Transit
New Zealand Act to enable integrated planning and funding of roads,
passenger transport services, and road safety. The act also made New
Zealand the only country in the world with a dedicated road fund for all
publicly owned road infrastructure. In addition, a process needed to be
developed for tendering and true competition, which was initiated by the
development of Competitive Pricing Procedures (CPP).
Secure Best Marks with AI Grader
Need help grading? Try our AI Grader for instant feedback on your assignments.

106 Innovative Project Delivery Methods for Infrastructure
APPENDIXES
Between 1989-1991 Works and Development Services Corporation Limited
was given 100% of all the contracts. Consultants’ fees were based on a
percentage of the work type, and maintenance was methods-based. The
physical works or construction was basically performed on a low price
scenario. Subsequently, to create competition and skilled tendering,
competitive tendering was enacted in 1991.
In 1996 Transfund New Zealand was formed to allocate resources for a safe
and efficient road network. Transfund New Zealand became the financier of
local and regional funds for road projects and maintenance and for the state
highways. Transit New Zealand’s role then changed to management of the
state highway system, and the objective was to operate a safe and efficient
highway network. Transit New Zealand had very little management and
contracting expertise. Maintenance and construction work were mainly
procured via “input-driven” or method-driven specifications versus “outcome-
based” or performance-based specifications.
This required training and knowledge on the part of all the parties involved in
the road industry and it was a major task to be accomplished. In addition, a
process needed to be developed for tendering and true competition, which
was developed via the Competitive Pricing Procedures.
In 1996 Works and Development Services Corporation Limited was
privatized via management buy-outs. Works Consulting Services became
the consultant arm and was subsequently sold to Kinta Kellas Ltd (now
known as Opus International Consultants). Works Civil Construction Limited
became the contracting experts and was subsequently sold to Downer and
Company Limited (now known as Works Infrastructure). Both were
considered profitable and attractive purchasers.
Current Administration
The vision of Transit New Zealand is to be a world leader in road
administration and industry, while the mission is to provide a safe and
efficient state highway system which meets the needs of road users and
communities it serves. This can be recognized by the customers and
stakeholders as the best road provider in New Zealand through the
excellence of the state highway system, the responsiveness to customers'
needs, and the quality of the expertise and business practices.
Transit New Zealand currently manages all the state highways. It has seven
regional offices and a national staff of nearly 190 with 110 in the regional
offices, which are directly involved in managing the state highway network.
There are 12 regional councils, 4 unitary authorities, and 74 territorial local
and urban authorities, that receive funding for construction and maintenance
of the local road systems. These are managed and administrated by the
local authorities.
Maintenance and construction operations are implemented via a Network
Maintenance Management (NMM) consultant for a typical period of 3-5
years. NMM is appointed by Competitive Pricing Procedures (CPP) and is
APPENDIXES
Between 1989-1991 Works and Development Services Corporation Limited
was given 100% of all the contracts. Consultants’ fees were based on a
percentage of the work type, and maintenance was methods-based. The
physical works or construction was basically performed on a low price
scenario. Subsequently, to create competition and skilled tendering,
competitive tendering was enacted in 1991.
In 1996 Transfund New Zealand was formed to allocate resources for a safe
and efficient road network. Transfund New Zealand became the financier of
local and regional funds for road projects and maintenance and for the state
highways. Transit New Zealand’s role then changed to management of the
state highway system, and the objective was to operate a safe and efficient
highway network. Transit New Zealand had very little management and
contracting expertise. Maintenance and construction work were mainly
procured via “input-driven” or method-driven specifications versus “outcome-
based” or performance-based specifications.
This required training and knowledge on the part of all the parties involved in
the road industry and it was a major task to be accomplished. In addition, a
process needed to be developed for tendering and true competition, which
was developed via the Competitive Pricing Procedures.
In 1996 Works and Development Services Corporation Limited was
privatized via management buy-outs. Works Consulting Services became
the consultant arm and was subsequently sold to Kinta Kellas Ltd (now
known as Opus International Consultants). Works Civil Construction Limited
became the contracting experts and was subsequently sold to Downer and
Company Limited (now known as Works Infrastructure). Both were
considered profitable and attractive purchasers.
Current Administration
The vision of Transit New Zealand is to be a world leader in road
administration and industry, while the mission is to provide a safe and
efficient state highway system which meets the needs of road users and
communities it serves. This can be recognized by the customers and
stakeholders as the best road provider in New Zealand through the
excellence of the state highway system, the responsiveness to customers'
needs, and the quality of the expertise and business practices.
Transit New Zealand currently manages all the state highways. It has seven
regional offices and a national staff of nearly 190 with 110 in the regional
offices, which are directly involved in managing the state highway network.
There are 12 regional councils, 4 unitary authorities, and 74 territorial local
and urban authorities, that receive funding for construction and maintenance
of the local road systems. These are managed and administrated by the
local authorities.
Maintenance and construction operations are implemented via a Network
Maintenance Management (NMM) consultant for a typical period of 3-5
years. NMM is appointed by Competitive Pricing Procedures (CPP) and is

Innovative Project Delivery Methods for Infrastructure 107
APPENDIXES
responsible for the area management plan, program planning, contracting,
and an expert advisor to Transit New Zealand.
The construction or physical works contracts are administered by the NMM
with oversight by Transit New Zealand. Common maintenance work is based
on a lump sum, while other items are based on unit prices (Schedule of
Rates) and by rates for each unit of work performed.
The three distinct divisions or organizations are the road administration,
consultants, and contractors. The division into three separate entities has
resulted in independent and distinct roles for the client,
management/consultant, and Contractor functions. Transit New Zealand was
required to change due to legislation, staffing reductions, and to divest some
functions to a more efficient commercial provider. It has developed skills and
know-how and required partnering of all parties involved. This has allowed
Transit New Zealand to focus on the true client, which is the road user. The
traditional process is described below in broad terms.
Client Role:
• Audit
• Agree on investment needs
• Manage funding Issues
• Approve asset management plan
Consultant Role:
• Develop network management strategies
• Draft asset management plans (seals, rehabs, etc)
• Approve routine maintenance program
• Audit work done
• Approve claims
Contractor Role:
• Identify routine maintenance work
• Prioritise & program routine maintenance
• Execute works
• Ensure work quality and satisfy liability requirements
APPENDIXES
responsible for the area management plan, program planning, contracting,
and an expert advisor to Transit New Zealand.
The construction or physical works contracts are administered by the NMM
with oversight by Transit New Zealand. Common maintenance work is based
on a lump sum, while other items are based on unit prices (Schedule of
Rates) and by rates for each unit of work performed.
The three distinct divisions or organizations are the road administration,
consultants, and contractors. The division into three separate entities has
resulted in independent and distinct roles for the client,
management/consultant, and Contractor functions. Transit New Zealand was
required to change due to legislation, staffing reductions, and to divest some
functions to a more efficient commercial provider. It has developed skills and
know-how and required partnering of all parties involved. This has allowed
Transit New Zealand to focus on the true client, which is the road user. The
traditional process is described below in broad terms.
Client Role:
• Audit
• Agree on investment needs
• Manage funding Issues
• Approve asset management plan
Consultant Role:
• Develop network management strategies
• Draft asset management plans (seals, rehabs, etc)
• Approve routine maintenance program
• Audit work done
• Approve claims
Contractor Role:
• Identify routine maintenance work
• Prioritise & program routine maintenance
• Execute works
• Ensure work quality and satisfy liability requirements

108 Innovative Project Delivery Methods for Infrastructure
APPENDIXES
Source: Opus Int.
FIGURE E-1 Traditional Maintenance Model in New Zealand
Capital Procurement
Through progression, New Zealand has implemented many strategies and
new ways to focus on the main purpose of being a road administrator. One
such strategy is to provide a “Long Term Procurement Strategy (LTPS) for
the many diverse capital and maintenance contracts to be implemented. This
is quite a bold effort to follow and commit to this strategy. This strategy can
be found at the following www site
(http://www.transit.govt.nz/news/index.html).
New Zealand utilizes the following delivery methods for capital projects:
• Traditional or Design-Bid-Build
• Design Build (It should be noted that Design-Build is separated into two
components)
• Design-refine Construct (USA model – Client engages a Design
Consultant to develop the Design until it is feasible to obtain consent
and resources. Then the Design-Build contract is competitively
tendered)
• Full Design-Construct (Design-Build is fully tendered when the
development phase is completed and land and resource consent is
obtained).
• Full Delivery Method (This may be equivalent to the USA Program
Management model)
The target or directional strategy for all new procurement of capital projects
is to increase the use of Design-Build, bring contractors into the early stages
of the project life cycle, and to improve resource management
RCA
Contractor Consultant
APPENDIXES
Source: Opus Int.
FIGURE E-1 Traditional Maintenance Model in New Zealand
Capital Procurement
Through progression, New Zealand has implemented many strategies and
new ways to focus on the main purpose of being a road administrator. One
such strategy is to provide a “Long Term Procurement Strategy (LTPS) for
the many diverse capital and maintenance contracts to be implemented. This
is quite a bold effort to follow and commit to this strategy. This strategy can
be found at the following www site
(http://www.transit.govt.nz/news/index.html).
New Zealand utilizes the following delivery methods for capital projects:
• Traditional or Design-Bid-Build
• Design Build (It should be noted that Design-Build is separated into two
components)
• Design-refine Construct (USA model – Client engages a Design
Consultant to develop the Design until it is feasible to obtain consent
and resources. Then the Design-Build contract is competitively
tendered)
• Full Design-Construct (Design-Build is fully tendered when the
development phase is completed and land and resource consent is
obtained).
• Full Delivery Method (This may be equivalent to the USA Program
Management model)
The target or directional strategy for all new procurement of capital projects
is to increase the use of Design-Build, bring contractors into the early stages
of the project life cycle, and to improve resource management
RCA
Contractor Consultant
Paraphrase This Document
Need a fresh take? Get an instant paraphrase of this document with our AI Paraphraser

Innovative Project Delivery Methods for Infrastructure 109
APPENDIXES
Table E-1 shows the expected delivery methods for the next few years:
Procurement
Model 2000/2001 2001/2002 2002/2003 2003/2004
Traditional
(LS >5M) 3 6 8 6
Traditional
(M&V >5M) 3 12 5 6
Traditional
(LS <5M) 10% 20% 30% 40%
Design-Build 3 4 3 2
Full Delivery 0 1 0 1
Source: TNZ Long Term Procurement Strategy
LS - Lump Sum
M&V - Measure & Value (Schedule of Rates)
TABLE E-1 Future Procurement Strategy in New Zealand
Capital Projects
For Transit New Zealand projects, the Consultant Agency Network
Maintenance Manager (NMM) is competitively tendered based upon
experience, technical expertise, past performance, and methodology. Then
this is weighted against a price level and the award is granted to the highest
overall index, or Brooke’s Law is used to evaluate the highest index for the
most qualified tender prior to opening the price bid. If necessary, a price is
negotiated before the award is granted.
Three types of contracts are used in selecting contractors for the physical
work packages:
• Measure & Value (similar to Schedule of Rates)
• Lump Sum
• Cost Plus
Contractor Selection Methods
One of the following six contract selection methods is used for the physical
work packages:
• Lowest Price Conforming Tender (LPC)
• Quality Price Trade Off (QPTO)
• Weighted Attributes (WA)
• Brooke’s Law
• Target Price
• Direct Appointment
APPENDIXES
Table E-1 shows the expected delivery methods for the next few years:
Procurement
Model 2000/2001 2001/2002 2002/2003 2003/2004
Traditional
(LS >5M) 3 6 8 6
Traditional
(M&V >5M) 3 12 5 6
Traditional
(LS <5M) 10% 20% 30% 40%
Design-Build 3 4 3 2
Full Delivery 0 1 0 1
Source: TNZ Long Term Procurement Strategy
LS - Lump Sum
M&V - Measure & Value (Schedule of Rates)
TABLE E-1 Future Procurement Strategy in New Zealand
Capital Projects
For Transit New Zealand projects, the Consultant Agency Network
Maintenance Manager (NMM) is competitively tendered based upon
experience, technical expertise, past performance, and methodology. Then
this is weighted against a price level and the award is granted to the highest
overall index, or Brooke’s Law is used to evaluate the highest index for the
most qualified tender prior to opening the price bid. If necessary, a price is
negotiated before the award is granted.
Three types of contracts are used in selecting contractors for the physical
work packages:
• Measure & Value (similar to Schedule of Rates)
• Lump Sum
• Cost Plus
Contractor Selection Methods
One of the following six contract selection methods is used for the physical
work packages:
• Lowest Price Conforming Tender (LPC)
• Quality Price Trade Off (QPTO)
• Weighted Attributes (WA)
• Brooke’s Law
• Target Price
• Direct Appointment

110 Innovative Project Delivery Methods for Infrastructure
APPENDIXES
Usually, a short listing is implemented for Design-Build projects and
traditional projects that are over 15 million NZD and/or for projects involving
high complexity.
Maintenance Contracts
New Zealand utilizes the following delivery methods for maintenance
contracts:
• Traditional or Design-Bid-Build (up to 3-year contract)
• Hybrid (This is a traditional model with packaged activities and outcome-
based - usually 3-5 years)
• Performance Specified Maintenance Contracts (PSMC - utilizes a single
contract for the entire road network services, lead by the contractor team
and granted for 10 years). Figure E-2 shows the typical PSMC
procurement model.
Source: Opus Int.
FIGURE E-2 PSMC Procurement Model
The target or directional strategy for all maintenance contracts is to enhance
the traditional approach, increase the use of designer and contractor
functions, equally utilize all procurement methods based on expenditure (1/3
traditional, 1/3 hybrid, 1/3 PSMC), and improve the scope to include the
maintenance activities within the geographic area.
RCA
Contractor Consultant
APPENDIXES
Usually, a short listing is implemented for Design-Build projects and
traditional projects that are over 15 million NZD and/or for projects involving
high complexity.
Maintenance Contracts
New Zealand utilizes the following delivery methods for maintenance
contracts:
• Traditional or Design-Bid-Build (up to 3-year contract)
• Hybrid (This is a traditional model with packaged activities and outcome-
based - usually 3-5 years)
• Performance Specified Maintenance Contracts (PSMC - utilizes a single
contract for the entire road network services, lead by the contractor team
and granted for 10 years). Figure E-2 shows the typical PSMC
procurement model.
Source: Opus Int.
FIGURE E-2 PSMC Procurement Model
The target or directional strategy for all maintenance contracts is to enhance
the traditional approach, increase the use of designer and contractor
functions, equally utilize all procurement methods based on expenditure (1/3
traditional, 1/3 hybrid, 1/3 PSMC), and improve the scope to include the
maintenance activities within the geographic area.
RCA
Contractor Consultant

Innovative Project Delivery Methods for Infrastructure 111
APPENDIXES
Table E-2 displays the expected delivery methods for the next few years.
Procurement
Model 2000/2001 2001/2002 2002/2003 2003/2004
Traditional 3 6 0 3
Hybrid 3 1 0 0
PSMC 1 0 2 0
Source: TNZ Long Term Procurement Strategy
TABLE E-2 Expected Quantity of Maintenance Contracts In The Future
Contracting Methods
For Transit New Zealand projects, the Consultant Agency Network
Maintenance Manager (NMM) is competitively tendered based upon
experience, technical expertise, past performance, and methodology. Then
this is weighted against a price level and the award is granted to the highest
overall index, or Brooke’s Law is used to evaluate the highest index for the
most qualified tender prior to opening the price bid. If necessary, a price is
negotiated before the award is granted.
The following are used in selecting contractors for the physical work
packages:
• Measure & Value (traditional)
• Lump Sum (traditional, hybrid or PSMC)
Contractor Selection Methods
One of the following six contract selection methods is used for the physical
work packages:
• Lowest Price Conforming Tender (LPC)
• Quality Price Trade Off (QPTO)
• Weighted Attributes (WA)
• Brooke’s Law
• Target Price
• Direct Appointment
Usually, a short listing is implemented for PSMC projects and traditional
projects that are over 15 million NZD and/or for projects involving high
complexity.
Benefits & Disadvantages
Cost savings for professional services over a five-year period (1991-1995)
were estimated at 30%, while maintenance savings were reported at 17%.
This has resulted in a total estimated savings of 135 million NZD, which is
APPENDIXES
Table E-2 displays the expected delivery methods for the next few years.
Procurement
Model 2000/2001 2001/2002 2002/2003 2003/2004
Traditional 3 6 0 3
Hybrid 3 1 0 0
PSMC 1 0 2 0
Source: TNZ Long Term Procurement Strategy
TABLE E-2 Expected Quantity of Maintenance Contracts In The Future
Contracting Methods
For Transit New Zealand projects, the Consultant Agency Network
Maintenance Manager (NMM) is competitively tendered based upon
experience, technical expertise, past performance, and methodology. Then
this is weighted against a price level and the award is granted to the highest
overall index, or Brooke’s Law is used to evaluate the highest index for the
most qualified tender prior to opening the price bid. If necessary, a price is
negotiated before the award is granted.
The following are used in selecting contractors for the physical work
packages:
• Measure & Value (traditional)
• Lump Sum (traditional, hybrid or PSMC)
Contractor Selection Methods
One of the following six contract selection methods is used for the physical
work packages:
• Lowest Price Conforming Tender (LPC)
• Quality Price Trade Off (QPTO)
• Weighted Attributes (WA)
• Brooke’s Law
• Target Price
• Direct Appointment
Usually, a short listing is implemented for PSMC projects and traditional
projects that are over 15 million NZD and/or for projects involving high
complexity.
Benefits & Disadvantages
Cost savings for professional services over a five-year period (1991-1995)
were estimated at 30%, while maintenance savings were reported at 17%.
This has resulted in a total estimated savings of 135 million NZD, which is
Secure Best Marks with AI Grader
Need help grading? Try our AI Grader for instant feedback on your assignments.

112 Innovative Project Delivery Methods for Infrastructure
APPENDIXES
impressive considering inflation of 37% and a 35% increase in traffic volume.
Some side benefits have been increased knowledge, skills, expertise, and
allowing innovation into the marketplace.
The benefits should also include the new players and products in the
marketplace, because competition has created new opportunities and
businesses, with a side benefit of new innovations and products.
Benefits:
• Clients receive cost savings ranging from 10-25%
• Maintenance costs have not risen despite inflation, more road traffic &
better perceived quality
• Knowledge of the network data and conditions significantly improved
(right to monitor)
• Innovation is maximized through longer PSMC contracts
• Network quality is as good or better in PSMC contracts (fit for purpose)
• Partnering and teaming efforts were realized & effective (utilizes a
viewpoint that partnering and teaming were more important than what
the legal documents said)
• Better management of the network & targeted maintenance - cost
effective solutions
• Applying alternative treatments and innovative practices
• Network contractors can provide cost savings for other improvements in
the network
• Emergency response improvements by contractors
• Client has been able to transfer many risks to the contractor
• Duplicate inspections not needed - saves costs
• Better level of service for the roads
• Consolidation with some local authorities - two methods
Disadvantages:
Some disadvantages during the years of change has been displacement of
staff and workers, criticism of unfair practices when using evaluation of
proposals based on other than price alone, some litigation, and some times
of difficulty in this changing structure.
• Politics play an important role in which systems will be adopted (social
pressures)
• Most PSMC projects were 1 st time efforts and problems were noted in
defining proper performance criteria and how to tender the project
properly
• Road data that contractors are bidding on is not 100% reliable (predicting
performance on data)
• Uncertainty of long term relationships - should a walk-away clause be
developed?
• Difficulty during tender process with placing a price on innovation
• How to input future innovations, such as IT developments, into the
process
• Targeted maintenance - not always what the client was normally used to
achieving
APPENDIXES
impressive considering inflation of 37% and a 35% increase in traffic volume.
Some side benefits have been increased knowledge, skills, expertise, and
allowing innovation into the marketplace.
The benefits should also include the new players and products in the
marketplace, because competition has created new opportunities and
businesses, with a side benefit of new innovations and products.
Benefits:
• Clients receive cost savings ranging from 10-25%
• Maintenance costs have not risen despite inflation, more road traffic &
better perceived quality
• Knowledge of the network data and conditions significantly improved
(right to monitor)
• Innovation is maximized through longer PSMC contracts
• Network quality is as good or better in PSMC contracts (fit for purpose)
• Partnering and teaming efforts were realized & effective (utilizes a
viewpoint that partnering and teaming were more important than what
the legal documents said)
• Better management of the network & targeted maintenance - cost
effective solutions
• Applying alternative treatments and innovative practices
• Network contractors can provide cost savings for other improvements in
the network
• Emergency response improvements by contractors
• Client has been able to transfer many risks to the contractor
• Duplicate inspections not needed - saves costs
• Better level of service for the roads
• Consolidation with some local authorities - two methods
Disadvantages:
Some disadvantages during the years of change has been displacement of
staff and workers, criticism of unfair practices when using evaluation of
proposals based on other than price alone, some litigation, and some times
of difficulty in this changing structure.
• Politics play an important role in which systems will be adopted (social
pressures)
• Most PSMC projects were 1 st time efforts and problems were noted in
defining proper performance criteria and how to tender the project
properly
• Road data that contractors are bidding on is not 100% reliable (predicting
performance on data)
• Uncertainty of long term relationships - should a walk-away clause be
developed?
• Difficulty during tender process with placing a price on innovation
• How to input future innovations, such as IT developments, into the
process
• Targeted maintenance - not always what the client was normally used to
achieving

Innovative Project Delivery Methods for Infrastructure 113
APPENDIXES
• Too much duplicate inspection in some projects, if Client mandates
• Perceived loss of control
• Some political & social consequences were noted in rural areas
• Role of the client changes - utilizing more management skills and
requiring different skills
• Some loss of quality in the first few years, due to startup learning and
developing the network
• Client perceived minimum level of effort by Contractor in some cases
• Contractor layers results in chain of command inefficiencies
APPENDIXES
• Too much duplicate inspection in some projects, if Client mandates
• Perceived loss of control
• Some political & social consequences were noted in rural areas
• Role of the client changes - utilizing more management skills and
requiring different skills
• Some loss of quality in the first few years, due to startup learning and
developing the network
• Client perceived minimum level of effort by Contractor in some cases
• Contractor layers results in chain of command inefficiencies

114 Innovative Project Delivery Methods for Infrastructure
APPENDIXES
APPENDIX F - SWEDEN
Road Network
The Swedish road network is very similar to Finland’s in type, climate, and
practices used. The total road network length is approximately 100,000
kilometers and it is a combination of unpaved and paved roads with a
flexible pavement system. The road network is divided into 147 contract
areas.
Road Organization
Sweden is quite similar to Finland in road management and practices.
However, Sweden differs from Finland in one area, which is that the
“Production” portion is separated, but still part of the Swedish National Road
Administration (SNRA) and not corporatized, as in Finland’s situation.
However, Sweden has been outsourcing maintenance activities since 1996
and “Production” has had to compete with the private sector via open
competition in all network areas since July 2000.
SNRA has a staff of approximately 3,700 people and it has seven regional
offices. SNRA is in the position of the client and procures services for both
capital and maintenance contracts.
Capital Project Delivery Methods
Capital investment projects are procured almost entirely via the traditional
method of Design-Bid-Build, with only some bridges using the Design-Build
delivery method. It should be mentioned that Sweden is contemplating the
DBFO possibility for some future projects. Contractor selection is based on
75% price and 25% other criteria and uses a lump sum agreement.
Maintenance Contracts
Sweden has tested several maintenance contracts or models and different
functions for granting contracts. It was somewhat difficult to determine the
exact models utilized, but it appears that the newly accepted model for
tendering maintenance contracts is for 8 years (6+2 years) with a lump sum
contract. Contractor selection is based on 90% price and 10% other criteria.
Table F-1 displays the criteria quite well.
Type of
Contract
Contract
Duration
Contract
Method
Contractor
Selection
Criteria
Activities
Included
Sweden Output
Based
8 Years
(6+2 years) Lump Sum 90% Price
10% Other
ALL except
Resurfacing &
Rehabilitation
TABLE F-1 Typical Long-term Maintenance Contract in Sweden
APPENDIXES
APPENDIX F - SWEDEN
Road Network
The Swedish road network is very similar to Finland’s in type, climate, and
practices used. The total road network length is approximately 100,000
kilometers and it is a combination of unpaved and paved roads with a
flexible pavement system. The road network is divided into 147 contract
areas.
Road Organization
Sweden is quite similar to Finland in road management and practices.
However, Sweden differs from Finland in one area, which is that the
“Production” portion is separated, but still part of the Swedish National Road
Administration (SNRA) and not corporatized, as in Finland’s situation.
However, Sweden has been outsourcing maintenance activities since 1996
and “Production” has had to compete with the private sector via open
competition in all network areas since July 2000.
SNRA has a staff of approximately 3,700 people and it has seven regional
offices. SNRA is in the position of the client and procures services for both
capital and maintenance contracts.
Capital Project Delivery Methods
Capital investment projects are procured almost entirely via the traditional
method of Design-Bid-Build, with only some bridges using the Design-Build
delivery method. It should be mentioned that Sweden is contemplating the
DBFO possibility for some future projects. Contractor selection is based on
75% price and 25% other criteria and uses a lump sum agreement.
Maintenance Contracts
Sweden has tested several maintenance contracts or models and different
functions for granting contracts. It was somewhat difficult to determine the
exact models utilized, but it appears that the newly accepted model for
tendering maintenance contracts is for 8 years (6+2 years) with a lump sum
contract. Contractor selection is based on 90% price and 10% other criteria.
Table F-1 displays the criteria quite well.
Type of
Contract
Contract
Duration
Contract
Method
Contractor
Selection
Criteria
Activities
Included
Sweden Output
Based
8 Years
(6+2 years) Lump Sum 90% Price
10% Other
ALL except
Resurfacing &
Rehabilitation
TABLE F-1 Typical Long-term Maintenance Contract in Sweden
Paraphrase This Document
Need a fresh take? Get an instant paraphrase of this document with our AI Paraphraser

Innovative Project Delivery Methods for Infrastructure 115
APPENDIXES
Benefits & Disadvantages
Benefits:
• Quoted as saving 20-25% in costs (how are they measured is always an
issue)
• Somewhat less administration burden
• Quality equal to or better than old process
Disadvantages:
• 90% price for contractor selection criteria
• Lack of control with the regional offices - no centralized standards &
systems for synergy
• Using too much traditional D-B-B procurement methods
• Need to develop debriefing sessions for contract losers
• Contracting selection methods are not transparent
APPENDIXES
Benefits & Disadvantages
Benefits:
• Quoted as saving 20-25% in costs (how are they measured is always an
issue)
• Somewhat less administration burden
• Quality equal to or better than old process
Disadvantages:
• 90% price for contractor selection criteria
• Lack of control with the regional offices - no centralized standards &
systems for synergy
• Using too much traditional D-B-B procurement methods
• Need to develop debriefing sessions for contract losers
• Contracting selection methods are not transparent

116 Innovative Project Delivery Methods for Infrastructure
APPENDIXES
APPENDIX G - USA
Road Network
The USA has a multi-cultural population of around 278 million people and a
total of approximately 6.31 million kilometers of roads. Only 75,600 km are
classified as interstate highways and 626,000 km as arterial roads. The
largest percentage of roads are local roads, which consist of 4.33 million km,
and the remaining roads are considered as collector roads, estimated at
1.28 million km. The major roadways in the USA are federally assisted by
the Federal Highway Administration (FHWA), which is part of the
Department of Transportation (USDOT). Table G-1 displays the road
network in the USA.
Interstate highways 75 600 km
Arterial Roads 626 000 km
Collectors 1 280 000 km
Local Roads 4 330 000 km
Total 6 310 000 km
Source: FHWA – Our Nation’s Highways, Selected Facts and Figures
TABLE G-1 Length of Roads in the USA
Road Organization
The FHWA provides federal financial assistance to the individual State
Highway Agencies, usually known as Departments of Transportation (DOT),
for construction and improvements to the National Highway System, urban
and rural roads, and bridges. It should be noted that funding does not
include appropriations for maintenance. The program provides funds for
general improvements and development of safe highways and roads. In
addition, the FHWA provides access to and within national forests, national
parks, Indian reservations and other public lands. This involves preparing
plans, granting contracts, supervising construction facilities, and conducting
bridge inspections and surveys for these public lands. The estimated
expenses for 2001 were approximately 33.4 billion USD. The budget is
collected by means of a dedicated highway trust fund, which is derived from
fuel taxes, tires sales, and sales of trucks. In order to support all of these
program areas, the FHWA conducts and manages comprehensive research,
development, and technology programs. (See the following www site for
additional information: http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/)
APPENDIXES
APPENDIX G - USA
Road Network
The USA has a multi-cultural population of around 278 million people and a
total of approximately 6.31 million kilometers of roads. Only 75,600 km are
classified as interstate highways and 626,000 km as arterial roads. The
largest percentage of roads are local roads, which consist of 4.33 million km,
and the remaining roads are considered as collector roads, estimated at
1.28 million km. The major roadways in the USA are federally assisted by
the Federal Highway Administration (FHWA), which is part of the
Department of Transportation (USDOT). Table G-1 displays the road
network in the USA.
Interstate highways 75 600 km
Arterial Roads 626 000 km
Collectors 1 280 000 km
Local Roads 4 330 000 km
Total 6 310 000 km
Source: FHWA – Our Nation’s Highways, Selected Facts and Figures
TABLE G-1 Length of Roads in the USA
Road Organization
The FHWA provides federal financial assistance to the individual State
Highway Agencies, usually known as Departments of Transportation (DOT),
for construction and improvements to the National Highway System, urban
and rural roads, and bridges. It should be noted that funding does not
include appropriations for maintenance. The program provides funds for
general improvements and development of safe highways and roads. In
addition, the FHWA provides access to and within national forests, national
parks, Indian reservations and other public lands. This involves preparing
plans, granting contracts, supervising construction facilities, and conducting
bridge inspections and surveys for these public lands. The estimated
expenses for 2001 were approximately 33.4 billion USD. The budget is
collected by means of a dedicated highway trust fund, which is derived from
fuel taxes, tires sales, and sales of trucks. In order to support all of these
program areas, the FHWA conducts and manages comprehensive research,
development, and technology programs. (See the following www site for
additional information: http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/)

Innovative Project Delivery Methods for Infrastructure 117
APPENDIXES
The FHWA’s main goals are:
• Satisfy the general public's need for safe, comfortable, convenient,
economical movement of people and commodities, and improved access
to road transport.
• Environmentally conscious organization that promotes and practices
sustainable environmental principles and delegates the same leadership
with their partners in order to protect and enhance the natural and
human environment.
• Improve the delivery and quality of our transportation programs services,
and products
• Develop, transfer, and implement technology through alliances with our
partners and international cooperation.
• Improve surface transportation safety through a coordinated effort to
reduce fatalities, injuries, property damage, and hazardous material
spills.
The state highway administrations receive matching funds from the FHWA,
which is a sort of cost sharing program. Projects are both authorized and
appropriated prior to being granted assistance.
The state’s authority then has to provide all the administration and staffing
levels to complete the projects. Since each state has independent rights
regarding what projects, methods, and resources are used, it is their choice
as to how appropriations are used within each state. Each state typically
manages all other areas of transportation, such as rail, airports, and
shipping.
This study did not attempt to analyze each state’s practices and it would not
be of any added benefit or feasible to evaluate all the states in the USA.
Capital Projects
Since each state decides what projects are to be completed, they also
control what type of project delivery method will be utilized. Each state is
typically a client, and it outsources most of its engineering/design services as
well as the actual construction. Some states do have an engineering/design
staff, but mostly for review and approval. Some states are considered more
progressive or innovative than others, and have used some innovative
methods, but the main procurement delivery systems for roads in the USA
use the traditional method, which is Design-Bid-Build. In recent years,
Design-Build is demonstrating its value and increasing in practice.
Construction Management At-Risk is also being tested as another
appropriate delivery method. These delivery systems are shown in Table
G-2.
APPENDIXES
The FHWA’s main goals are:
• Satisfy the general public's need for safe, comfortable, convenient,
economical movement of people and commodities, and improved access
to road transport.
• Environmentally conscious organization that promotes and practices
sustainable environmental principles and delegates the same leadership
with their partners in order to protect and enhance the natural and
human environment.
• Improve the delivery and quality of our transportation programs services,
and products
• Develop, transfer, and implement technology through alliances with our
partners and international cooperation.
• Improve surface transportation safety through a coordinated effort to
reduce fatalities, injuries, property damage, and hazardous material
spills.
The state highway administrations receive matching funds from the FHWA,
which is a sort of cost sharing program. Projects are both authorized and
appropriated prior to being granted assistance.
The state’s authority then has to provide all the administration and staffing
levels to complete the projects. Since each state has independent rights
regarding what projects, methods, and resources are used, it is their choice
as to how appropriations are used within each state. Each state typically
manages all other areas of transportation, such as rail, airports, and
shipping.
This study did not attempt to analyze each state’s practices and it would not
be of any added benefit or feasible to evaluate all the states in the USA.
Capital Projects
Since each state decides what projects are to be completed, they also
control what type of project delivery method will be utilized. Each state is
typically a client, and it outsources most of its engineering/design services as
well as the actual construction. Some states do have an engineering/design
staff, but mostly for review and approval. Some states are considered more
progressive or innovative than others, and have used some innovative
methods, but the main procurement delivery systems for roads in the USA
use the traditional method, which is Design-Bid-Build. In recent years,
Design-Build is demonstrating its value and increasing in practice.
Construction Management At-Risk is also being tested as another
appropriate delivery method. These delivery systems are shown in Table
G-2.
Secure Best Marks with AI Grader
Need help grading? Try our AI Grader for instant feedback on your assignments.

118 Innovative Project Delivery Methods for Infrastructure
APPENDIXES
DELIVERY
METHOD
CONTRACTOR
SELECTION METHODS
CONTRACT
TYPE
D-B-B Low Bid Lump Sum
D-B Weighted Average GMP
CM ? GMP
DBOM SEP-14 Lump Sum
DBFO Past History Lump Sum
TABLE G-2 Delivery Method Matrix Used in USA
Other innovative aspects used in conjunction with traditional and innovative
procurement methods are:
• Partnering
• Value engineering
• Constructability reviews
• Incentive and disincentives
• Performance specifications
• Multi-parameter bidding (A+B+Quality)
• Lane rental
More details about capital investment projects are given in the AASHTO
publication “Primer On Contracting 2000 2nd Edition”.
Benefits & Disadvantages
Benefits:
• Partnering works well when utilized
• Value engineering improves LCC and product selections
• Constructability reviews increase innovation & reduce costs
• Design-Build usage is slowly increasing
• Beginning to see signs of a cultural change from traditional methods
(deliberate)
Disadvantages:
• Laws are inflexible & usually prevent innovative concepts
• Many state laws require a Low Bid contractor selection method
• Shorter LCC
• Innovation is not realized
• Culture accepts litigation
• Trust and ethics are diminishing
APPENDIXES
DELIVERY
METHOD
CONTRACTOR
SELECTION METHODS
CONTRACT
TYPE
D-B-B Low Bid Lump Sum
D-B Weighted Average GMP
CM ? GMP
DBOM SEP-14 Lump Sum
DBFO Past History Lump Sum
TABLE G-2 Delivery Method Matrix Used in USA
Other innovative aspects used in conjunction with traditional and innovative
procurement methods are:
• Partnering
• Value engineering
• Constructability reviews
• Incentive and disincentives
• Performance specifications
• Multi-parameter bidding (A+B+Quality)
• Lane rental
More details about capital investment projects are given in the AASHTO
publication “Primer On Contracting 2000 2nd Edition”.
Benefits & Disadvantages
Benefits:
• Partnering works well when utilized
• Value engineering improves LCC and product selections
• Constructability reviews increase innovation & reduce costs
• Design-Build usage is slowly increasing
• Beginning to see signs of a cultural change from traditional methods
(deliberate)
Disadvantages:
• Laws are inflexible & usually prevent innovative concepts
• Many state laws require a Low Bid contractor selection method
• Shorter LCC
• Innovation is not realized
• Culture accepts litigation
• Trust and ethics are diminishing

Innovative Project Delivery Methods for Infrastructure 119
APPENDIXES
Maintenance Contracts
Most state authorities in the USA typically have their own workforce for
maintenance or they hire another local authority to carry out maintenance
activities. Some states are granting contracts for long-term maintenance for
periods of 5 years or greater. (The VDOT project was recently renewed for
another 5 years). It is quite diverse and depends upon the road
administration’s level of expertise. Again, it is not practical or feasible to
compare each state’s practices in maintenance.
Some examples of long-term maintenance practices used in some of the
progressive states are shown in Table G-3.
Type of
Contract
Contract
Duration
Contract
Method
Contractor
Selection
Criteria
Activities
Included
Washington
DC
Outcome-
Based 5 Years Lump Sum 50% Price
50% Other
All except
Rehabilitation
VDOT
Virginia
Outcome-
Based 5.5 + 5 Years Lump Sum Negotiated All except
Rehabilitation
TxDOT
Waco
Outcome-
Based
5+3 Years Lump Sum 100% Price All except
Rehabilitation
TxDOT
Dallas
Outcome-
Based
5+3 Years Lump Sum 100% Price All except
Rehabilitation
TABLE G-3 Long-Term Maintenance Contracts in the USA
Benefits & Disadvantages
Benefits:
• Clients are receiving cost savings (unable to provide any objective
figures)
• Better asset management
• Knowledge of the network data and conditions improved
• Innovation is enhanced through longer length contracts, lump sum, &
quality-based selection criteria
• Usually equipment innovation & targeted maintenance
• Network quality is as good or better in these area contracts
• Partnering is working well
• Better management of the network & targeted maintenance - cost
effective solutions
• Client has been able to transfer many risks to the contractor
• Duplicate inspections not needed - saves costs, too (random inspections
only)
• Better level of service for the roads
• Share experience with industry and client agencies throughout USA
APPENDIXES
Maintenance Contracts
Most state authorities in the USA typically have their own workforce for
maintenance or they hire another local authority to carry out maintenance
activities. Some states are granting contracts for long-term maintenance for
periods of 5 years or greater. (The VDOT project was recently renewed for
another 5 years). It is quite diverse and depends upon the road
administration’s level of expertise. Again, it is not practical or feasible to
compare each state’s practices in maintenance.
Some examples of long-term maintenance practices used in some of the
progressive states are shown in Table G-3.
Type of
Contract
Contract
Duration
Contract
Method
Contractor
Selection
Criteria
Activities
Included
Washington
DC
Outcome-
Based 5 Years Lump Sum 50% Price
50% Other
All except
Rehabilitation
VDOT
Virginia
Outcome-
Based 5.5 + 5 Years Lump Sum Negotiated All except
Rehabilitation
TxDOT
Waco
Outcome-
Based
5+3 Years Lump Sum 100% Price All except
Rehabilitation
TxDOT
Dallas
Outcome-
Based
5+3 Years Lump Sum 100% Price All except
Rehabilitation
TABLE G-3 Long-Term Maintenance Contracts in the USA
Benefits & Disadvantages
Benefits:
• Clients are receiving cost savings (unable to provide any objective
figures)
• Better asset management
• Knowledge of the network data and conditions improved
• Innovation is enhanced through longer length contracts, lump sum, &
quality-based selection criteria
• Usually equipment innovation & targeted maintenance
• Network quality is as good or better in these area contracts
• Partnering is working well
• Better management of the network & targeted maintenance - cost
effective solutions
• Client has been able to transfer many risks to the contractor
• Duplicate inspections not needed - saves costs, too (random inspections
only)
• Better level of service for the roads
• Share experience with industry and client agencies throughout USA

120 Innovative Project Delivery Methods for Infrastructure
APPENDIXES
Disadvantages:
• New maintenance industry needed to be bonded
• Mobilization issues need to be discussed/resolved early in the process
(costs & start-up issues and financial flexibility)
• How to input future innovations into the tendering process
• Targeted maintenance - not always what the client was normally used to
achieving
• Loss of control by the Client
• Loss of flexibility by the Client
• Loss of costing information by Client
• Role of the client changes - utilizing more management skills and
problem solving skills (also, required the Client to have “hands off policy”
- change from commanding to partnering)
• Some loss of quality in the first few years, due to startup learning and
developing the network
• No disincentives
APPENDIXES
Disadvantages:
• New maintenance industry needed to be bonded
• Mobilization issues need to be discussed/resolved early in the process
(costs & start-up issues and financial flexibility)
• How to input future innovations into the tendering process
• Targeted maintenance - not always what the client was normally used to
achieving
• Loss of control by the Client
• Loss of flexibility by the Client
• Loss of costing information by Client
• Role of the client changes - utilizing more management skills and
problem solving skills (also, required the Client to have “hands off policy”
- change from commanding to partnering)
• Some loss of quality in the first few years, due to startup learning and
developing the network
• No disincentives
Paraphrase This Document
Need a fresh take? Get an instant paraphrase of this document with our AI Paraphraser

ISBN 952-5408-05-1
1 out of 122

Your All-in-One AI-Powered Toolkit for Academic Success.
+13062052269
info@desklib.com
Available 24*7 on WhatsApp / Email
Unlock your academic potential
© 2024 | Zucol Services PVT LTD | All rights reserved.